grepcent / static financial knowledge base

HANCOCK WHITNEY CORP (HWC)

CIK: 0000750577. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-27.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=750577. Latest filing source: 0001193125-26-077903.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read HWC's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read HWC's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue1,614,620,000USD20252026-02-27
Net income486,073,000USD20252026-02-27
Assets35,472,762,000USD20252026-02-27

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-27. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000750577.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20092010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue732,167,000900,581,0001,028,268,0001,125,782,0001,057,981,000982,258,0001,137,063,0001,620,497,0001,692,991,0001,614,620,000
Net income74,775,00052,206,00076,759,000151,742,000163,356,000175,722,000131,461,000392,602,000460,815,000486,073,000
Diluted EPS1.872.483.723.72-0.545.225.984.505.285.67
Operating cash flow343,915,000411,085,000449,184,000351,949,000355,191,000585,690,000842,021,000495,249,000625,742,000541,778,000
Capital expenditures19,272,00020,297,00050,664,00042,716,00037,869,00023,541,00029,145,00025,025,00010,237,00018,720,000
Dividends paid76,551,00083,266,00088,838,00094,871,00095,605,00095,927,00094,458,000104,697,000130,840,000153,803,000
Share buybacks47,618,00095,613,0008,267,000185,000,00012,716,00021,796,00058,892,0000.0037,690,000246,874,000
Assets23,975,302,00027,336,086,00028,235,907,00030,600,757,00033,638,602,00036,531,205,00035,183,825,00035,578,573,00035,081,785,00035,472,762,000
Liabilities21,255,534,00024,451,137,00025,154,567,00027,133,072,00030,199,577,00032,860,853,00031,841,197,00031,774,912,00030,954,149,00031,012,645,000
Stockholders' equity2,719,768,0002,884,949,0003,081,340,0003,467,685,0003,439,025,0003,670,352,0003,342,628,0003,803,661,0004,127,636,0004,460,117,000
Free cash flow324,643,000390,788,000398,520,000309,233,000317,322,000562,149,000812,876,000470,224,000615,505,000523,058,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20092010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin24.23%27.22%30.10%
Return on equity10.32%11.16%10.90%
Return on assets1.10%1.31%1.37%
Liabilities / equity7.828.488.167.828.788.959.538.357.506.95

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places HWC against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

HWC Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.HWC Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -52.5%Median 21.9%Max 46.5%HWC 30.1%

ROE peer context

HWC ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.HWC ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -22.0%Median 9.6%Max 17.5%HWC 10.9%

ROA peer context

HWC ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.HWC ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -2.3%Median 1.1%Max 2.5%HWC 1.4%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

HWC FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.HWC FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.HWC free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$375.0M$750.0M$541.8MOperating cash flow-$18.7MCapex$523.1MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0001193125-26-077903; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001193125-26-077903; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001193125-26-077903; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

HWC revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $1.6BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

HWC net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $486.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2014FY2015FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

HWC diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $5.67/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$4.00/share$8.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

HWC operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $541.8MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

HWC capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $18.7MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

HWC dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $153.8MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

HWC share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $246.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

HWC assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $35.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$20.0B$40.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

HWC liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $31.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$20.0B$40.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

HWC stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $4.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$3.0B$6.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

HWC free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.HWC Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $523.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001193125-26-077903; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-07. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000750577.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2014-Q12014-03-3149,115,000reported discrete quarter
2014-Q22014-06-3039,962,000reported discrete quarter
2014-Q32014-09-3046,553,000reported discrete quarter
2014-Q42014-12-3140,092,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2015-Q12015-03-3140,159,000reported discrete quarter
2015-Q22015-06-3034,829,000reported discrete quarter
2015-Q32015-09-3041,166,000reported discrete quarter
2015-Q42015-12-3115,307,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2016-Q12016-03-313,839,000reported discrete quarter
2022-Q22022-06-301.38reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-301.55reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-311.45reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-30405,273,0001.35reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-30415,827,0001.12reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-31426,794,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-31421,684,0001.24reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-30427,545,0001.31reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30429,476,0001.33reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31414,286,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-31395,321,0001.38reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-30402,581,0001.32reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-30409,020,000127,466,0001.49reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-31407,698,000125,572,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31401,382,00047,422,0000.57reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

HWC quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $401.4MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001193125-26-212425; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

HWC quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $47.4MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2014-Q12014-Q22014-Q32014-Q42015-Q12015-Q22015-Q32015-Q42016-Q12025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001193125-26-212425; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

HWC quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.HWC Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.57/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$1.00/share$2.00/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001193125-26-212425; filed 2026-05-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001193125-26-212425.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-07. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and selected comparable prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements within the meaning and protections of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in other reports or documents that we file from time to time with the SEC include, but are not limited to, the following:


general economic and business conditions in our local markets, including conditions affecting employment levels, interest rates, inflation, the threat of recession, volatile equity capital markets, property and casualty insurance costs, collateral values, customer income, creditworthiness and confidence, spending and savings that may affect customer bankruptcies, defaults, charge-offs and deposit activity; and the impact of the foregoing on customer behavior (including the velocity and levels of deposit withdrawals and loan repayment);


uncertainties surrounding geopolitical conflict, trade policy, taxation policy, and monetary policy, which continue to impact the outlook for future economic growth; a sustained increase in commodity prices; impacts from current and/or future imposition of tariffs by the United States against other nations; consideration of responsive actions by these nations, including retaliatory tariffs, or the expansion of import fees and tariffs among a larger group of nations is bringing greater ambiguity to the outlook for future economic growth, including reduced consumer spending, lower economic growth or recession, reduced demand for U.S. exports, disruptions to supply chains, impacts from decreased international tourism, decreased demand for banking products and services, and negative credit quality developments arising from the foregoing or other factors;


adverse developments in the banking industry highlighted by high-profile bank failures and the potential impact of such developments on customer confidence, liquidity and regulatory responses to these developments (including increases in the cost of our deposit insurance assessments), the Company's ability to effectively manage its liquidity risk and any growth plans, and the availability of capital and funding;


balance sheet and revenue growth expectations may differ from actual results;


the risk that our provision for credit losses may be inadequate or may be negatively affected by credit risk exposure;


loan growth expectations;


management’s predictions about charge-offs;


fluctuations in commercial and residential real estate values, especially as they relate to the value of collateral supporting the Company's loans;


the risk that our enterprise risk management framework may not identify or address risks adequately, which may result in unexpected losses;


the impact of business combinations on our performance and financial condition including our ability to successfully integrate the businesses;


the potential impact of third-party business combinations in our footprint on our performance and financial condition;


deposit trends, including growth, pricing and betas;


credit quality trends;


changes in interest rates, including actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board and the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our financial projections, models and guidance;


net interest margin trends, including the impact of ongoing elevated interest rates;


changes in the cost and availability of funding due to changes in the deposit and credit markets;


success of revenue-generating and cost reducing initiatives;


future expense levels;


changes in expense to revenue (efficiency ratio), including the risk that we may not realize and/or sustain benefits from efficiency and growth initiatives or that we may not be able to realize cost savings or revenue benefits in the time period expected, which could negatively affect our future profitability;


the impact of supplemental disclosure items on our results of operations;


the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments and hedging activities to manage risks;


risks related to our reliance on third parties to provide key components of our business infrastructure, including the risks related to disruptions in services or financial difficulties of a third-party vendor;

39

Table of Contents


risks related to potential claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation, regulatory proceedings or enforcement actions;


risks related to the ability of our operational framework to manage risks associated with our business such as credit risk and operation risk, including third-party vendors and other service providers, which could, among other things, result in a material breach of operating or security systems as a result of a cyber-attack or similar acts;


the extensive use, reliability, disruption, and accuracy of the models and data upon which we rely;


risks related to our implementation of new lines of business, new products and services, new technologies, and expansion of our existing business opportunities;


risks related to the development and use of artificial intelligence;


projected tax rates;


future profitability;


purchase accounting impacts, such as accretion levels;


our ability to identify and address potential cybersecurity risks and/or breaches, which may be exacerbated by recent developments in generative artificial intelligence, on our systems and/or third party vendors and service providers on which we rely, a material failure of which could disrupt our business and result in the disclosure of and/or misuse or misappropriation of confidential or proprietary information, disruption or damage to our systems, increased costs, losses, or adverse effects to our reputation;


our ability to receive dividends from Hancock Whitney Bank could affect our liquidity, including our ability to pay dividends or take other capital actions;


the risk that we may be required to make substantial expenditures to keep pace with regulatory initiatives and rapid technology changes in the financial services market;


the impact on our financial results, reputation, and business if we are unable to comply with all applicable federal and state regulations or other supervisory actions or directives and any necessary capital initiatives;


our ability to effectively compete with other traditional and non-traditional financial services companies, some of whom possess greater financial resources than we do or are subject to different regulatory standards;


our ability to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting;


the financial impact of future tax legislation;


the effects of geopolitical conflicts, war or other conflicts, acts of terrorism, climate change, natural disasters such as hurricanes, freezes, flooding, man-made disasters, such as oil spills, health emergencies, epidemics or pandemics, or other catastrophic events that may affect general economic conditions, and/or increase costs, including, but not limited to, property and casualty and other insurance costs;


risks related to diversity, equity and inclusion, and environmental, social and governance legislation, rulemaking, activism and litigation, the scope and pace of which could alter our reputation and shareholder, associate, customer and third-party affiliations;


changes in laws and regulations affecting our businesses, including governmental monetary and fiscal policies, legislation and regulations relating to bank products and services, increased regulatory scrutiny resulting from bank failures, as well as changes in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations by applicable governmental and self-regulatory agencies, which could require us to change certain business practices, increase compliance risk, reduce our revenue, impose additional costs on us, or otherwise negatively affect our businesses;


the impact of federal government shutdowns, and uncertainties stemming from extended durations of such;


the potential implementation of a regulatory reform agenda impacting rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies; and


the risk that the regulatory environment may not be conducive to or may prohibit the consummation of future mergers and/or business combinations, may increase the length of time and amount of resources required to consummate such transactions, and the potential to reduce anticipated benefits from such mergers or combinations.

Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “forecast,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “focus,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events.

Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward looking statements. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially can be found in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, or in other periodic reports that we file with the SEC.

40

Table of Contents

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of differences in actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such statements, except as required by law.

OVERVIEW

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered on a standalone basis or as a substitute for analyses of financial condition and results as reported under GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized and therefore, it may not be possible to compare these measures with other companies that present measures having the same or similar names. These disclosures should not be considered an al

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-27. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2025 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 31 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below.

Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (te) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. The Company highlights certain items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends in supplemental disclosure items below our GAAP financial data and presents certain “Adjusted” ratios that exclude these disclosed items. These adjusted ratios provide management and the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business, as well as demonstrates the effects of significant gains or losses and changes.

We define Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue as net income excluding provision expense and income tax expense, plus the taxable equivalent adjustment (as defined above), less supplemental disclosure items (as defined above). Management believes that adjusted pre-provision net revenue is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. We define Adjusted Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less supplemental disclosure items. We define Adjusted Noninterest Expense as noninterest expense less supplemental disclosure items. We define our Efficiency Ratio as noninterest expense to total net interest income (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items, if applicable. Management believes adjusted revenue, adjusted noninterest expense and the efficiency ratio are useful measures as they provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability with prior periods.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

The discussions and analyses that follow provide insight into the impact of macroeconomic and industry trends on our performance in the most recent fiscal year, and our outlook for the near term.

Acquisition

On May 2, 2025, we completed the acquisition of Sabal Trust Company (“Sabal”). Based in St. Petersburg, Florida, with three additional locations in the Central Florida region, Sabal was the largest independent, employee-owned non-depository trust company in Florida. The transaction added assets under management and administration of approximately $3 billion to our existing trust and asset management business and provides the opportunity to develop relationships and offer other private banking, wholesale and retail products and services in high-growth markets. For additional information on this transaction, refer to Note 2 – "Acquisition" in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this document.

46

Table of Contents

Subsequent Event

In January 2026, we executed a restructuring of our available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold securities with an amortized cost of $1.5 billion and average yield of 2.49% and reinvested the $1.4 billion of proceeds with the purchase of securities with an average yield of 4.35%. We anticipate a 50 month payback period to cover the $98.5 million pre-tax loss associated with the sale, or approximately $0.93 per diluted share after tax, that will be reflected in our first quarter 2026 operating results. The restructure is expected to contribute approximately $23.8 million to net interest income, or $0.23 per diluted share, resulting in increases of 32 basis points (bps) to the securities portfolio yield and 7 bps to net interest margin on an annual basis.

Current Economic Environment

The year ended December 31, 2025 began with notable economic shifts as the new presidential administration swiftly began implementing its second-term agenda. The impacts of tariffs, tax reform, deportations, and deregulation each carried distinct economic and market implications. Tariffs quickly became the most influential factor, creating cost pressures across supply chains. Further, concerns over the pace and scale of tariffs created increased uncertainty as to near and long term effects that led to significant volatility in equity markets in the early part of the year. As policy clarity improved, markets successfully rebounded from the steep descent and remained strong for the duration of the year.

Labor market statistics continued to indicate weakening that stemmed from policy uncertainty, labor force impacts of deportation efforts and the increasing use of artificial intelligence. Job gains decelerated substantially compared to 2024, and the unemployment rate rose to 4.4% in December 2025 compared to 4.1% a year earlier. Despite deterioration in the labor market, consumer spending remained resilient and real gross domestic product (GDP) displayed growth of approximately 2.2% for 2025, rebounding from a net decline in the first quarter. The Federal Reserve held monetary policy steady for most of the year amid the difficult crosswinds. By September, some stabilization in inflation markers and sustained weakening in the labor market led to a 25 basis point interest rate cut. Operational disruptions and negative economic impacts of the 43-day government shutdown that followed shortly thereafter further clouded the economic picture, but the Federal Reserve subsequently issued two additional 25 basis point cuts in the fourth quarter of 2025, with the expectation that the adjusted rates will allow stabilization in the labor market and the resumption of downward trends in inflationary conditions.

A number of headwinds that have burdened the financial services industry in recent years continued to ease, with many institutions benefiting from recent interest rate movement, robust capital markets, deregulation and credit quality stabilization. Within our markets, loan demand gained momentum and deposit cost pressures eased amid the falling interest rate environment, contributing favorably to net interest margin and profitability.

Economic Outlook

We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2025 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2025. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2025 economic scenarios differ in many respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2024 given the shift in economic circumstances and risks.

The baseline economic scenario acknowledges that economic policy under the current administration is rapidly shifting. Key assumptions within the December 2025 baseline forecast include the following: (1) the effective tariff rate will rise from just over 2% at the start of 2025 to approximately 12% by early 2026 before gradually falling late in the decade; (2) while the unemployment rate is still relatively low at 4.4%, it will continue to rise to a peak of 4.8% in late 2026 before gradually returning to near 4% in 2029; (3) GDP growth will begin to decelerate, displaying modest annual below-trend growth in the coming years of 2.1% in 2026, 1.9% in 2027 and 2.1% in 2028; (4) the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield will remain elevated near its current rate through the end of the decade as a result of elevated inflation and a deteriorating fiscal outlook; and (5) the soft economy and a struggling job market will prompt the Federal Reserve to continue to cut its benchmark rate until it reaches 2.75% in early 2027 before a return to its neutral level of 3% in 2028. The scenario further assumes that, with these rate cuts, the recent acceleration in inflation will prove temporary as it is largely due to a one-time price increase caused by higher tariffs.

The S-2 scenario presents a downside alternative to the baseline. The S-2 scenario assumes the impacts of the current administration's tariffs and deportations on the economy are worse than expected, still-elevated interest rates weaken credit-sensitive spending more than anticipated, and there is longer and farther-reaching disturbance from geopolitical conflict. The effective tariff rate is forecasted to increase to 15% and remain elevated through the end of 2028. Further, the S-2 scenario assumes that the unemployment rate will increase considerably to 6.6% in 2026 (peaking at 7.2% in the fourth quarter) before gradually improving to 4.2% in 2029. As a result of these pressures, the U.S. falls into a mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2026 that lasts for three quarters, with the stock

47

Table of Contents

market contracting 22% and a peak-to-trough decline in GDP of 1%. The combination of a recession and rising inflation causes the Federal Reserve to lower its benchmark rate moderately over the course of a few quarters; as the recession persists and inflation subsides, the Federal Reserve subsequently reduces the rate more significantly.

Management has deemed certain assumptions underlying the S-2 scenario to be as likely to occur in the near term than those underlying the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were each given probability weightings of 50% in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2025.

The credit loss outlook for our portfolio as a whole has not changed materially since December 31, 2024. We continue to closely monitor our portfolio for customers that are sensitive to prolonged inflation, the elevated interest rate environment, tariffs, labor market conditions and/or other economic circumstances that may impact credit quality.

Rapidly evolving changes in fiscal and other policies of the current administration have created heightened uncertainty as to the impact on the U.S and global economies. The effects of continued elevated inflation, a softening labor market, and the Federal Reserve’s actions to counter those effects, as well as to respond to other economic concerns, could reduce economic growth in the near term. The full extent of the impact of these and other influential factors are uncertain and may have an adverse effect on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession or slower growth in the near or midterm.

Highlights of 2025 Financial Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $486.1 million, or $5.67 per diluted common share, compared to $460.8 million, or $5.28 per diluted common share in 2024. Included in the results of the year ended December 31, 2025 is a charge of $5.9 million (pre-tax), or $0.05 per share after tax, attributable to costs associated with the acquisition of Sabal. Included in the results of the year ended December 31, 2024 is a charge of $3.8 million, or $0.03 per diluted share after-tax, supplemental disclosure item attributable to a revision of the FDIC special assessment. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024:


Net income of $486.1 million, or $5.67 per diluted common share, up from $460.8 million, or $5.28 per diluted share


Adjusted pre-provision net revenue, a non-GAAP measure, totaled $679.9 million, up $38.8 million


Provision for credit losses of $51.2 million in 2025, compared to $52.2 million in 2024; allowance for credit losses to total loans remains strong at 1.43% at December 31, 2025, down 4 basis points


Loans of $24.0 billion, up $659.0 million, or 3%


Deposits of $29.3 billion, down $213.1 million, or 1%


Tangible common equity ratio of 10.06%, up 59 bps; common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 13.65%, down 49 bps, reflecting the return of capital through our share repurchase program and an increase in shareholder dividends


Credit metrics remain relatively stable, with criticized commercial loans down $87.7 million, or 14%, and nonaccrual loans up $9.5 million, or 10%; the net charge-off ratio was 0.22% compared to 0.19%


Net interest margin expanded 10 bps to 3.47%


Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) improved to 54.78%, compared to 55.36%

The year ended December 31, 2025 was an outstanding year for our company. Net interest margin expanded ten basis points, adjusted pre-provision net revenue and return on assets grew, efficiency ratio improved, and credit quality remained stable. We deployed capital through the repurchase of 4.3 million shares of our common stock, increasing our quarterly shareholder dividends, and funding both organic and inorganic growth, including the acquisition of Sabal Trust Company on May 2, 2025. The Sabal acquisition expanded our trust and asset management business in Central Florida and provides opportunities to build relationships in that region. We experienced loan growth of 3% across our footprint and in most business segments, driven by increased demand and progress on our multi-year growth plan. We remain committed to continuing to fulfill our organic growth initiatives while maintaining operational efficiency and proactively managing capital to enhance shareholder value.

The table that follows presents our consolidated financial results. Additional information related to our results and outlook are included in the discussions that follow.

48

Table of Contents

Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)202520242023
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)$1,614,620$1,692,991$1,620,497
Interest income (te) (b)1,624,9981,704,0771,631,604
Interest expense505,848611,070522,898
Net interest income (te)1,119,1501,093,0071,108,706
Provision for credit losses51,18352,16759,103
Noninterest income406,447364,129288,480
Noninterest expense851,641819,910836,848
Income before income taxes612,395573,973490,128
Income tax expense126,322113,15897,526
Net income$486,073$460,815$392,602
Supplemental disclosure items - included above, pre-tax
Included in noninterest income:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$$$(65,380)
Gain on sale of parking facility16,126
Included in noninterest expense:
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense5,911
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans$23,958,440$23,299,447$23,921,917
Earning assets32,218,66331,857,84132,175,097
Total assets35,472,76235,081,78535,578,573
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,374,99110,597,46111,030,515
Total deposits29,279,77429,492,85129,690,059
Stockholders' equity4,460,1174,127,6363,803,661
Average balance sheet data:
Loans$23,366,808$23,630,743$23,594,579
Earning assets32,230,77432,422,55433,160,791
Total assets34,717,80834,912,19935,633,442
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,191,85910,491,50411,919,234
Total deposits28,677,40029,168,85529,478,481
Stockholders' equity4,314,1833,951,8713,528,911
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share - basic$5.70$5.30$4.51
Earnings per share - diluted5.675.284.50
Cash dividends per common share1.801.501.20
Book value per share (period end)54.2247.9344.05
Tangible book value per share (period end)42.1637.5833.63
Weighted average number of shares - diluted85,44086,64886,423
Period end number of shares82,25986,12486,345
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets1.40%1.32%1.10%
Return on average common equity11.27%11.66%11.13%
Return on average tangible common equity14.49%15.08%14.97%
Tangible common equity (c)10.06%9.47%8.37%
Tier 1 common equity13.65%14.14%12.33%
Net interest margin (te)3.47%3.37%3.34%
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)26.64%24.99%20.65%
Efficiency ratio (d)54.78%55.36%55.25%
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans1.28%1.37%1.29%
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans1.43%1.47%1.41%
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans0.22%0.19%0.27%
Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets0.51%0.54%0.26%
Full time equivalent headcount3,6273,4763,591

49

Table of Contents

($ in thousands)202520242023
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net income (GAAP)$486,073$460,815$392,602
Provision for credit losses51,18352,16759,103
Income tax expense126,322113,15897,526
Pre-provision net revenue663,578626,140549,231
Taxable equivalent adjustment10,37811,08611,107
Pre-provision net revenue (te)673,956637,226560,338
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense5,911
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$679,867$641,026$635,715
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net interest income$1,108,772$1,081,921$1,097,599
Noninterest income406,447364,129288,480
Total GAAP revenue1,515,2191,446,0501,386,079
Taxable equivalent adjustment10,37811,08611,107
Total revenue (te)1,525,5971,457,1361,397,186
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Adjusted revenue$1,525,597$1,457,136$1,446,440
GAAP noninterest expense$851,641$819,910$836,848
Amortization of intangibles(9,953)(9,413)(11,556)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense(5,911)
FDIC special assessment(3,800)(26,123)
Adjusted noninterest expense$835,777$806,697$799,169
Efficiency ratio (d)54.78%55.36%55.25%

(a) Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations. Net purchase accounting discount accretion totaled $2.1 million and $2.4 million the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023. There was no net purchase accounting discount accretion included in interest income in 2025.

(b) For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.

(d) The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(e) See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

50

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.

Net Interest Income

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net interest income was $1.1 billion, up $26.9 million, or 2%, from 2024. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in 2025, up $26.1 million, or 2%, from 2024, comprised of a decrease in interest income (te) of $79.1 million that was more than offset by a decrease of $105.2 million in interest expense. The increase in net interest income (te) was largely interest rate driven, as the decline in prevailing rates on interest-bearing liabilities and an increase in securities yields outpaced lower yields on loans; it is also reflective of the impact of favorable changes in average balance of and mix within interest-bearing liabilities that was partially offset by the impact of a decline in average loans. Net interest margin, the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets, increased 10 bps to 3.47% in 2025 from 3.37% in 2024.

The $79.1 million decrease in interest income (te) was largely attributable to a decrease in both loan yields and average balances, partially offset by increases in securities yields and average balances. The yield on earning assets (te) was down 22 bps to 5.04%, driven primarily by a 34 bp decline in the loan yield that reflects the impact of the new and repricing loans in the current interest rate environment. The yield on investment securities was up 25 bps to 2.88% as new investments and reinvestments were made at higher yields, and also reflecting the favorable impact of certain fair value hedges that became effective in 2025.

The $105.2 million decrease in interest expense was largely driven by the impact of the falling interest rate environment on interest-bearing liabilities, particularly in interest-bearing deposit cost, volume and mix. Compared to the prior year, average interest-bearing deposits were down $191.8 million in 2025, and the mix therein saw a shift from higher-cost time deposits to transaction and savings deposits as instruments matured. Average other short-term borrowings, consisting primarily of FHLB advances, were up $104.4 million in 2025 compared to 2024, largely as a function of funding needs. Our total cost of funds decreased 31 bps to 1.57% in 2025, largely driven by a 54 bp decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits.

Though interest rates remain elevated, the Federal Reserve issued a series of cuts to its benchmark rate between September 2024 and December 2025 totaling 175 bps. Our loan and interest-bearing deposits betas for the current down rate cycle were 34% and 48%, respectively, contributing to expansion in our net interest margin.

Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.

51

Table of Contents

TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)

Years Ended December 31,
202520242023
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)Rate
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$17,998.9$1,093.46.07%$18,263.7$1,179.06.46%$18,556.2$1,131.86.10%
Residential mortgage loans4,031.5160.93.993,982.1152.83.843,541.2128.33.62
Consumer loans1,336.4109.38.181,384.9121.58.781,497.2124.08.28
Loan fees & late charges(1.6)5.51.3
Loans (te) (b)23,366.81,362.05.8323,630.71,458.86.1723,594.61,385.45.87
Loans held for sale25.51.76.4922.01.67.4426.01.76.63
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities631.020.03.17549.915.82.87567.215.32.70
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations6,942.4197.72.856,805.2175.02.577,423.9170.42.30
Municipals (te)755.022.42.97843.425.02.96887.026.52.98
Other securities17.70.63.7323.50.93.7723.50.83.51
Total investment securities (te) (c)8,346.1240.72.888,222.0216.72.638,901.6213.02.39
Short-term investments492.420.64.18547.827.04.93638.631.54.93
Total earning assets (te)32,230.81,625.05.04%32,422.51,704.15.26%33,160.81,631.64.92%
Nonearning assets:
Other assets2,806.92,805.42,783.5
Allowance for loan losses(319.9)(315.7)(310.9)
Total assets$34,717.8$34,912.2$35,633.4
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits$11,533.4$240.02.08%$10,891.8$248.22.28%$10,598.6$176.91.67%
Time deposits3,985.9143.03.594,846.9223.34.613,989.1166.54.17
Public funds2,966.287.32.942,938.7102.93.502,971.6100.53.38
Total interest-bearing deposits18,485.5470.32.5418,677.4574.43.0817,559.3443.92.53
Repurchase agreements613.78.41.36639.910.61.65513.37.01.36
Other short-term borrowings355.915.34.31251.513.85.491,180.159.75.06
Long-term debt211.411.85.59234.212.35.23239.112.35.15
Total interest-bearing liabilities19,666.5505.82.57%19,803.0611.13.09%19,491.8522.92.68%
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,191.910,491.511,919.2
Other liabilities545.2665.8693.5
Stockholders' equity4,314.23,951.93,528.9
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$34,717.8$34,912.2$35,633.4
Net interest income (te) and margin$1,119.23.47$1,093.03.37$1,108.73.34
Net earning assets and spread$12,564.32.47$12,619.52.17$13,669.02.24
Interest cost of funding earning assets1.57%1.88%1.58%

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(c)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

(d)
Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $2.1 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. There was no purchase accounting accretion in 2025.

52

Table of Contents

TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)

2025 Compared to 20242024 Compared to 2023
Due toTotalDue toTotal
Change inIncreaseChange inIncrease
($ in thousands)VolumeRate(Decrease)VolumeRate(Decrease)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$(16,854)$(68,739)$(85,593)$(18,062)$65,233$47,171
Residential mortgage loans1,9136,1288,04116,6137,91724,530
Consumer loans(3,494)(8,777)(12,271)(8,059)5,572(2,487)
Loan fees & late charges(6,986)(6,986)4,1464,146
Loans (te) (c)(18,435)(78,374)(96,809)(9,508)82,86873,360
Loans held for sale237(224)13(280)197(83)
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities2,7071,5054,212(350)828478
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations3,64919,10922,758(14,862)19,4434,581
Municipals(2,622)33(2,589)(1,292)(158)(1,450)
Other securities(217)(10)(227)(1)6261
Total investment in securities (te) (d)3,51720,63724,154(16,505)20,1753,670
Short-term investments(2,561)(3,875)(6,436)(4,476)2(4,474)
Total earning assets (te)(17,242)(61,836)(79,078)(30,769)103,24272,473
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits14,087(22,221)(8,134)5,02066,30671,326
Time deposits(35,709)(44,625)(80,334)38,31318,53156,844
Public funds952(16,576)(15,624)(1,122)3,4692,347
Total interest-bearing deposits(20,670)(83,422)(104,092)42,21188,306130,517
Repurchase agreements(419)(1,806)(2,225)1,9151,7013,616
Other short-term borrowings4,909(3,369)1,540(50,496)4,595(45,901)
Long-term debt(1,240)795(445)(257)197(60)
Total interest expense(17,420)(87,802)(105,222)(6,627)94,79988,172
Net interest income (te) variance$178$25,966$26,144$(24,142)$8,443$(15,699)

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.

(c)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(d)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

Provision for Credit Losses

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $51.2 million, compared to $52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2025 included net charge-offs of $52.5 million and a $1.3 million reserve release. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2024 included net charge-offs of $46.0 million and a reserve build of $6.1 million. The modest reserve release in 2025 reflects our relatively consistent economic outlook and stable credit metrics.

Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2025 totaled $52.5 million, or 0.22% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $39.4 million in the commercial portfolio, $0.1 million in the residential mortgage portfolio and $13.0 million in the consumer portfolio. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $46.0 million, or 0.19% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $31.3 million in the commercial portfolio and $14.9 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $0.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. The increase in net charge-offs compared to the prior year was due to lower recoveries of $16.0 million compared to $27.1 million in 2024. Gross charge-offs for 2025 were down $4.6 million, at $68.5 million compared to $73.1 million in 2024.

Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.

53

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 totaled $406.4 million, a $42.3 million, or 12%, increase from 2024. The increase in noninterest income from the year ended December 31, 2024 is attributable in part to the Sabal acquisition, as well as growth in most revenue lines, partially offset by declines in gains on sales of assets and other miscellaneous income. Noninterest income variances are discussed in more detail below.

Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 5 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income (Table 4) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)2025% Change2024% Change2023
Service charges on deposit accounts$99,1809%$91,1056%$86,020
Trust fees89,6302571,734667,565
Bank card and ATM fees86,135185,491382,966
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions49,1621343,4241836,714
Secondary mortgage market operations14,7691912,374359,159
Securities transactions, net(11)n/m(100)(65,380)
Income from bank-owned life insurance21,3482616,9441015,454
Credit-related fees11,273(6)12,036(4)12,557
Income (loss) from derivatives5,819254(3,790)n/m420
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets6,119(22)7,820(60)19,388
Other miscellaneous income23,023(15)26,9911423,617
Total noninterest income$406,44712%$364,12926%$288,480

n/m – not meaningful

TABLE 5. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)202520242023
Securities transactions:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$$$(65,380)
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of parking facility16,126
Total supplemental disclosure items in noninterest income$$$(49,254)

Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as nonsufficient funds fees on non-consumer accounts, overdraft and overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $99.2 million, up $8.1 million, or 9%, from 2024. The increase from 2024 was largely attributable to increases of $4.1 million in consumer overdraft fees and service charges, and $4.3 million in analysis fees and overdraft fees on business accounts.

Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $89.6 million, up $17.9 million, or 25%, from 2024. The increase reflects $14.5 million in personal trust fees as a result of the Sabal acquisition and growth in our legacy personal and corporate trust fees, partially offset by a decline in employee benefits trust revenue. Trust assets under management increased to $14.0 billion at December 31, 2025, inclusive of $2.7 billion attributable to the Sabal transaction, compared to $10.2 billion at December 31, 2024.

Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $86.1 million, up $0.6 million, or 1%, with increases in purchasing card and debit card processing fees largely offset by declines in business credit card processing fees and ATM fees.

Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which include both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $49.2 million, a $5.7 million, or 13%, increase from 2024, largely attributable to increases of $2.0 million in investment management fees and $1.9 million in fixed income trading fees and also reflects increases in annuity fees, corporate underwriting fees and insurance commissions.

54

Table of Contents

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable-rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $14.8 million, an increase of $2.4 million, or 19%, from 2024. The increase was attributable to higher mortgage loans production compared to the prior year. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the percentage of loans closed and ultimately sold.

Losses on sales of securities totaled less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. There were no gains or losses on sales of securities during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Income from bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income totaled $21.3 million in 2025, an increase of $4.4 million, or 26%, from 2024. The increase was attributable to an increase in income from changes in cash surrender value of $3.0 million and an increase in mortality gains of $1.4 million.

Credit-related fees include fees assessed on letters of credit and unused portions of loan commitments. Credit-related fees were $11.3 million in 2025, down $0.8 million, or 6%, from 2024, driven primarily by a decrease in unused commitment fees. Income from these products will vary based on letters of credit issued, credit line utilization and prevailing assessment rates.

Income from derivatives, largely resulting from our customer interest rate derivative program, totaled $5.8 million in 2025, compared to a loss of $3.8 million in 2024. The year-over-year increase was due largely to higher income of $6.5 million associated with our customer interest rate derivative program, driven mostly by favorable market conditions. In addition, losses resulting from assumption changes to the Visa Class B derivative liability was down $2.5 million. The remaining year-over-year increase is largely attributable to the lower holding costs related to derivative collateral. Derivative income or loss can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement.

Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess bank owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of Small Business Administration and other non-residential mortgage loans, and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets totaled $6.1 million in 2025, compared to $7.8 million in 2024, down $1.7 million, as the comparative period included a $1.5 million gain on the sale of a former branch property.

Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including dividends on FHLB stock, income from small business investment companies (SBICs), and syndication fees, among others. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $23.0 million, down $4.0 million, or 15%, from 2024, driven primarily by a decrease of $6.6 million in dividends on FHLB stock, reflecting a decline in the level of stock owned and the yield, partially offset by an increase of $2.9 million in syndication fees.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 totaled $851.6 million, a $31.7 million, or 4%, increase from the year ended December 31, 2024. Included in noninterest expense for year ended December 31, 2025 were supplemental disclosure items totaling $5.9 million attributable to costs associated with the acquisition of Sabal. Included in noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 is a supplemental disclosure item of $3.8 million attributable to an adjustment to the special assessment by the FDIC in connection with the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception. Excluding the supplemental disclosure items for both periods, noninterest expense totaled $845.7 million, up $29.6 million, or 4%, from 2024. Noninterest expense variances are discussed in more detail below.

Table 6 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 7 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense (Table 6) by component for the same periods.

55

Table of Contents

TABLE 6. Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)2025% Change2024% Change2023
Compensation expense$385,6601%$380,5911%$376,055
Employee benefits89,731188,786584,740
Personnel expense475,3911469,3772460,795
Net occupancy expense55,871453,650451,573
Equipment expense17,020(2)17,432(8)18,852
Data processing expense127,2274121,8804117,694
Professional services expense57,0803641,935938,331
Amortization of intangibles9,95369,413(19)11,556
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees17,992(26)24,209(52)49,979
Other real estate and foreclosed assets expense (income)3,091(225)(2,469)296(624)
Corporate value and franchise taxes17,272(9)19,002(7)20,355
Advertising14,261713,298(1)13,454
Telecommunication and postage10,13469,519(12)10,773
Entertainment and contributions12,900911,8491110,664
Tax credit investment amortization4,258(32)6,25085,791
Travel expenses7,115195,96595,469
Printing and supplies3,98113,939(3)4,073
Other retirement expense(16,172)(11)(18,112)35(13,460)
Other miscellaneous expense34,267532,773431,573
Total noninterest expense$851,6414%$819,910(2)%$836,848

n/m - not meaningful

TABLE 7. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)202520242023
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense:
Personnel expense$1,422$$
Data processing expense1,976
Professional services expense1,550
Printing and supplies210
Other753
$5,911$$
FDIC deposit insurance special assessment:
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees$$3,800$26,123
Total supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense$5,911$3,800$26,123

Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $475.4 million in 2025, up $6.0 million, or 1% from 2024. The year ended December 31, 2025 included $1.4 million of Sabal acquisition costs highlighted as supplemental disclosure items. Excluding these acquisition costs, personnel expense was up $4.6 million, or 1%. The increase was driven largely by increases in salary, bonus and stock-based compensation expenses, reflecting merit increases and higher headcount, as well as an increase in associate acquisition expenses. These increases were partially offset by a favorable impact from salary deferrals associated with lending activities, and decreases in commissions, incentives expense and retirement and health benefits expense. Personnel expense associated with ongoing Sabal operations contributed $5.9 million to the variance compared to the prior year.

Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Occupancy and equipment expenses totaled $72.9 million in 2025, up $1.8 million, or 3%, from 2024, largely driven by building and equipment maintenance and leased facility expense that were partially offset by decreases in depreciation and amortization and building insurance costs.

Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaled $127.2 million in 2025, up $5.3 million, or 4%, from 2024. Included in the year ended December 31, 2025 was $2.0 million of Sabal acquisition costs highlighted as

56

Table of Contents

supplemental disclosure items. Excluding these acquisition costs, data processing expense was up $3.4 million, or 3%. The increase was largely attributable to increases in certain technology processing, licensing and maintenance totaling $5.1 million, increases in activity-based fees, including card processing, credit card rewards expense and ATM servicing totaling $2.7 million, partially offset by a decrease in amortization and maintenance on data processing software of $4.4 million. Data processing expense can vary from period to period, depending on business needs and technology enhancement initiatives.

Professional services expense includes accounting and audit, legal, consulting and certain outsourced service expense. Professional services expense totaled $57.1 million in 2025, up $15.1 million, or 36%, from 2024. Included in the year ended December 31, 2025 was $1.5 million of Sabal acquisition costs highlighted as supplemental disclosure items. Excluding these acquisition costs, professional services expense was up $13.6 million, or 32%, largely attributable to costs associated with consulting and other professional services for stand-alone engagements, including process improvement projects, and to legal fees and expense for certain outsourced initiatives. Professional services expense may vary from period to period, generally related to the timing of external service needs.

Amortization of intangibles totaled $10.0 million in 2025, up $0.5 million, or 6%, from 2024 as a result of amortization of intangible assets acquired in the Sabal transaction.

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaled $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, down $6.2 million, or 26%, from 2024. Included in the year ended December 31, 2024 is the supplemental disclosure item of $3.8 million described above attributable to a special assessment made by the FDIC. Excluding the supplemental disclosure item, deposit insurance and regulatory fees were down $2.4 million, or 12%, from 2024, mostly reflective of changes in our risk-based assessment calculation as well as less significant quarterly adjustments to the special assessment based on quarterly updates from the FDIC.

The FDIC special assessment expense recorded to date is management's estimate of our portion of the cost attributable to the systemic risk exception based on information from the FDIC. However, the loss estimates resulting from the failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank may be subject to further change pending the projected and actual outcome of loss share agreements, joint ventures, and outstanding litigation. The exact amount of losses incurred will not be determined until the FDIC terminates the receiverships of these banks; therefore, the exact exposure to the Company remains unknown.

Net loss on other real estate and foreclosed assets totaled $3.1 million in 2025, compared to a net gain of $2.5 million in 2024. The level of net income or losses associated with holding and maintaining the other real estate owned portfolio can vary depending on sales activity, valuation adjustments and income or expense associated with operating and maintaining foreclosed property. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions.

Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $17.3 million in 2025, down $1.7 million, or 9%, from 2024, largely driven by decreases in both bank share tax and franchise tax. Bank share tax, the largest component of this line item, is based on multiple variables, including average quarterly assets, earnings and stockholders’ equity to determine the taxable assessment value.

Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions) totaled $34.3 million in 2025, up $3.2 million, or 10%, from 2024, largely driven by increases in digital media advertising, sponsorships, travel expense and charitable contributions.

Other retirement expense includes costs associated with pension and other post-retirement plan expense. Noninterest expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense totaling $16.2 million and $18.1 million, respectively. The decrease in the net credit in 2025 was largely driven by changes in actuarial assumptions for the current plan year.

All other expenses totaled $52.6 million in 2025, relatively flat compared to 2024. Included in the year ended December 31, 2025 was approximately $1.0 million of Sabal acquisition costs highlighted as supplemental disclosure items. Excluding these acquisition costs, other expenses were down $0.8 million, or 2%.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 20.6% in 2025, compared to 19.7% in 2024. The comparability of the effective tax rate between 2025 and 2024 is affected by higher pre-tax book income in 2025 that decreased the relative impact of net tax benefits related to tax credit investments, tax-exempt interest income and bank-owned life insurance. Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued

57

Table of Contents

by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.

Table 8 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

TABLE 8. Income Taxes

($ in thousands)202520242023
Taxes computed at statutory rate$128,603$120,534$102,927
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB(785)(908)(1,114)
NMTC - Federal and State(5,058)(7,521)(7,177)
LIHTC and other tax credits(4,754)(4,751)(4,884)
LIHTC amortization3,7413,7273,732
Total tax credits(6,856)(9,453)(9,443)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit13,81912,64010,323
Tax-exempt interest(7,773)(8,443)(8,755)
Life insurance contracts(5,882)(6,017)(4,020)
Employee share-based compensation(1,556)(1,514)(505)
FDIC assessment disallowance2,3852,4662,893
Impact of deferred tax asset re-measurement(435)
Other, net3,5823,3804,106
Income tax expense$126,322$113,158$97,526

The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project.

We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years.

Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2025, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $8.2 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million for 2026, 2027 and 2028, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.

At December 31, 2025, we had a net deferred tax asset of $55.8 million, which is comprised of $218.9 million in deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance), offset by $163.1 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.7 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses and $2.3 million valuation allowance for deferred executive compensation.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Short-Term Investments

Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. At December 31, 2025, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $132.3 million, a decrease of $807.4 million from December 31, 2024. Average short-term investments for 2025 totaled $492.4 million, down $55.4 million from $547.8 million in 2024. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon movement in customer loan and deposit accounts.

58

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The purpose of the securities portfolio is to increase profitability, mitigate interest rate risk, provide liquidity and comply with regulatory pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio includes securities categorized as available for sale and held to maturity. Available for sale securities are carried at fair value and may be sold prior to maturity. Unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities, net of deferred taxes, are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders' equity.

Our investment in securities totaled $8.1 billion at December 31, 2025, up $497.6 million from December 31, 2024. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2025, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $6.3 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.1 billion, compared to $5.8 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2024. The year over year changes in each of the portfolios is largely reflective of maturities and paydowns from both portfolios reinvested in the available for sale portfolio.

Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2025, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.58 years with an effective duration of 3.89 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.87%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bp and 200 bp increases, the effective duration would be 3.95 years and 3.94 years, respectively. At December 31, 2024, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.58 years with an effective duration of 4.12 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.66%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is primarily attributable to both portfolio reinvestment activity and growth in 2025.

We have in place fair value hedges on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2025, we had approximately $397.5 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security during the back-end hedged tenor. During the year ended December 31, 2025, $248.5 million of fair value hedges became effective, with the net earnings recorded in interest income. Once effective, fair value hedges synthetically convert the notional amount of the hedged asset over the life of the hedge to a variable rate instrument that is indexed to the federal funds effective rate.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2025 and 2024, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.

There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

59

Table of Contents

The following table presents the amortized cost of debt securities by type at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 9. Debt Securities by Type

($ in thousands)20252024
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$266,825$185,827
Municipal obligations191,754200,272
Residential mortgage-backed securities2,620,9802,482,109
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,217,6632,849,372
Collateralized mortgage obligations27,10037,553
Corporate debt securities17,00019,000
Total Available for sale Securities$6,341,322$5,774,133
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$373,605$394,689
Municipal obligations511,516623,907
Residential mortgage-backed securities497,338573,057
Commercial mortgage-backed securities731,329818,604
Collateralized mortgage obligations19,09425,406
Total Held to maturity securities$2,132,882$2,435,663

The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2025, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the following table. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for active fair value hedges.

TABLE 10. Debt Securities Maturities by Type

($ in thousands)One Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five Years Through Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotalFair ValueWeighted Average Yield (te)Expected Average Maturity Years
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$30,137$20,189$$216,499$266,825$269,3324.76%7.0
Municipal obligations78,265113,312177191,754191,3283.44%0.6
Residential mortgage-backed securities1,46522,602108,5492,488,3642,620,9802,375,6292.89%6.3
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3941,643,3131,573,9563,217,6633,083,3253.01%5.2
Collateralized mortgage obligations18,5658,53527,10025,9461.92%2.1
Other debt securities2,00015,00017,00016,3574.11%1.7
Total debt securities$31,996$1,766,369$1,829,382$2,713,575$6,341,322$5,961,9173.04%5.6
Fair Value$32,084$1,711,795$1,743,201$2,474,837$5,961,917
Weighted-Average Yield (te)3.92%3.11%2.92%3.07%3.04%
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$134,662$$238,943$373,605$343,7102.33%5.1
Municipal obligations56,954130,331323,543688511,516500,7693.27%1.7
Residential mortgage-backed securities20,052477,286497,338463,0992.32%4.9
Commercial mortgage-backed securities84,170401,321119,713126,125731,329684,8742.49%4.6
Collateralized mortgage obligations12,2886,80619,09418,5742.62%2.0
Total debt securities$141,124$666,314$475,596$849,848$2,132,882$2,011,0262.61%4.1
Fair Value$140,203$648,904$452,476$769,443$2,011,026
Weighted-Average Yield (te)2.78%2.58%2.90%2.44%2.61%

60

Table of Contents

In January 2026, we executed a restructuring of our available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold securities with an amortized cost of $1.5 billion and average yield of 2.49% and reinvested the $1.4 billion of proceeds with the purchase of securities with an average yield of 4.35%. Management deemed the restructure an effective way of utilizing capital to enhance future net interest income. For further information on the restructure, refer to the “Subsequent Event” section that appears earlier in this analysis.

Loan Portfolio

Total loans at December 31, 2025 were $24.0 billion, up $659.0 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2024. The increase is reflective of increased loan demand, including strong net production in owner occupied and investor commercial real estate and equipment finance loans.

Our commercial customer base is diversified over a range of industries. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. The funded balance of our shared national credits portfolio at December 31, 2025 totaled approximately $2.0 billion, or 9% of total loans, compared to $2.3 billion, or 10% of total loans at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, our largest industry concentrations in shared national credit include approximately $324.4 million in real estate, rental and leasing, $303.6 million in finance and insurance, $234.6 million in manufacturing, and $234.4 million in information, with the remaining of the balance in other diverse industries.

The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

TABLE 11. Loans Outstanding by Type

($ in thousands)20252024
Commercial non-real estate$9,809,011$9,876,592
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,270,0803,011,955
Total commercial & industrial13,079,09112,888,547
Commercial real estate - income producing4,283,1683,798,612
Construction and land development1,239,0861,281,115
Residential mortgages4,016,9173,961,328
Consumer1,340,1781,369,845
Total loans$23,958,440$23,299,447

The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $13.1 billion, or 55% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025, an increase of $190.5 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. The year over year growth in this portfolio reflects increased demand with strong production in the owner occupied commercial real estate and equipment finance loans, and is net of a $255.7 million decrease in shared national credits. The decrease in shared national credits is the result of a strategic decision to reduce exposure in that portfolio as we focus on originating more granular loans in our markets with more opportunities for a full-service relationship.

Our C&I loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout our footprint. Nevertheless, we may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to different borrowers or groups of borrowers, specific types of collateral and industries.

The following table provides detail of the more significant industry concentrations for our C&I loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exception of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy).

61

Table of Contents

TABLE 12. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration

20252024
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Retail trade$1,419,29911%$1,283,20310%
Health care and social assistance1,306,170101,447,34911
Real estate and rental and leasing1,234,52791,189,7279
Manufacturing1,226,96291,191,7819
Construction1,122,9219989,3138
Wholesale trade1,081,85481,148,0349
Transportation and warehousing945,0117965,8937
Professional, scientific, and technical services852,1697756,5736
Accommodation, food services and entertainment818,5996772,7216
Finance and insurance646,1715683,4015
Information465,9714410,2843
Other services (except public administration)415,4293414,5143
Public administration348,5453402,8723
Admin, support, waste management, remediation services338,6933326,3853
Educational services236,2732240,0962
Energy169,7001197,3172
Other450,7973469,0844
Total commercial & industrial loans$13,079,091100%$12,888,547100%

Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $4.3 billion at December 31, 2025, up $484.6 million, or 13%, from December 31, 2024, reflective of robust demand in this space. Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.2 billion at December 31, 2025, down $42.0 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2024. The decrease reflects loans converting to permanent financing outpacing the funding of new and existing loans.

The following table details the end of period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-family borrowers.

TABLE 13. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration

20252024
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Multifamily$1,438,50926%$1,343,54426%
Retail907,61116773,62115
Healthcare related properties812,71215658,06713
Industrial739,00914698,52014
Office506,5819506,69010
Hotel, motel and restaurants430,0078424,8668
1-4 family residential construction213,7334235,7455
Other land loans181,1703192,9194
Other292,9225245,7555
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans$5,522,254100%$5,079,727100%

Residential mortgages totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2025, up $55.6 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. Consumer loans totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2025, down $29.7 million, or 2%, compared to December 31, 2024. Approximately $14.3 million of the decline in consumer loans is in the indirect automobile lending portfolio, a business that we exited and the existing portfolio in runoff.

62

Table of Contents

The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years.

TABLE 14. Average Loans

202520242023
YieldPct ofYieldPct ofYieldPct of
($ in thousands)Balance(te)TotalBalance(te)TotalBalance(te)Total
Commercial & real estate loans$17,998,9356.07%77%$18,263,6766.46%77%$18,556,1756.10%79%
Residential mortgages4,031,5083.99%17%3,982,1223.84%17%3,541,2453.62%15%
Consumer1,336,3658.18%6%1,384,9458.78%6%1,497,1598.28%6%
Total loans$23,366,8085.83%100%$23,630,7436.17%100%$23,594,5795.87%100%

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2025.

TABLE 15. Loan Maturities by Type

December 31, 2025Maturity Range
($ in thousands)Within One YearAfter One Through Five YearsAfter Five Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial non-real estate$2,596,984$5,578,548$1,532,309$101,170$9,809,011
Commercial real estate - owner occupied250,9701,403,3311,568,85746,9223,270,080
Total commercial & industrial2,847,9546,981,8793,101,166148,09213,079,091
Commercial real estate - income producing1,118,9342,556,562594,01713,6554,283,168
Construction and land development340,689652,001197,13649,2601,239,086
Residential mortgages34,78632,592319,2673,630,2724,016,917
Consumer78,592293,15279,094889,3401,340,178
Total loans$4,420,955$10,516,186$4,290,680$4,730,619$23,958,440

The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.

TABLE 16. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates for Loans that Mature After One Year

December 31, 2025
($ in thousands)Fixed RateFloating RateTotal
Commercial non-real estate$3,245,331$3,966,696$7,212,027
Commercial real estate - owner occupied2,019,0571,000,0533,019,110
Total commercial & industrial5,264,3884,966,74910,231,137
Commercial real estate - income producing1,070,4862,093,7483,164,234
Construction and land development295,102603,295898,397
Residential mortgages2,349,4821,632,6493,982,131
Consumer112,5961,148,9901,261,586
Total loans$9,092,054$10,445,431$19,537,485

63

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, nonaccrual loans and reportable loans modified or restructured loans, by type, and foreclosed and surplus ORE and other foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.

TABLE 17. Nonaccrual loans, loans modified or restructured, and ORE and foreclosed assets

December 31,
($ in thousands)20252024
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate$29,678$14,172
Commercial non-real estate - modified4,84719,246
Total commercial non-real estate34,52533,418
Commercial real estate - owner occupied6,4822,727
Commercial real estate - owner-occupied - modified241
Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied6,7232,727
Commercial real estate - income producing4,760356
Commercial real estate - income producing - modified
Total commercial real estate - income producing4,760356
Construction and land development3,1735,561
Construction and land development - modified
Total construction and land development3,1735,561
Residential mortgage46,39943,157
Residential mortgage - modified587929
Total residential mortgage46,98644,086
Consumer10,55511,187
Consumer - modified148
Total consumer10,70311,187
Total nonaccrual loans$106,870$97,335
ORE and foreclosed assets14,78827,797
Total nonaccrual loans and ORE and foreclosed assets$121,658$125,132
Modified loans - still accruing:
Commercial non-real estate$98,468$74,211
Commercial real estate - owner occupied28,698
Commercial real estate - income producing14,9142,741
Construction and land development147
Residential mortgage14,5722,241
Consumer227131
Total modified loans - still accruing$157,026$79,324
Total reportable modified loans$162,849$99,499
Loans 90 days past due still accruing$28,798$21,852
Ratios:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans0.45%0.42%
Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets0.51%0.54%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans287.95%327.61%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and accruing loans 90 days past due226.83%267.55%
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans0.12%0.09%

Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $121.7 million at December 31, 2025, down $3.5 million from December 31, 2024. Nonaccrual loans totaled $106.9 million, up $9.5 million from December 31, 2024. Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of the loan portfolio increased to 0.45% in 2025, compared to 0.42% in 2024. ORE and foreclosed assets were $14.8 million at December 31, 2025, down $13.0 million from December 31, 2024, largely attributable the sale of a foreclosed property from one commercial borrower.

Reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty totaled $162.8 million at December 31, 2025 and includes $5.8 million of nonaccrual loans. Modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty totaled $99.5 million at December 31, 2024 and included $20.2 million of nonaccrual loans. These reportable modifications are granted as a part of our loss mitigation

64

Table of Contents

strategy to maximize expected payments. The increase in reportable modified loans reflects the continued stress on certain borrowers resulting from prolonged elevated interest rates, inflation, insurance costs, and other market conditions.

Criticized commercial loans totaled $535.4 million at December 31, 2025, down $87.6 million, or 14%, from $623.0 million at December 31, 2024. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans comprised 2.88% of that portfolio at December 31, 2025, down from 3.47% at December 31, 2024. We remain focused on identifying specific and broader risk indicators that may be impacting certain segments in our portfolio, and we have not seen signs of significant weakening in any particular industry, sector or geographic segment beyond what we believe has been experienced by the banking industry as a whole. Our criticized commercial loans at December 31, 2025 are spread across many industries, with the largest concentrations as follows: $96.4 million real estate, rental and leasing, $67.5 million in hospitality, $63.9 million in transportation and warehousing, $62.9 million healthcare and social assistance, $57.4 million in retail trade, $54.4 million in construction and $51.1 million in wholesale trade. Commercial loans risk rated pass-watch totaled $614.8 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $521.4 million at December 31, 2024. The pass-watch risk rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of criticized.

Allowance for Credit Losses

At December 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses was $341.7 million, comprised of $307.8 million in allowance for loan losses and $33.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $1.3 million from $342.9 million at December 31, 2024, which was comprised of $318.9 million in allowance for loan losses and $24.1 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The $11.2 million decrease in the funded allowance was largely due to a reduction in reserves on commercial real estate – income producing loans, a portfolio where credit metrics have been improving. The $9.9 million increase in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments was largely volume driven.

Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans decreased to 1.43% at December 31, 2025, compared to 1.47% at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on the commercial portfolio totaled $272.0 million, or 1.46% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2025, down from $272.5 million, or 1.52%, at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on the residential mortgage portfolio totaled $42.8 million, or 1.07% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2025, relatively flat compared to $42.4 million, or 1.07%, at December 31, 2024. The allowance for credit losses on the consumer portfolio totaled $26.8 million, or 2.00% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2025, down from $28.0 million, or 2.04%, at December 31, 2024.

The $1.3 million net decrease in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2024 includes a decrease of $2.2 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans), partially offset by an increase of $0.9 million in collectively evaluated reserves. We utilized the December 2025 Moody’s economic scenarios to inform our allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2025. After considering the variables underlying each of the Moody’s economic scenarios, management probability-weighted the baseline scenario at 50% and the downside S-2 mild recessionary scenario at 50% in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2025, compared to probability weighting of the baseline scenario at 40% and the downside S-2 mild recessionary scenario at 60% in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2024. The change in probability weightings from those used at December 31, 2024, does not indicate a significant shift in our overall credit loss outlook, but rather reflects a shift in the assumptions underlying the forecasts. Each of the scenarios considered have varying degrees of severity and duration of impacts to forecasted market conditions, economic indicators, monetary and other governmental policies and geopolitical conditions, among other variables. Refer to the Economic Outlook section of this discussion and analysis for further information on the Moody’s scenarios and our weighting assumptions.

65

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

TABLE 18. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,
($ in thousands)202520242023
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period$318,882$307,907$307,789
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate45,56445,48859,830
Commercial real estate - owner occupied4,626143
Total commercial & industrial50,19045,63159,830
Commercial real estate - income producing348,82273
Construction and land development1,31426472
Total Commercial51,53854,71759,975
Residential mortgages92238055
Consumer16,00617,98715,393
Total charge-offs68,46673,08475,423
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate11,33222,2926,152
Commercial real estate - owner occupied6861,036957
Total commercial & industrial12,01823,3287,109
Commercial real estate - income producing49714
Construction and land development1236411
Total commercial12,19023,3997,134
Residential mortgages8415951,278
Consumer2,9763,0573,611
Total recoveries16,00727,05112,023
Total net charge-offs52,45946,03363,400
Provision for loan losses41,30857,00863,518
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$307,731$318,882$307,907
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period24,05328,89433,309
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments9,875(4,841)(4,415)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period$33,928$24,053$28,894
Total Allowance for Credit Losses$341,659$342,935$336,801
Total Provision for Credit Losses$51,183$52,167$59,103
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans1.28%1.37%1.29%
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans1.43%1.47%1.41%
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans0.29%0.31%0.32%
Recoveries to average loans0.07%0.11%0.05%
Net charge-offs to average loans0.22%0.19%0.27%
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate0.35%0.24%0.54%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied0.13%(0.03)%(0.03)%
Total commercial & industrial0.30%0.17%0.40%
Commercial real estate - income producing(0.00)%0.22%0.00%
Construction and land development0.10%0.01%0.00%
Total Commercial0.22%0.17%0.28%
Residential mortgages0.00%(0.01)%(0.03)%
Consumer0.98%1.08%0.79%

66

Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.

TABLE 19. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category

December 31,
20252024
($ in thousands)Allowance for Loan Losses% of Total AllowanceAllowance for Loan Losses% of Total Allowance
Commercial non-real estate$121,43940%$121,09038%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied40,6951336,26411
Total commercial & industrial162,13453157,35449
Commercial real estate - income producing60,4751971,97523
Construction and land development17,450621,1587
Residential mortgages42,8341442,44513
Consumer24,838825,9508
Total$307,731100%$318,882100%

Deposits

Deposits provide the most significant source of funding for our interest earning assets. Generally, our ability to compete for market share depends on our deposit pricing and our wide range of products and services that are focused on customer needs, among other factors. We offer high-quality banking services with convenient delivery channels, including online and mobile banking. We provide specialized services to our commercial customers to promote commercial deposit growth. These services include treasury management, industry expertise and lockbox services.

Lack of diversity in concentration within a deposit base may increase the risk of events or trends that could prompt a larger-scale demand for deposits outflow. Concerns over a financial institution’s ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit may increase the risk of a deposit run. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well-diversified. We also offer our customers an insured cash sweep product (ICS) that allows customers to secure deposits above FDIC insured limits. The ICS product totaled $322.2 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $359.7 million at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, we have calculated our average deposit account size by dividing period-end deposits by the population of accounts with balances to be approximately $37,700, which includes $197,700 in our commercial and small business lines (excluding public funds), $122,900 in our wealth management business line, and $18,100 in our consumer business line.

Further, at December 31, 2025, our sources of liquidity exceed uninsured deposits. We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting to be approximately $14.8 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $14.6 billion at December 31, 2024. Our uninsured deposit total at December 31, 2025 includes approximately $3.6 billion of public funds that have pledged securities as collateral, leaving approximately $11.3 billion of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits compared to total liquidity of $18.9 billion. Our ratio of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits to total deposits was approximately 38.6% at December 31, 2025, compared to 37.3% at December 31, 2024.

Total deposits were $29.3 billion at December 31, 2025, down $213.1 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024. Deposit levels and composition in 2025 were influenced in part by the falling interest rate environment. Average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2025 were $28.7 billion, down $491.5 million, or 2%, from 2024.

67

Table of Contents

The following table shows the composition of our deposits at December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

TABLE 20. Deposits

December 31,
($ in thousands)20252024
Noninterest-bearing deposits$10,374,991$10,597,461
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits11,998,89211,327,725
Interest-bearing public fund deposits:
Public fund transaction and savings deposits3,120,3893,127,427
Public fund time deposits96,92585,072
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits3,217,3143,212,499
Retail time deposits3,688,5774,348,265
Brokered time deposits6,901
Total interest-bearing deposits18,904,78318,895,390
Total deposits$29,279,774$29,492,851

At December 31, 2025, noninterest-bearing demand deposits totaled $10.4 billion, down $222.5 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2024. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 35% of total deposits at December 31, 2025 and 36% at December 31, 2024.

Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts totaled $12.0 billion at December 31, 2025, up $671.2 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2024. Retail time deposits totaled $3.7 billion at December 31, 2025, down $659.7 million, or 15%, from December 31, 2024. The shift within the mix of these products is largely reflective of the falling interest rate environment, as time deposits maturing at lower rates prompted some shift to transaction and savings deposits.

Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.2 billion at December 31, 2025, up $4.8 million, or less than 1%, from December 31, 2024. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. There were no brokered deposits at December 31, 2025, compared to $6.9 million at December 31, 2024.

Table 21 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 22 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2025.

TABLE 21. Average Deposits

202520242023
($ in millions)BalanceRateMixBalanceRateMixBalanceRateMix
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits$2,901.41.36%10.1%$2,686.11.55%9.2%$2,429.50.93%8.2%
Money market deposits6,510.52.83%22.7%6,136.13.25%21.0%5,762.92.67%19.6%
Savings deposits2,139.20.77%7.5%2,082.80.34%7.1%2,424.90.02%8.2%
Time deposits3,968.23.60%13.8%4,833.74.62%16.6%3,970.44.17%13.5%
Public Funds2,966.22.94%10.3%2,938.73.50%10.1%2,971.63.38%10.1%
Total interest-bearing deposits18,485.52.54%64.4%18,677.43.08%64.0%17,559.32.53%59.6%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits10,191.935.6%10,491.536.0%11,919.240.4%
Total deposits$28,677.4100.0%$29,168.9100.0%$29,478.5100.0%

TABLE 22. Maturity of Time Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*

December 31,
($ in thousands)2025
Three months$726,225
Over three months through six months500,612
Over six months through one year231,533
Over one year9,686
Total$1,468,056

* Includes public fund time deposits

68

Table of Contents

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2025, up $378.3 million, or 59%, from December 31, 2024. Average short-term borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2025 totaled $969.6 million, up $78.1 million, or 9%, from 2024. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.

Table 23 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary.

TABLE 23. Short-Term Borrowings

($ in thousands)202520242023
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end$70,400$300$350
Average amount outstanding during period16,87912,9357,525
Maximum amount at any month end during period110,300200,275100,350
Weighted-average interest rate at period end3.74%3.90%4.90%
Weighted-average interest rate during period4.84%5.61%5.70%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end$546,892$638,715$454,479
Average amount outstanding during period613,630639,912513,306
Maximum amount at any month end during period734,288792,589625,773
Weighted-average interest rate at period end1.18%0.95%1.16%
Weighted-average interest rate during period1.36%1.65%1.36%
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end$400,000$$700,000
Average amount outstanding during period339,044238,5931,172,603
Maximum amount at any month end during period1,275,000650,0003,100,000
Weighted-average interest rate at period end3.62%5.58%
Weighted-average interest rate during period4.28%5.48%5.05%

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $199.4 million at December 31, 2025, down $11.1 million from December 31, 2024, due to tax credit fund activity.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2025 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.

69

Table of Contents

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans.

Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.7 billion at December 31, 2025 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.

Letters of credit totaled $409.0 million at December 31, 2025. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.

The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2025, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $33.9 million.

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2025 and 2024 according to expiration date.

TABLE 24. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Expiration Date
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2025
Commitments to extend credit$9,650,197$4,184,857$2,449,822$2,250,883$764,635
Letters of credit409,010337,19867,2384,574
Total$10,059,207$4,522,055$2,517,060$2,255,457$764,635
Expiration Date
($ in thousands)Less Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2024
Commitments to extend credit$9,249,468$3,894,217$2,344,538$2,236,744$773,969
Letters of credit420,6141,134387,12132,359
Total$9,670,082$3,895,351$2,731,659$2,269,103$773,969

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments.

70

Table of Contents

Risk Categories and Definitions

Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted the six risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for our categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:


Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.


Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.


Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions ("market liquidity risk").


Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.


Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.


Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.

While no longer part of the Federal Reserve Board examination program, the Company also considers reputational risk. Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.

Risk Committee Governance Structure

Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:


Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when deemed necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joanie Teofilo, Ms. Sonia Pérez and Mr. Moses Feagin, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the Board of Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee’s enterprise risk management oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and benefits programs and oversees human capital efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which provides oversight on a broad range of issues surrounding the composition and operation of the Board of Directors.


Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk

71

Table of Contents

committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.


Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context so that risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk, direct changes, and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as to assess whether the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Corporate Responsibility Council, which includes members of senior management, that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to corporate responsibility and sustainability.

Risk Leadership and Organization

The risk management function of the Company is led by our Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the CEO, provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management, operational risk management, model risk management, data governance, compliance, credit review (administrative only), corporate insurance, regulatory relations, and financial crimes programs. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Another risk management function reporting to the CEO is the Chief Credit Officer.

Credit Risk

The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, parish and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.

Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross-industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.

Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year, and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines.

Monitoring collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third-party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department, which is independent of the loan origination and approval process. When deemed necessary, third-party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Collateral valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to assess the need for an appropriate allowance allocation and/or full or partial charge-off when it is probable that the borrower will be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due.

The Bank maintains a Credit Review function so that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Credit Review is managed by our Director of Credit Review who reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status.

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/Liability Management consists of quantifying, analyzing, and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable interest rate risk limits and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.

72

Table of Contents

IRR inherent in the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently results in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

ALCO manages our IRR exposures through proactive measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors by adhering to a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity (EVE), stochastic, and gap analyses. When performing net interest income at risk analysis, the model is used to quantify the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and projected net income over the next 12-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario given hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. Regarding EVE analysis, the model is used to assess the change in theoretical equity market value that would occur in response to instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in market interest rates. EVE analysis is primarily used to identify long-term structural mismatches in the balance sheet as market rates move, while net interest income analysis assesses the impact of market rate movements over a short time horizon. Net interest income simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix as well as the pricing, repricing, and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis, and option risk are also considered.

Net Interest Income at Risk

Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.

The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2025. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 25. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that balance sheet composition and the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled.

73

Table of Contents

TABLE 25. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

Estimated Increase in NII
Change in Interest RatesYear 1Year 2
(basis points)
-300(5.21)%(13.91)%
-200(4.13)%(10.16)%
-100(1.94)%(4.76)%
+1001.49%3.93%
+2002.80%7.50%
+3004.07%10.97%

The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing of cash flows in the investment and loan portfolios. As short-term rates remained relatively elevated over the year, the funding mix has shifted to more rate sensitive deposits and wholesale sources, resulting in lower overall net interest income at risk as deposit repricing is expected to offset rate adjustments in the floating rate loan book. Furthermore, due to the shift in funding mix, the Bank is currently less sensitive to changes in short-term rate movements with interest rate risk being driven more by changes in the mid to long-term segment of the yield curve. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk.

Economic Value of Equity (EVE)

EVE simulation involves calculating the present value of all future cash flows from assets and subtracting the present value of all future cash outflows from liabilities including the impact of off-balance sheet items such as interest rate hedges. This analysis results in a theoretical market value of the bank’s equity or EVE. Management’s focus on EVE analysis is not on the resulting calculation of EVE itself, but instead on the sensitivity of EVE to changes in market rates. Policy limits on the change in EVE under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents an analysis of the change in the Bank’s EVE resulting from instantaneous and parallel shifts in rates as of December 31, 2025. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments ranging from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 26.

TABLE 26. Economic Value of Equity

Estimated Change in EVE at
Change in Interest RatesDecember 31, 2025
(basis points)
-3002.79%
-2002.57%
-1001.77%
+100(2.63)%
+200(5.72)%
+300(8.95)%

The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Board of Directors. Because EVE measures the present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the

74

Table of Contents

degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not consider factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, possible hedging activities, or changing product spreads, each of which could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and data security incidents. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.

The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities.

See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or incidents in our information systems or infrastructure and Item 1C. “Cybersecurity” for additional disclosures on cybersecurity and related risk management strategy and governance.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. The following table summarizes available liquidity at December 31, 2025.

TABLE 27. Net Available Sources of Funds

December 31, 2025
($ in thousands)Total AvailableAmount UsedNet Availability
Available Sources of Funding:
Internal Sources
Free securities$4,153,209$$4,153,209
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank (a)6,749,0761,452,4385,296,638
Federal Reserve Bank3,307,2333,307,233
Brokered deposits4,391,9664,391,966
Other1,159,00070,0001,089,000
Total Available Sources of Funding$19,760,484$1,522,438$18,238,046
Cash and other interest-bearing bank deposits695,261
Total Liquidity$18,933,307

(a) Amount used includes funded advances and letters of credit.

TABLE 28. Liquidity Metrics

202520242023
Free securities / total securities51.97%48.65%38.80%
Core deposits / total deposits94.99%94.12%92.51%
Wholesale funds / core deposits4.37%3.09%7.21%
Liquid assets / total liabilities15.63%15.26%12.69%
Average loans / average deposits81.48%81.01%80.04%

At December 31, 2025, our available on and off-balance sheet liquidity of $18.9 billion is well in excess of our estimated uninsured, noncollateralized deposits of approximately $11.3 billion.

75

Table of Contents

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities of 20% or greater. As shown in Table 28 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 51.97% and 48.65% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The carry value of total pledged securities was $3.9 billion at both December 31, 2025, and 2024.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2025, deposits totaled $29.3 billion, a decrease of $213.1 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2024.

Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (CDs) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. Core deposits totaled $27.8 billion at both December 31, 2025, and 2024. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 94.99% at December 31, 2025, up from 94.12% at December 31, 2024. The largest driver in the increase in the ratio was the decline in retail time deposits greater than $250,000.

There were no brokered time deposits at December 31, 2025, compared to $6.9 million at December 31, 2024. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate.

Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. Besides funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had borrowings of $400 million from the FHLB and had approximately $5.3 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.3 billion. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, or at any point during the years then ended.

Wholesale funds, which are comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 4.37% of core deposits at December 31, 2025 and 3.09% at December 31, 2024. Wholesale funds totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $360 million from December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by increases of $400 million in FHLB borrowing and $70 million increase in federal funds purchased, partially offset by a $92 million decrease in customer securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits.

Other key measures used to monitor liquidity include the liquid asset ratio and the loan to deposit ratio. The liquid asset ratio (liquid assets, consisting of cash, short-term investments and free securities, divided by total liabilities) measures our ability to meet short-term obligations. Our liquid asset ratio was 15.63% at December 31, 2025 compared to 15.26% at December 31, 2024. Management has established a minimum liquid asset ratio of 7.5% and an internal target of 12% or greater. The loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding) measures the amount of funds the Company lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 81.48% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 81.01% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but has and will continue to operate outside that range under certain market conditions and circumstances.

Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this document present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of funds during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 13 – Stockholder’s Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately six quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may operate below the target level on a temporary basis if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters. The Parent had cash totaling $264.5 million at December 31, 2025.

76

Table of Contents

Material Cash Requirements

The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2025, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 22. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.

TABLE 29. Contractual Cash Obligations

Payment due by period
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
Long-term debt obligations$576,571$37,552$21,674$27,248$490,097
Operating lease obligations(1)154,97818,89537,84930,40167,833
Purchase obligations161,41793,18857,59810,631
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company18,33218,332
Total$911,298$167,967$117,121$68,280$557,930

(1) Includes four leases that had not yet commenced at December 31, 2025, totaling $7.4 million

Capital Resources

The Company has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $4.5 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to $4.1 billion at December 31, 2024. The $332.5 million increase from December 31, 2024 is attributable to net income of $486.1 million, $229.8 million of other comprehensive income and $20.6 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by share repurchases of $249.0 million and dividends of $155.1 million.

At December 31, 2025, our tangible common equity ratio was 10.06%, compared to 9.47% at December 31, 2024. The 59 bp increase is comprised of net income (+145 bps), other comprehensive income (+67 bps) and stock-based compensation and other activity (+6 bps), partially offset by share repurchases (-73 bps), dividends (-45 bps), capital deployed in the Sabal acquisition (-33 bps) and tangible asset growth (-8 bps).

The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of 2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2025 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2025, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range.

At December 31, 2025, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $1.1 billion. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 13 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.

The following table shows certain of the Company’s capital ratios and our regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

77

Table of Contents

TABLE 30. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

($ in thousands)20252024
Common equity tier 1 capital$3,872,490$3,886,926
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital3,872,4903,886,926
Tier 2 capital511,458491,822
Total capital$4,383,948$4,378,748
Risk-weighted assets$28,377,413$27,490,356
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)11.17%11.29%
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets13.65%14.14%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets13.65%14.14%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets15.45%15.93%
Common stockholders' equity to total assets12.57%11.77%
Tangible common equity to total assets10.06%9.47%

We regularly perform stress analysis on our capital levels. One such scenario includes the hypothetical impact of including accumulated other comprehensive losses on market valuations of available for sale securities and cash flow hedges in regulatory capital and a further stress scenario that includes both those losses plus losses on the held to maturity investment portfolio in regulatory capital. We estimate that our regulatory capital ratios would remain in excess of the well-capitalized minimums under both of these stress scenarios at December 31, 2025.

In January 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 12.5% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend to $0.45 per share, bringing the annual cash dividend rate of $1.80 per share. During 2024, the Company paid an annual cash dividend rate of $1.50 per share. Subsequent to year end, in January 2026, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.50 per share, or 11%. The increases in our dividends are reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In December 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, effective January 1, 2025, pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to 5% of the shares of its common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024, totaling 4.3 million shares, through the program's expiration date of December 31, 2026. The program allowed the Company to repurchase shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program did not obligate the Company to purchase any shares and could have been terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Company completed this program by repurchasing 4,306,200 shares at an average price of $57.30 per share, inclusive of commissions. The Company has accrued $2.2 million of estimated excise tax associated with the share repurchases in 2025.

In December 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, effective January 1, 2026, pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to 5% of the shares of its common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2025, totaling 4.1 million shares, with the same terms as described above. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2026 and does not obligate the Company to purchase any shares. The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock.

78

Table of Contents

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2025 totaled $125.6 million, or $1.49 per diluted common share (EPS), compared to $127.5 million, or $1.49 per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2025. The Company reported net income for the fourth quarter of 2024 of $122.1 million, or $1.40 per diluted common share.

Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2025 results (compared to third quarter of 2025):


Net income totaled $125.6 million, or $1.49 per diluted share, compared to $127.5 million, or $1.49 per diluted share in the third quarter of 2025


Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (PPNR), a non-GAAP measure, totaled $174.0 million, compared to $175.6 million in the prior quarter


Loans increased $362 million, or 2%


Deposits increased $620 million, or 2%


Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans decreased


Allowance for credit losses coverage remains strong at 1.43% compared to 1.45%


Net interest margin of 3.48%, down 1 bp from the prior quarter


Tangible common equity ratio of 10.06%, up 5 bps linked-quarter; common equity tier 1 ratio was 13.65%, down 44 bps linked-quarter, reflecting the repurchase of 2.5 million shares of common stock during the fourth quarter


Efficiency ratio of 54.93%, compared to 54.10% in the prior quarter

Total loans were $24.0 billion at December 31, 2025, up $361.9 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2025. Loan growth was driven primarily by strong production in the healthcare portfolio, increased investor commercial real estate activity and continued growth in equipment finance.

Total deposits at December 31, 2025 were $29.3 billion, up $620.0 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2025. Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $10.4 billion at December 31, 2025, up $69.7 million, or 1%, from September 30, 2025, and comprised 35% of total period-end deposits. The linked-quarter increase in noninterest-bearing deposits was due in part to a seasonal increase in public funds deposits of $190.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2025. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $12.0 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2025, up $223.4 million, or 2%, linked-quarter, largely driven by competitive products and pricing. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $417.4 million, or 15%, linked-quarter, totaling $3.2 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase in interest-bearing public funds was driven by seasonal inflows. Generally we experience seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter, with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. Compared to September 30, 2025, retail time deposits of $3.7 billion were down $90.4 million, or 2%, driven by maturity concentration and promotional rate reductions during the fourth quarter of 2025.

Net interest income (TE) for the fourth quarter of 2025 was $284.7 million, an increase of $2.4 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2025. The net interest margin was 3.48% in the fourth quarter of 2025, down 1 bp linked-quarter, driven by lower loan yields (-10 bps), partially offset by higher securities yield (+2 bps) and lower cost of funds (+7 bps).

The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2025 was $13.1 million, compared to $12.7 million in the third quarter of 2025. Net charge-offs were $13.0 million, or 0.22% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2025, up from $11.4 million, or 0.19% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2025. Our allowance for credit losses was $341.7 million at December 31, 2025, up $0.1 million from September 30, 2025. Criticized commercial loans were $535.4 million, or 2.88% of total commercial loans at December 31, 2025, compared to $549.2 million, or 3.01% of total commercial loans at September 30, 2025. Nonaccrual loans totaled $106.9 million, or 0.45% of total loans at December 31, 2025, compared to $113.6 million, or 0.48% of total loans at September 30, 2025. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $14.8 million at December 31, 2025, up $3.6 million from September 30, 2025.

Noninterest income totaled $107.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2025, up $1.1 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2025. Service charges on deposits were up $0.4 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2025. Bank card and ATM fees were down $0.2 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2025. Investment and annuity income and insurance fees were down $1.9 million, or 13%, from the third quarter of 2025, primarily attributable to lower annuity sales in the fourth quarter of 2025. Compared to the third quarter of 2025, trust fees of $24.6 million were up $0.4 million, or 2%. Fees from secondary mortgage operations totaled $3.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2025, up $0.2 million, or 6%, from the third quarter of 2025. Other noninterest income totaled $19.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2025, up $2.2 million, or 13%, from the third quarter of 2025, driven primarily an increase in SBIC income, partially offset by a decline in syndication fees.

79

Table of Contents

Noninterest expense totaled $217.9 million, up $5.1 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2025. Personnel expense totaled $122.5 million, up $0.5 million, or less than 1%. Net occupancy and equipment expense totaled $18.6 million, up $0.4 million, or 2%, and amortization of intangibles totaled $2.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2025, down $0.1 million, or 3%. Net ORE and other foreclosed assets expense totaled $0.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2025, compared to a net gain of $0.3 million in the third quarter of 2025. Other noninterest expense totaled $73.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2025, up $3.5 million, or 5%, linked-quarter, driven primarily increases in advertising, data processing and other professional services expenses.

The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2025 was 20.7%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.

The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2025.

TABLE 31. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2025September 30, 2025June 30, 2025March 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Income Statement Data:
Interest income$407,698$409,020$402,581$395,321$414,286
Interest income (te) (a)410,203411,591405,077398,127417,021
Interest expense125,528129,282125,622125,416140,730
Net interest income (te)284,675282,309279,455272,711276,291
Provision for credit losses13,14512,65114,92510,46211,912
Noninterest income107,131106,00198,52494,79191,209
Noninterest expense217,850212,753215,979205,059202,333
Income before income taxes158,306160,335144,579149,175150,520
Income tax expense32,73432,86931,04829,67128,446
Net income$125,572$127,466$113,531$119,504$122,074
Supplemental disclosure items-included above, pre-tax:
Included in noninterest expense:
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense$$$5,911$$
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans$23,958,440$23,596,565$23,461,750$23,098,146$23,299,447
Earning assets32,218,66332,532,32031,965,13031,661,16931,857,841
Total assets35,472,76235,766,40735,212,65234,750,68035,081,785
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,374,99110,305,30310,638,78510,614,87410,597,461
Total deposits29,279,77428,659,75029,046,61229,194,73329,492,851
Stockholders' equity4,460,1174,474,4794,365,4194,278,6724,127,636
Average balance sheet data:
Loans23,715,76323,425,89523,249,24123,068,57323,248,512
Earning assets32,598,31532,213,63232,081,14032,023,88532,333,012
Total assets35,227,28634,751,20934,527,27634,355,51534,770,663
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,165,80610,121,70710,317,44610,163,22110,409,022
Total deposits28,816,53928,492,07628,649,90028,752,41629,108,381
Stockholders' equity4,417,7114,368,7464,284,2794,182,8144,138,326
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share:
Basic$1.51$1.50$1.32$1.38$1.41
Diluted1.491.491.321.381.40
Cash dividends per common share0.450.450.450.450.40
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets1.41%1.46%1.32%1.41%1.40%
Return on average common equity11.28%11.58%10.63%11.59%11.74%
Efficiency ratio (b)54.93%54.10%54.91%55.22%54.46%
Net interest margin (te)3.48%3.49%3.49%3.43%3.41%
Annualized net charge offs to average loans0.22%0.19%0.31%0.18%0.20%

80

Table of Contents

....
(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2025September 30, 2025June 30, 2025March 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue(te) (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net income (GAAP)$125,572$127,466$113,531$119,504$122,074
Provision for credit losses13,14512,65114,92510,46211,912
Income tax expense32,73432,86931,04829,67128,446
Pre-provision net revenue171,451172,986159,504159,637162,432
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,5052,5712,4962,8062,735
Pre-provision net revenue (te)173,956175,557162,000162,443165,167
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense5,911
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$173,956$175,557$167,911$162,443$165,167
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net interest income$282,170$279,738$276,959$269,905$273,556
Noninterest income107,131106,00198,52494,79191,209
Total GAAP revenue389,301385,739375,483364,696364,765
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,5052,5712,4962,8062,735
Total revenue (te)$391,806$388,310$377,979$367,502$367,500
Adjusted revenue$391,806$388,310$377,979$367,502$367,500
GAAP noninterest expense$217,850$212,753$215,979$205,059$202,333
Amortization of intangibles(2,622)(2,694)(2,524)(2,113)(2,206)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Sabal Trust Company acquisition expense(5,911)
Adjusted noninterest expense for efficiency$215,228$210,059$207,544$202,946$200,127
Efficiency ratio (b)54.93%54.10%54.91%55.22%54.46%

(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this document. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis so that the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate economic forecasts for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third-party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios. The scenarios include a baseline forecast, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date.

The Company’s management considers available forecasts along with current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics to determine weights to the scenario output based on our best estimate of likely outcomes. Changing economic conditions introduce enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not be representative of existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that

81

Table of Contents

were also built on historical data and may react differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates.

Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third-party forecasts. At December 31, 2025, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 50% and the mild recessionary S-2 scenario at 50%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 36% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2025. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2024, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results 40% higher than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.

The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.

For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral supporting loans individually evaluated for credit loss may include, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Valuations are highly subjective and based on information available and the resolution strategy at the time of valuation. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 4 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000950170-25-028009.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-27. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2024 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 31 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below.

Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (te) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. The Company highlights certain items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends in supplemental disclosure items below our GAAP financial data and presents certain “Adjusted” ratios that exclude these disclosed items. These adjusted ratios provide management and the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business, as well as demonstrates the effects of significant gains or losses and changes.

We define Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue as net income excluding provision expense and income tax expense, plus the taxable equivalent adjustment (as defined above), less supplemental disclosure items (as defined above). Management believes that adjusted pre-provision net revenue is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. We define Adjusted Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less supplemental disclosure items. We define Adjusted Noninterest Expense as noninterest expense less supplemental disclosure items. We define our Efficiency Ratio as noninterest expense to total net interest income (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items, if applicable. Management believes adjusted revenue, adjusted noninterest expense and the efficiency ratio are useful measures as they provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability with prior periods.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

The discussions and analyses that follow provide insight into the impact of macroeconomic and industry trends on our performance in the most recent fiscal year, and our outlook for the near term.

Current Economic Environment

While the presidential and congressional elections came to the forefront of the economic and social landscape later in the year, progress in the fight against inflation, continued robust economic activity, softening in the labor market and the eventual shift in policy of the Federal Reserve drove much of the economic headlines during the year ended December 31, 2024. Economic activity remained resilient in 2024, with real gross domestic product (GDP) displaying healthy growth of 2.8% for the year, relatively consistent with the prior year and in excess of expectations. While the labor market remained strong overall, employment statistics began to migrate during the year. By mid-year, it seemed that the Federal Reserve’s stated inflation target of 2% was in range, and, in September, the Federal Reserve issued a 50 basis point (bp) rate cut, indicating its shift in focus to preserving a healthy labor market. Two additional 25 bp rate cuts followed in November and December. However, the upward trend in inflation markers in December coupled with concerns over the potential fiscal impacts of the current administration’s policy actions, particularly around tariffs and immigration, have somewhat clouded the picture surrounding monetary policy expectations. Longer-term interest rates experienced some volatility

44

Table of Contents

as the market responded to mixed data on both inflation and employment throughout the year. The 10-year U.S. Treasury yield ranged from below 4% to 4.7% ending the year at 4.6%, affecting bond indices and mortgage rates and other capital market indicators.

Within the financial services industry, some of the headwinds experienced in much of the previous year began to ease. While interest rates remain elevated and continue to influence loan demand and deposit behavior, negative sentiment from recent high profile bank failures has receded, and funding costs that had begun to stabilize in late 2023 further benefited from rate cuts in the latter half of 2024. Within our markets, loan growth remains tempered due in part to loan demand, the credit health of borrowers, and a strategic reduction of exposure to syndicated credits as we focus on full-service relationships. However, interest rates on new, renewed and repricing variable rate loans and investment securities continue to result in higher yields on earning assets that, coupled with stabilization in funding costs, contributed to net interest margin expansion throughout the year.

Economic Outlook

We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2024 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2024. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2024 economic scenarios differ in many respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2023, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks, particularly as a result of the outcome of the 2024 presidential and congressional elections.

The baseline scenario continues to maintain an overall optimistic tenor with respect to economic outcomes. The forecast reflects new assumptions about fiscal policy, monetary policy and immigration and population growth given the Republican sweep of the White House and Congress. Key assumptions within the December 2024 baseline forecast include the following: (1) With the Republican majority, spending will decrease, personal income tax provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act will be extended and the corporate income tax rate will decrease to 15%; (2) The Federal Reserve will issue two rate cuts of 25 basis points each in 2025, with further gradual reductions in 2026 until the benchmark rate reaches 3%; (3) Though the labor market has softened, the economy remains near full-employment with the current unemployment rate of 4%, and is forecasted to remain relatively stable at 4.1% over the succeeding three years; (4) GDP will display modest annual below-trend growth in the coming years of 2.2% in 2025, 1.6% in 2026, and 1.8% in 2027; and, (5) the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield will remain elevated near its current rate, and is forecasted to average 4.3% for 2025 through 2027 and only gradually decline through the end of the decade.

The S-2 scenario presents a downside alternative to the baseline. The S-2 scenario assumes the impacts of current administration tariffs and deportations on the economy are worse than expected, elevated interest rates weaken credit-sensitive spending more than anticipated and there is longer and farther-reaching disturbance from geopolitical conflict. Further, the scenario assumes the unemployment rate will increase considerably to 6.3% in 2025 (peaking at 7.1% in the fourth quarter) before improving to 5.6% in 2026 and 4.1% in 2027. As a result of these pressures, the U.S. falls into a mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2025 that lasts for three quarters, with the stock market contracting 22% and a peak-to-trough decline in GDP of 1.1%. Despite the onset of the recession, rising inflation prompts the Federal Reserve to raise its benchmark rate in the first quarter of 2025 before resuming easement in the second quarter of 2025.

Management has deemed certain assumptions underlying the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term than those underlying the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of 40% and 60%, respectively, in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2024.

Recent and expected changes in fiscal and other policies with the current administration creates significant uncertainty as to the impact on the U.S and global economies. The effects of continued elevated inflation, and the Federal Reserve’s actions to counter those effects, as well as to respond to other economic concerns, could reduce economic growth in the near term. The full extent of the impact of these and other influential factors are uncertain and may have an adverse effect on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession or slower growth in the near or midterm.

Highlights of 2024 Financial Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $460.8 million, or $5.28 per diluted common share, compared to $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share in 2023. Included in the results of the year ended December 31, 2024 is a charge of $3.8 million, or $0.03 per diluted share after-tax, supplemental disclosure item attributable to a revision of the FDIC special assessment. Included in the results of the year ended December 31, 2023 is a net charge of $75.4 million (pre-tax), or $0.68 per share after tax, comprised of the following supplemental disclosure items: a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the securities portfolio, a $26.1

45

Table of Contents

million FDIC special assessment charge and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023:


Net income of $460.8 million, or $5.28 per diluted common share


Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) totaled $641.0 million, up $5.3 million


Provision for credit losses of $52.2 million in 2024, compared to $59.1 million in 2023; allowance for credit losses to total loans remains strong at 1.47% at December 31, 2024, up 6 basis points


Loans of $23.3 billion, down $622.5 million; reflects a $307.6 million strategic reduction of the shared national credit portfolio


Deposits of $29.5 billion, down $197.2 million; reflects organic growth offset by a decline of $582.9 million in brokered deposits


Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 14.14%, up 181 bps from December 31, 2023; tangible common equity ratio of 9.47%, up 110 bps


Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans continued to normalize following the recent benign credit environment but remain comparable to peers; net charge-off ratio improved to 0.19% from 0.27%


Net interest margin expanded 3 bps to 3.37%


Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) of 55.36%, relatively consistent with 2023

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2024 represent a solid year of performance. Our net interest margin expanded, reflecting higher earning asset yields and stabilization in the cost of funds. Fee income grew and adjusted noninterest expense increased only modestly. Strong earnings facilitated substantial growth in our capital ratios. Though credit metrics normalized compared to the recent benign credit environment, we have not seen signs of significant weakening in any particular industry, sector or geographic segment, and we continue to maintain a robust allowance for credit loss coverage of 1.47% in light of the current credit and economic environment. We remain focused on balance sheet optimization and effective expense control, and we believe we are well positioned to continue to enhance shareholder value. As we close out our celebration of our 125th year, we are ready for the opportunities ahead, including our pending second quarter 2025 acquisition of Sabal Trust Company and the recently announced multi-year organic growth plan.

The table that follows presents our consolidated financial results. Additional information related to our results and outlook are included in the discussions that follow.

46

Table of Contents

Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)202420232022
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)$1,692,991$1,620,497$1,137,063
Interest income (te) (b)1,704,0771,631,6041,147,411
Interest expense611,070522,89887,060
Net interest income (te)1,093,0071,108,7061,060,351
Provision for credit losses52,16759,103(28,399)
Noninterest income364,129288,480331,486
Noninterest expense819,910836,848750,692
Income before income taxes573,973490,128659,196
Income tax expense113,15897,526135,107
Net income$460,815$392,602$524,089
Supplemental disclosure items - included above, pre-tax
Included in noninterest income:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$$(65,380)$
Gain on sale of parking facility16,126
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans$23,299,447$23,921,917$23,114,046
Earning assets31,857,84132,175,09731,873,027
Total assets35,081,78535,578,57335,183,825
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,597,46111,030,51513,645,113
Total deposits29,492,85129,690,05929,070,349
Stockholders' equity4,127,6363,803,6613,342,628
Average balance sheet data
Loans$23,630,743$23,594,579$21,915,393
Earning assets32,422,55433,160,79132,498,213
Total assets34,912,19935,633,44235,059,178
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,491,50411,919,23414,298,022
Total deposits29,168,85529,478,48129,497,470
Stockholders' equity3,951,8713,528,9113,405,206
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share - basic$5.30$4.51$6.00
Earnings per share - diluted5.284.505.98
Cash dividends per common share1.501.201.08
Book value per share (period end)47.9344.0538.89
Tangible book value per share (period end)37.5833.6328.29
Weighted-average number of shares - diluted86,64886,42386,394
Period end number of shares86,12486,34585,941
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets1.32%1.10%1.49%
Return on average common equity11.66%11.13%15.39%
Return on average tangible common equity15.08%14.97%21.07%
Tangible common equity (c)9.47%8.37%7.09%
Tier 1 common equity14.14%12.33%11.41%
Net interest margin (te)3.37%3.34%3.26%
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)24.99%20.65%23.82%
Efficiency ratio (d)55.36%55.25%52.93%
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans1.37%1.29%1.33%
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans1.47%1.41%1.48%
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans0.19%0.27%0.01%
Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets0.54%0.26%0.18%
FTE headcount3,4763,5913,627

47

Table of Contents

($ in thousands)202420232022
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net income (GAAP)$460,815$392,602$524,089
Provision for credit losses52,16759,103(28,399)
Income tax expense113,15897,526135,107
Pre-provision net revenue626,140549,231630,797
Taxable equivalent adjustment11,08611,10710,348
Pre-provision net revenue (te)637,226560,338641,145
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$641,026$635,715$641,145
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net interest income$1,081,921$1,097,599$1,050,003
Noninterest income364,129288,480331,486
Total GAAP revenue1,446,0501,386,0791,381,489
Taxable equivalent adjustment11,08611,10710,348
Total revenue (te)1,457,1361,397,1861,391,837
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Adjusted revenue$1,457,136$1,446,440$1,391,837
GAAP noninterest expense$819,910$836,848$750,692
Amortization of intangibles(9,413)(11,556)(14,033)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment(3,800)(26,123)
Adjusted noninterest expense$806,697$799,169$736,659
Efficiency ratio (d)55.36%55.25%52.93%

(a) Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $2.1 million, $2.4 million, and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b) For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.

(d) The efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(e) See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

48

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $1.1 billion in 2024, down $15.7 million, or 1%, from 2023. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in 2024, also down $15.7 million, or 1%, from 2023, and included an increase in interest income (te) of $72.5 million more than offset by an increase of $88.2 million in interest expense. Net interest margin, the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets, increased 3 bps to 3.37% in 2024 from 3.34% in 2023.

The $72.5 million increase in interest income (te) is largely attributable to the sustained elevated interest rate environment, partially offset by a $738 million decrease in average earning assets. The yield on earning assets (te) was 5.26% in 2024, up 34 bps from 2023. Loan yield was up 30 bps to 6.17%, reflecting the impact of the new and repricing loans in the current interest rate environment. The yield on investment securities increased 24 bps in 2024 to 2.63% as new investments were made at higher yields. The decline in average earning assets included decreases of $680 million in investment securities and $91 million in short-term investments, while average total loans remained relatively flat, but experienced a shift in mix from commercial and consumer loans into residential mortgage.

The $88.2 million increase in interest expense was largely driven by the interest rate environment, as higher prevailing interest rates drove an increase in the cost of deposits and continued to foster shifts in deposit composition from noninterest-bearing and within the mix of interest-bearing deposits to higher-cost products, partially offset by a decrease in short-term borrowings expense, mostly attributable to a decline in average Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances. Compared to the prior year, average noninterest-bearing deposits were down $1.4 billion, while higher-cost time deposits were up $857.8 million. Average short-term borrowings in 2024 were down $802.0 million from 2023, as the incremental FHLB borrowings drawn as a cautionary measure in early 2023 were repaid. Our total cost of funds increased 30 bps to 1.88% in 2024 from 1.58% in 2023, largely driven by higher interest-bearing deposit costs, up 55 bps in 2024 to 3.08% from 2.53% in 2023, and other short-term borrowing costs, which consist largely of FHLB advances, increasing 43 bps to 5.49% in 2024 from 5.06% in 2023.

Though interest rates remain elevated, the Federal Reserve cut its benchmark rate three times during 2024, beginning in September. Our loan and interest-bearing deposits betas for the down rate cycle in the second half of the 2024 were 33% and 38%, respectively. We expect deposit costs to decline in the near term as promotional pricing has been reduced. We expect our net interest income (te) for 2025 to increase in the range of 3.5% to 4.5%. We expect modest and consistent expansion of net interest margin throughout 2025, with an emphasis on balance sheet growth and by proactively managing deposit costs as interest rates continue to decline. Our forecast assumes three 25 bp rate cuts occurring in July, September and December 2025. Modeling one and zero rate cut scenarios yielded modestly better results for the year.

Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.

49

Table of Contents

TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)

Years Ended December 31,
202420232022
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)Rate
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$18,263.7$1,179.06.46%$18,556.2$1,131.86.10%$17,682.3$759.94.30%
Residential mortgage loans3,982.1152.83.843,541.2128.33.622,666.190.33.39
Consumer loans1,384.9121.58.781,497.2124.08.281,567.088.45.64
Loan fees & late charges5.51.37.4
Loans (te) (b)23,630.71,458.86.1723,594.61,385.45.8721,915.4946.04.32
Loans held for sale22.01.67.4426.01.76.6343.01.84.22
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities549.915.82.87567.215.32.70426.78.31.95
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations6,805.2175.02.577,423.9170.42.307,652.1154.52.02
Municipals (te)843.425.02.96887.026.52.98912.027.02.96
Other securities23.50.93.7723.50.83.5122.30.83.42
Total investment securities (te) (c)8,222.0216.72.638,901.6213.02.399,013.1190.62.11
Short-term investments547.827.04.93638.631.54.931,526.79.00.59
Total earning assets (te)32,422.51,704.15.26%33,160.81,631.64.92%32,498.21,147.43.53%
Nonearning assets:
Other assets2,805.42,783.52,878.4
Allowance for loan losses(315.7)(310.9)(317.4)
Total assets$34,912.2$35,633.4$35,059.2
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits$10,891.8$248.22.28%$10,598.6$176.91.67%$11,201.1$21.20.19%
Time deposits4,846.9223.34.613,989.1166.54.171,056.44.70.44
Public funds2,938.7102.93.502,971.6100.53.382,941.932.51.10
Total interest-bearing deposits18,677.4574.43.0817,559.3443.92.5315,199.458.40.38
Repurchase agreements639.910.61.65513.37.01.36536.71.10.21
Other short-term borrowings251.513.85.491,180.159.75.06822.015.11.83
Long-term debt234.212.35.23239.112.35.15239.312.45.19
Total interest-bearing liabilities19,803.0611.13.25%19,491.8522.92.68%16,797.487.00.52%
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,491.511,919.214,298.0
Other liabilities665.8693.5558.6
Stockholders' equity3,951.93,528.93,405.2
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$34,912.2$35,633.4$35,059.2
Net interest income (te) and margin$1,093.03.37$1,108.73.34$1,060.43.26
Net earning assets and spread$12,619.52.17$13,669.02.24$15,700.83.01
Interest cost of funding earning assets1.88%1.58%0.27%

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(c)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

(d)
Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $2.1 million, $2.4 million and $4.7 million for the years December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 respectively.

50

Table of Contents

TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)

2024 Compared to 20232023 Compared to 2022
Due toTotalDue toTotal
Change inIncreaseChange inIncrease
($ in thousands)VolumeRate(Decrease)VolumeRate(Decrease)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$(18,062)$65,233$47,171$39,213$332,722$371,935
Residential mortgage loans16,6137,91724,53031,3456,62037,965
Consumer loans(8,059)5,572(2,487)(3,297)38,92835,631
Loan fees & late charges4,1464,146(6,089)(6,089)
Loans (te) (c)(9,508)82,86873,36067,261372,181439,442
Loans held for sale(280)197(83)(886)795(91)
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities(350)8284783,1293,8596,988
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations(14,862)19,4434,581(4,779)20,67815,899
Municipals(1,292)(158)(1,450)(743)181(562)
Other securities(1)6261431861
Total investment in securities (te) (d)(16,505)20,1753,670(2,350)24,73622,386
Short-term investments(4,476)2(4,474)(8,066)30,52222,456
Total earning assets (te)(30,769)103,24272,47355,959428,234484,193
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits(5,020)(66,306)(71,326)1,205(156,819)(155,614)
Time deposits(38,313)(18,531)(56,844)(40,103)(121,719)(161,822)
Public funds1,122(3,469)(2,347)(331)(67,718)(68,049)
Total interest-bearing deposits(42,211)(88,306)(130,517)(39,229)(346,256)(385,485)
Repurchase agreements(1,915)(1,701)(3,616)52(5,871)(5,819)
Other short-term borrowings50,496(4,595)45,901(8,771)(35,876)(44,647)
Long-term debt257(197)607106113
Total interest expense6,627(94,799)(88,172)(47,941)(387,897)(435,838)
Net interest income (te) variance$(24,142)$8,443$(15,699)$8,018$40,337$48,355

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.

(c)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(d)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

Provision for Credit Losses

During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $52.2 million compared to $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2024 included net charge-offs of $46.0 million and a $6.1 million reserve build. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2023 included net charge-offs of $63.4 million and a reserve release of $4.3 million. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 included a $29.7 million charge-off attributable to a single participation in a shared national credit. The modest reserve build in 2024 is the result of a higher allowance for credit loss coverage to total loans, reflecting the impact of prolonged elevated interest rates and inflation and other market conditions.

Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $46.0 million, or 0.19% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $31.3 million in the commercial portfolio and $14.9 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $0.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $63.4 million, or 0.27% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $52.8 million in the commercial portfolio (inclusive of the $29.7 million single borrower charge-off described above) and $11.8 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $1.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio.

We currently expect modest charge-offs and provision in 2025; however, loan growth, portfolio composition, asset quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves in future periods.

51

Table of Contents

Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $364.1 million, a $75.6 million, or 26%, increase from 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2023, noninterest income included two supplemental disclosure items totaling $49.3 million, comprised of a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. Excluding these supplemental disclosure items, noninterest income was up $26.4 million, or 8%, driven by increases in most fee categories. Noninterest income variances are discussed in more detail below.

Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 5 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income (Table 4) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)20242023
Service charges on deposit accounts$91,105$86,020
Trust fees71,73467,565
Bank card and ATM fees85,49182,966
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions43,42436,714
Secondary mortgage market operations12,3749,159
Securities transactions(65,380)
Income from bank-owned life insurance16,94415,454
Credit-related fees12,03612,557
Income (loss) from derivatives(3,790)420
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets7,82019,388
Other miscellaneous income26,99123,617
Total noninterest income$364,129$288,480

n/m – not meaningful

TABLE 5. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)202420232022
Securities transactions:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$$(65,380)$
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of parking facility16,126
Total supplemental disclosure items in noninterest income$$(49,254)$

Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as nonsufficient funds fees on non-consumer accounts, overdraft and overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $91.1 million, up $5.1 million, or 6%, from 2023. The increase from 2023 was largely attributable to a $4.4 million increase in service charges on business accounts, including commercial analysis fees, nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, driven by deposit balance activity, strong sales activity, and higher instances of overdrafts. Consumer service charges increased $0.7 million compared to the prior year.

Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $71.7 million in 2024, a $4.2 million, or 6%, increase from 2023, primarily attributable to an increase of $2.5 million in personal trust income, $1.4 million in institutional trust fees, and $0.4 million in corporate trust and retirement services fees. Trust assets under management increased to $10.2 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $9.7 billion at December 31, 2023.

Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $85.5 million in 2024, up $2.5 million, or 3%, compared to 2023. The increase from 2023 is the result of increases of $1.7 million in merchant fees and $1.1 million in debit and credit card fees, as spending was strong in 2024, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in ATM fees.

Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which include both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $43.4 million in 2024, a $6.7 million, or 18%, increase from 2023. The increase is largely

52

Table of Contents

attributable to a $7.4 million increase in annuity fees and investment fees as sales activity increased amid the favorable interest rate environment, partially offset by a $0.7 million decline in corporate underwriting and insurance fees.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable-rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $12.4 million in 2024, an increase of $3.2 million, or 35%, from 2023. Although there continued to be a dampened demand for mortgage loans and refinancing as a result of the elevated interest rate environment, the dollar amount of mortgage loan originations that were sold in the secondary market versus retained in our portfolio in 2024 was up 30%, driving higher income in this business line. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the percentage of loans closed and ultimately sold.

There were no gains or losses on sales of securities during the year ended December 31, 2024. There was a $65.4 million loss on sales of securities for the year ended December 31, 2023 as a result of the strategic restructuring of the available for sale portfolio to enhance net interest margin through deployment of the proceeds into higher-yielding earning assets and repayment of short-term borrowings.

Income from bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income totaled $16.9 million, an increase of $1.5 million, or 10%, from 2023. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in income from changes in cash surrender value.

Credit-related fees include fees assessed on letters of credit and unused portions of loan commitments. Credit-related fees were $12.0 million for 2024, down $0.5 million, or 4% compared to 2023, attributable to decreases of $0.4 million in letter of credit fees and $0.1 million in unused commitment fees. Income from these products will vary based on letters of credit issued, credit line utilization and prevailing assessment rates.

Income or loss from derivatives, largely resulting from our customer interest rate derivative program, was a loss of $3.8 million in 2024, compared to income of $0.4 million in 2023. Derivative income or loss can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement. The year-over-year decline is primarily due to a $3.8 million decrease in customer derivative income largely tied to the elevated interest rate environment, which affects demand for variable rate loans and related derivative products, valuation adjustments, and related collateral income/expense for the program as a whole. The decline in derivative income also reflects a $1.4 million increase in losses associated with our Visa Class B derivative contract.

Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess bank owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of Small Business Administration and other non-residential mortgage loans, and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets totaled $7.8 million in 2024, compared to $19.4 million in 2023, down $11.6 million. The decrease was primarily related to previously mentioned gain on the sale of a stand-alone parking facility of $16.1 million in 2023 that was identified as a supplemental disclosure item. Excluding the supplemental disclosure item, net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets were up $4.6 million, and largely related to gains on sales of SBA loans and other premises sales.

Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including dividends on FHLB stock, income from small business investment companies (SBICs), and syndication fees, among others. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $27.0 million, up $3.4 million, or 14%, from 2023, largely due to a $2.2 million increase in dividends on FHLB stock as a result of both an increase in prevailing rates and an increase in volume of stock owned and a $1.0 million increase in income from SBICs.

We expect noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 to increase 3.5% to 4.5% from the 2024 level of $364.1 million. Our forecast has not yet been updated to include any impact from the pending Sabal Trust Company transaction.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 totaled $819.9 million, a $16.9 million, or 2%, decrease from 2023. Noninterest expense for both years includes supplemental disclosure items attributable to a special assessment by the FDIC in connection with the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception for two bank failures in 2023, totaling $26.1 million in 2023, with an additional adjustment to the assessment of $3.8 million in 2024. Excluding the supplemental disclosure items for both periods, noninterest expense totaled $816.1 million, up $5.4 million, or 1%, from 2023. Noninterest expense variances are discussed in more detail below.

53

Table of Contents

Table 6 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 7 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense (Table 6) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 6. Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)20242023
Compensation expense$380,591$376,055
Employee benefits88,78684,740
Personnel expense469,377460,795
Net occupancy expense53,65051,573
Equipment expense17,43218,852
Occupancy & equipment expense71,08270,425
Data processing expense121,880117,694
Professional services expense41,93538,331
Amortization of intangibles9,41311,556
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees24,20949,979
Other real estate and foreclosed assets income(2,469)(624)
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes19,00220,355
Advertising13,29813,454
Telecommunications and postage9,51910,773
Entertainment and contributions11,84910,664
Tax credit investment amortization6,2505,791
Travel expenses5,9655,469
Printing and supplies3,9394,073
Other retirement expense(18,112)(13,460)
Other miscellaneous expense32,77331,573
Total noninterest expense$819,910$836,848

n/m - not meaningful

TABLE 7. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)202420232022
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees$3,800$26,123$

Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $469.4 million in 2024, up $8.6 million or 2%, compared to 2023. The increase in personnel expense was largely driven by higher incentive-based compensation, bonus, merit-based increases in salaries, related payroll tax expense and health insurance benefit cost. These increases were partially offset by the impact of a decrease in headcount and a favorable impact from salary deferrals associated with lending activities.

Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses of $71.1 million in 2024, increased $0.7 million, or 1%, from 2023. The increase was largely driven by the elimination of revenue from the parking facility sold in late 2023 and an increase in leased facility expense, partially offset by decreases in depreciation and maintenance on furniture, fixtures and equipment.

Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaling $121.9 million in 2024 was up $4.2 million, or 4%, from 2023. The increase was largely attributable to higher costs associated with ongoing data processing arrangements of $3.7 million and net card, ATM and merchant fee expense of $1.4 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in software amortization $1.1 million.

Professional services expense totaling $41.9 million in 2024 increased $3.6 million, or 9%, from 2023, primarily driven by expenses incurred for certain outsourcing initiatives that commenced in the current year.

Amortization of intangibles in 2024 totaled $9.4 million, a $2.1 million, or 19% decrease from 2023 as a result of the accelerated amortization methods used.

54

Table of Contents

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaled $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, a decrease of $25.8 million from 2023. Included in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 are previously mentioned $3.8 million and $26.1 million, respectively, of expense attributable to a special assessment made by the FDIC. Excluding the special assessment charges in the respective periods, deposit insurance and regulatory fees were down $3.4 million, or 14%, mostly reflective of changes in our risk-based assessment calculation.

The FDIC special assessment expense recorded to date is management’s estimate of our portion of the cost attributable to the systemic risk exception based on information from the FDIC. However, the loss estimates resulting from the failures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank may be subject to further change pending the projected and actual outcome of loss share agreements, joint ventures, and outstanding litigation. The exact amount of losses incurred will not be determined until the FDIC terminates the receiverships of these banks; therefore, the exact exposure to the Company remains unknown.

Net gains on sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets exceeded expense by $2.5 million in 2024, compared to $0.6 million in 2023. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions.

Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $19.0 million in 2024, a decrease of $1.4 million, or 7%, from 2023, largely attributable to a decrease in bank share tax, partially offset by an increase in franchise tax. The calculation of bank share tax is based on multiple variables, including average quarterly assets, earnings and stockholders’ equity to determine the taxable assessment value.

Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions), totaling $31.1 million in 2024, were up $1.5 million, or 5%, from 2023. The increase was largely driven by increases in marketing and business development expense, including certain costs associated bank sponsored functions, natural disaster response and relief, travel expense and customer incentives.

Other retirement expense includes costs associated with pension on other post-retirement plan expense. Noninterest expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense totaling $18.1 million and $13.5 million, respectively. The higher net credit in 2024 was largely driven by changes in actuarial assumptions for the current plan year.

All other expenses totaled $52.5 million in 2024, up $0.3 million, or 1%, from 2023.

We expect noninterest expense to increase 4% to 5% for the year ended December 31, 2025 from the adjusted 2024 level of $816.1 million. Our forecast has not yet been updated to include any impact from the pending Sabal Trust Company transaction.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 19.7% in 2024, relatively consistent with 19.9% in 2023. Based on the current forecast, management expects the effective tax rate to be approximately 20% to 21% in 2025, absent any changes in tax law.

Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.

Table 8 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

55

Table of Contents

TABLE 8. Income Taxes

($ in thousands)202420232022
Taxes computed at statutory rate$120,534$102,927$138,431
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB(908)(1,114)(1,391)
NMTC - Federal and State(7,521)(7,177)(5,745)
LIHTC and other tax credits(4,751)(4,884)(4,232)
LIHTC amortization3,7273,7323,329
Total tax credits(9,453)(9,443)(8,039)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit12,64010,32313,272
Tax-exempt interest(8,443)(8,755)(8,612)
Life insurance contracts(6,017)(4,020)(1,812)
Employee share-based compensation(1,514)(505)(2,084)
FDIC assessment disallowance2,4662,8931,836
Impact of deferred tax asset re-measurement(435)
Net operating loss carryback under CARES Act238
Other, net3,3804,1061,877
Income tax expense$113,158$97,526$135,107

The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project.

We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years.

Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2024, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $9.8 million, $8.2 million and $8.0 million for 2025, 2026 and 2027, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.

At December 31, 2024, we had a net deferred tax asset of $146.6 million, which is comprised of $297.4 million in deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance), offset by $150.8 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $2.6 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses and $2.0 million valuation allowance for deferred executive compensation.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Short-Term Investments

Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. At December 31, 2024, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $939.7 million, an increase of $312.6 million from December 31, 2023. Average short-term investments for 2024 totaled $547.8 million, a $90.8 million decrease from $638.6 million in 2023. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon movement in customer loan and deposit accounts. The comparative average balance for the year ended December 31, 2023 was impacted by excess liquidity held in response to the disruption in the financial industry caused by bank failures. See further discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows.

56

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

The purpose of the securities portfolio is to increase profitability, mitigate interest rate risk, provide liquidity and comply with regulatory pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio includes securities categorized as available for sale and held to maturity. Available for sale securities are carried at fair value and may be sold prior to maturity. Unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities, net of deferred taxes, are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders' equity.

Our investment in securities totaled $7.6 billion at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2024, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $5.8 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.4 billion, compared to $5.5 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2023. The year over year changes in each of the portfolios is largely reflective of maturities and paydowns from both portfolios reinvested in the available for sale portfolio.

Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2024, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.58 years with an effective duration of 4.12 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.66%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.11 years and 4.07 years, respectively. At December 31, 2023, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.22 years with an effective duration of 4.60 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.48%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is primarily attributable to portfolio reinvestment activity in 2024.

We have in place fair value hedges on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $477.5 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security during the back-end hedged tenor.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2024 and 2023, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.

There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

The following table presents the amortized cost of debt securities by type at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

TABLE 9. Debt Securities by Type

($ in thousands)20242023
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$185,827$97,741
Municipal obligations200,272203,533
Residential mortgage-backed securities2,482,1092,440,411
Commercial mortgage-backed securities2,849,3722,683,872
Collateralized mortgage obligations37,55347,661
Corporate debt securities19,00023,500
Total Available for sale Securities$5,774,133$5,496,718
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$394,689$413,490
Municipal obligations623,907664,488
Residential mortgage-backed securities573,057654,262
Commercial mortgage-backed securities818,604920,048
Collateralized mortgage obligations25,40632,491
Total Held to maturity securities$2,435,663$2,684,779

57

Table of Contents

The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2024, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the following table. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for active fair value hedges.

TABLE 10. Debt Securities Maturities by Type

($ in thousands)One Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five Years Through Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotalFair ValueWeighted Average Yield (te)Expected Average Maturity Years
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$29,846$30,313$$125,668$185,827$182,2824.72%6.1
Municipal obligations19,822180,261189200,272196,3303.42%1.4
Residential mortgage-backed securities4,05235,417133,1982,309,4422,482,1092,129,0512.57%6.8
Commercial mortgage-backed securities1,393870,6451,977,3342,849,3722,600,9652.82%5.8
Collateralized mortgage obligations24,23713,31637,55335,2471.94%2.6
Other debt securities1,5002,00015,50019,00017,6163.56%1.6
Total debt securities$36,791$958,197$2,330,530$2,448,615$5,774,133$5,161,4912.79%6.0
Fair Value$36,914$924,308$2,099,062$2,101,207$5,161,491
Weighted-Average Yield (te)4.51%3.53%2.56%2.70%2.79%
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$134,092$$260,597$394,689$348,8132.36%5.7
Municipal obligations31,170163,029408,69021,018623,907603,2093.19%2.3
Residential mortgage-backed securities25,109547,948573,057511,5322.33%5.3
Commercial mortgage-backed securities74,522483,512131,752128,818818,604745,7502.54%5.0
Collateralized mortgage obligations6,82018,58625,40624,2222.62%2.4
Total debt securities$105,692$780,633$572,371$976,967$2,435,663$2,233,5262.63%4.5
Fair Value$105,035$740,241$535,864$852,386$2,233,526
Weighted-Average Yield (te)2.86%2.64%2.86%2.45%2.63%

Loan Portfolio

Total loans at December 31, 2024 were $23.3 billion, compared to $23.9 billion at December 31, 2023, down $622.5 million, or 3%. The decrease is reflective of the strategic reduction of the shared national credit portfolio as we focus on originating more granular loans, down $307.6 million, and includes declines across all portfolios except for residential mortgage, discussed in more detail below.

Our commercial customer base is diversified over a range of industries. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. The funded balance of our shared national credits portfolio at December 31, 2024 totaled approximately $2.3 billion, or 10% of total loans, compared to $2.6 billion, or 11% of total loans at December 31, 2023. Our shared national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2024 includes approximately $339.7 million in both health care-related facilities and finance and insurance, $336.3 million in manufacturing, and $306.4 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries.

58

Table of Contents

The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

TABLE 11. Loans Outstanding by Type

($ in thousands)20242023
Commercial non-real estate$9,876,592$9,957,284
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,011,9553,093,763
Total commercial & industrial12,888,54713,051,047
Commercial real estate - income producing3,798,6123,986,943
Construction and land development1,281,1151,551,091
Residential mortgages3,961,3283,886,072
Consumer1,369,8451,446,764
Total loans$23,299,447$23,921,917

The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $12.9 billion, or 55% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $162.5 million from December 31, 2023. The year over year decline in this portfolio is reflective of a $286.2 million reduction of shared national credits within this portfolio.

Our loan portfolio is well diversified by product, client, and geography throughout our footprint. Nevertheless, we may be exposed to certain concentrations of credit risk which exist in relation to different borrowers or groups of borrowers, specific types of collateral and industries.

The following table provides detail of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exception of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy).

TABLE 12. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration

20242023
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Health care and social assistance$1,447,34911%$1,481,66911%
Retail trade1,283,203101,236,8309
Manufacturing1,191,78191,120,2329
Real estate and rental and leasing1,189,72791,270,56810
Wholesale trade1,148,03491,111,6438
Construction989,3138998,8028
Transportation and warehousing965,8937872,3797
Accommodation, food services and entertainment772,7216706,1415
Professional, scientific, and technical services756,5736735,3816
Finance and insurance683,4015878,8247
Other services (except public administration)414,5143396,6743
Information410,2843424,5323
Public administration402,8723461,3903
Admin, support, waste management, remediation services326,3853357,3903
Educational services240,0962247,0032
Energy197,3172204,6332
Other469,0844546,9564
Total commercial & industrial loans$12,888,547100%$13,051,047100%

Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $3.8 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $188.3 million, or 5%, from December 31, 2023. Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.3 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $270.0 million, or 17%, from December 31, 2023. The decrease reflects loans converting to permanent financing outpacing the funding of new and existing loans. The declines in both the commercial real estate - income producing and construction loan portfolios is reflective of an increase in payoffs and our efforts to limit our growth in income-producing real estate with a focus on resilient projects given the current economic environment.

59

Table of Contents

The following table details the end of period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-family borrowers.

TABLE 13. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration

20242023
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Multifamily$1,343,54426%$1,268,34223%
Retail773,62115812,55615
Industrial698,52014753,07413
Healthcare related properties658,06713777,47314
Office506,69010514,7639
Hotel, motel and restaurants424,8668477,7619
1-4 family residential construction235,7455429,1078
Other land loans192,9194187,5143
Other245,7555317,4446
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans$5,079,727100%$5,538,034100%

Residential mortgages totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2024, up $75.3 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023. The growth in mortgage loans includes a combination of completed construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as new loan growth. Consumer loans totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2024, down $76.9 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2023. The decline is reflective of both slowing demand and the impact of our exit from the indirect automobile lending market, where the existing portfolio is in run-off.

The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years.

TABLE 14. Average Loans

202420232022
YieldPct ofYieldPct ofYieldPct of
($ in thousands)Balance(te)TotalBalance(te)TotalBalance(te)Total
Commercial & real estate loans$18,263,6766.46%77%$18,556,1756.10%79%$17,682,3324.30%81%
Residential mortgages3,982,1223.84%17%3,541,2453.62%15%2,666,1343.39%12%
Consumer1,384,9458.78%6%1,497,1598.28%6%1,566,9275.64%7%
Total loans$23,630,7436.17%100%$23,594,5795.87%100%$21,915,3934.32%100%

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2024.

TABLE 15. Loan Maturities by Type

December 31, 2024Maturity Range
($ in thousands)Within One YearAfter One Through Five YearsAfter Five Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial non-real estate$2,243,721$6,023,231$1,487,788$121,852$9,876,592
Commercial real estate - owner occupied223,3121,100,7841,630,21457,6453,011,955
Total commercial & industrial2,467,0337,124,0153,118,002179,49712,888,547
Commercial real estate - income producing983,7562,220,356588,7395,7613,798,612
Construction and land development333,928741,612135,91269,6631,281,115
Residential mortgages40,67734,498328,7323,557,4213,961,328
Consumer58,346357,81367,181886,5051,369,845
Total loans$3,883,740$10,478,294$4,238,566$4,698,847$23,299,447

60

Table of Contents

The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.

TABLE 16. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates for Loans that Mature After One Year

December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)Fixed RateFloating RateTotal
Commercial non-real estate$3,183,190$4,449,681$7,632,871
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,953,727834,9162,788,643
Total commercial & industrial5,136,9175,284,59710,421,514
Commercial real estate - income producing1,044,4761,770,3802,814,856
Construction and land development243,066704,121947,187
Residential mortgages2,188,3481,732,3033,920,651
Consumer162,6231,148,8761,311,499
Total loans$8,775,430$10,640,277$19,415,707

Management expects end of period loan growth in 2025 to be mid-single digits from the December 31, 2024 balance of $23.3 billion.

61

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, nonaccrual loans and reportable loans modified or restructured loans, by type, and foreclosed and surplus ORE and other foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.

TABLE 17. Nonaccrual loans, loans modified or restructured, and ORE and foreclosed assets

December 31,
($ in thousands)20242023
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate$14,172$20,840
Commercial non-real estate - modified19,246
Total commercial non-real estate33,41820,840
Commercial real estate - owner occupied2,7272,228
Commercial real estate - owner-occupied - modified
Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied2,7272,228
Commercial real estate - income producing356461
Commercial real estate - income producing - modified
Total commercial real estate - income producing356461
Construction and land development5,561815
Construction and land development - modified
Total construction and land development5,561815
Residential mortgage43,15726,039
Residential mortgage - modified92998
Total residential mortgage44,08626,137
Consumer11,1878,555
Consumer - modified
Total consumer11,1878,555
Total nonaccrual loans$97,335$59,036
ORE and foreclosed assets27,7973,628
Total nonaccrual loans and ORE and foreclosed assets$125,132$62,664
Modified loans - still accruing:
Commercial non-real estate$74,211$21,956
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,774
Commercial real estate - income producing2,741
Construction and land development85
Residential mortgage2,241359
Consumer131274
Total modified loans - still accruing$79,324$24,448
Total reportable modified loans$99,499$24,546
Loans 90 days past due still accruing$21,852$9,609
Ratios:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans0.42%0.25%
Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets0.54%0.26%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans327.61%521.56%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and accruing loans 90 days past due267.55%448.55%
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans0.09%0.04%

Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $125.1 million at December 31, 2024, up $62.5 million compared to December 31, 2023. Nonaccrual loans totaled $97.3 million, an increase of $38.3 million compared to December 31, 2023. Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of the loan portfolio increased to 0.42% in 2024, compared to 0.25% in 2023, which we believe represents a return to a more typical level following the recent benign credit environment. ORE and foreclosed assets were $27.8 million at December 31, 2024, up $24.2 million from December 31, 2023, largely attributable to foreclosed property from one commercial borrower.

Reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties totaled $99.5 million in 2024 and includes $20.2 million of nonaccrual loans. Modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties totaled $24.5 million in 2023 and included $0.1

62

Table of Contents

million of nonaccrual loans. These reportable modifications are granted as a part of our loss mitigation strategy to maximize expected payments. The increase in reportable modified loans reflects the continued stress on certain borrowers resulting from prolonged elevated interest rates, inflation, insurance costs, and other market conditions.

Criticized commercial loans totaled $623.0 million at December 31, 2024, up from $273.7 million at December 31, 2023. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans comprised 3.47% of that portfolio at December 31, 2024, up from 1.47% at December 31, 2023. Management believes the migration in the level of criticized loans to be mostly indicative of continued normalization compared to the recent benign credit environment, including certain downgrades resulting from the most recent regulatory examination of loans within our shared national credit portfolio. We remain focused on identifying specific and broader risk indicators that may be impacting certain segments in our portfolio, and we have not seen signs of significant weakening in any particular industry, sector or geographic segment beyond what we believe has been experienced by the banking industry as a whole. Our criticized commercial loans at December 31, 2024 are spread across many industries, with the largest concentrations as follows: $95.7 million in manufacturing, $90.9 million in retail trade, $68.8 million in wholesale trade, $68.7 million in hospitality, $62.7 million in transportation and warehousing, $56.7 million in construction, $49.4 million real estate, rental and leasing, $44.6 million healthcare and social assistance, and $27.4 million in professional, scientific and technical services. Commercial loans risk rated pass-watch totaled $521.4 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $433.6 million at December 31, 2023. The pass-watch risk rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of criticized.

Allowance for Credit Losses

At December 31, 2024, the allowance for credit losses was $342.9 million, comprised of $318.9 million in allowance for loan losses and $24.1 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses increased $6.1 million from $336.8 million at December 31, 2023, which was comprised of $307.9 million in allowance for loan losses and $28.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The $11.0 million increase in the funded allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023 reflects higher coverage across most portfolios, resulting from stress related to prolonged elevated interest rates and inflation and other market conditions. The decline in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $4.8 million was largely volume driven as unfunded commitments are down.

Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans increased to 1.47% at December 31, 2024, compared to 1.41% at December 31, 2023. The allowance for credit losses on the commercial portfolio totaled $272.5 million, or 1.52% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2024, up from $270.7 million, or 1.46%, at December 31, 2023. The allowance for credit losses on the residential mortgage portfolio totaled $42.4 million, or 1.07% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2024, up from $39.0 million, or 1.00%, at December 31, 2023. The allowance for credit losses on the consumer portfolio totaled $28.0 million, or 2.04% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2024, up from $27.1 million, or 1.87%, at December 31, 2023. We believe the increased coverage to total loans is prudent given the uncertainty in economic conditions.

The $6.1 million net increase in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2023 includes an increase of $7.9 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans), partially offset by a decline of $1.8 million in collectively evaluated reserves. We utilized the December 2024 Moody’s economic scenarios to inform our allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2024. After considering the variables underlying each of the Moody’s economic scenarios, management probability-weighed the baseline scenario at 40% and the downside S-2 mild recessionary scenario at 60% in the computation of the allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2024, consistent with the weighting used at December 31, 2023. Each of the scenarios considered have varying degrees of severity and duration of inflationary pressure, including volatility in commodities prices and impacts to the labor market, the consequences of the Federal Reserve’s actions with regard to monetary policy, the effect of the recent change in presidential administration on fiscal and other policies, and impacts from geopolitical unrest. Refer to the Economic Outlook section of this discussion and analysis for further information on the Moody’s scenarios and our weighting assumptions.

We currently expect modest charge-offs and provision for credit losses in 2025; however, loan growth, portfolio composition, asset quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves in future periods.

63

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

TABLE 18. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,
($ in thousands)202420232022
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period$307,907$307,789$342,065
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate45,48859,8307,637
Commercial real estate - owner occupied143948
Total commercial & industrial45,63159,8308,585
Commercial real estate - income producing8,822731,073
Construction and land development264723
Total Commercial54,71759,9759,661
Residential mortgages38055137
Consumer17,98715,39312,792
Total charge-offs73,08475,42322,590
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate22,2926,15211,812
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,036957733
Total commercial & industrial23,3287,10912,545
Commercial real estate - income producing714878
Construction and land development6411134
Total commercial23,3997,13413,557
Residential mortgages5951,2781,749
Consumer3,0573,6115,382
Total recoveries27,05112,02320,688
Total net charge-offs46,03363,4001,902
Provision for loan losses57,00863,518(32,374)
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$318,882$307,907$307,789
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period28,89433,30929,334
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments(4,841)(4,415)3,975
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period$24,053$28,894$33,309
Total Allowance for Credit Losses$342,935$336,801$341,098
Total Provision for Credit Losses$52,167$59,103$(28,399)
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans1.37%1.29%1.33%
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans1.47%1.41%1.48%
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans0.31%0.32%0.10%
Recoveries to average loans0.11%0.05%0.09%
Net charge-offs to average loans0.19%0.27%0.01%
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate0.24%0.54%(0.04)%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied(0.03)%(0.03)%0.01%
Total commercial & industrial0.17%0.40%(0.03)%
Commercial real estate - income producing0.22%0.00%0.01%
Construction and land development0.01%0.00%(0.01)%
Total Commercial0.17%0.28%(0.02)%
Residential mortgages(0.01)%(0.03)%(0.06)%
Consumer1.08%0.79%0.47%

64

Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.

TABLE 19. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category

December 31,
20242023
($ in thousands)Allowance for Loan Losses% of Total AllowanceAllowance for Loan Losses% of Total Allowance
Commercial non-real estate$121,09038%$101,73733%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied36,2641140,19713
Total commercial & industrial157,35449141,93446
Commercial real estate - income producing71,9752374,53924
Construction and land development21,158727,0399
Residential mortgages42,4451338,98313
Consumer25,950825,4128
Total$318,882100%$307,907100%

Deposits

Deposits provide the most significant source of funding for our interest earning assets. Generally, our ability to compete for market share depends on our deposit pricing and our wide range of products and services that are focused on customer needs, among other factors. We offer high-quality banking services with convenient delivery channels, including online and mobile banking. We provide specialized services to our commercial customers to promote commercial deposit growth. These services include treasury management, industry expertise and lockbox services.

Lack of diversity in concentration within a deposit base may increase the risk of events or trends that could prompt a larger-scale demand for deposits outflow. Concerns over a financial institution’s ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit may increase the risk of a deposit run. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well-diversified. We also offer our customers an insured cash sweep product (ICS) that allows customers to secure deposits above FDIC insured limits. We continue to see demand for the ICS product, with the balance totaling $359.7 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $303.8 million at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, we have calculated our average deposit account size by dividing period-end deposits by the population of accounts with balances to be approximately $37,900, which includes $199,500 in our commercial and small business lines (excluding public funds), $122,500 in our wealth management business line, and $18,600 in our consumer business line.

Further, at December 31, 2024, our sources of liquidity exceed uninsured deposits. We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting to be approximately $14.6 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $13.8 billion at December 31, 2023. Our uninsured deposit total at December 31, 2024 includes approximately $3.6 billion of public funds that have pledged securities as collateral, leaving approximately $11.0 billion of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits compared to total liquidity of $19.5 billion. Our ratio of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits to total deposits was approximately 37.3% at December 31, 2024, compared to 34.4% at December 31, 2023.

Total deposits were $29.5 billion at December 31, 2024, down $197.2 million or 1%, from December 31, 2023. Deposit levels and composition in 2024 were influenced by the decline in brokered deposits and the elevated interest rate environment fostering a continued shift toward and growth in interest-bearing products. Average deposits of $29.2 billion for 2024 were down $309.6 million, or 1%, from 2023.

65

Table of Contents

The following table shows the composition of our deposits at December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:

TABLE 20. Deposits

December 31,
($ in thousands)20242023
Noninterest-bearing deposits$10,597,461$11,030,515
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits11,327,72510,680,741
Interest-bearing public fund deposits:
Public fund transaction and savings deposits3,127,4273,069,341
Public fund time deposits85,07273,674
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits3,212,4993,143,015
Retail time deposits4,348,2654,246,027
Brokered time deposits6,901589,761
Total interest-bearing deposits18,895,39018,659,544
Total deposits$29,492,851$29,690,059

At December 31, 2024, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $10.6 billion, down $433.1 million, or 4%, from December 31, 2023. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 36% of total deposits at December 31, 2024 and 37% at December 31, 2023. Noninterest-bearing deposit levels continued to trend downward as customers shift to interest-bearing products amid the elevated interest rate environment and as consumer and business spending remains strong. The current level of noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits of 36% represents what we consider to be a more typical, pre-pandemic mix of noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits.

Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $11.3 billion at December 31, 2024 increased $647.0 million, or 6%, from December 31, 2023. Retail time deposits totaled $4.3 billion at December 31, 2024, up $102.2 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023, with 6% of the increase in time deposits greater than $250,000. The year over year growth in these products is largely reflective of attractive rate offerings in the elevated interest rate environment.

Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.2 billion at December 31, 2024, up $69.5 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2023. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. Brokered deposits totaled $6.9 million at December 31, 2024, down $582.9 million from December 31, 2023 as a result of the maturity of brokered deposits that were not replaced.

Table 21 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2024, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 22 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2024.

TABLE 21. Average Deposits

202420232022
($ in millions)BalanceRateMixBalanceRateMixBalanceRateMix
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits$2,686.11.55%9.2%$2,429.50.93%8.2%$2,630.30.15%8.9%
Money market deposits6,136.13.25%21.0%5,762.92.67%19.6%5,679.80.30%19.3%
Savings deposits2,082.80.34%7.1%2,424.90.02%8.2%2,917.40.01%9.9%
Time deposits4,833.74.62%16.6%3,970.44.17%13.5%1,030.10.45%3.5%
Public Funds2,938.73.50%10.1%2,971.63.38%10.1%2,941.91.10%10.0%
Total interest-bearing deposits18,677.43.08%64.0%17,559.32.53%59.6%15,199.50.38%51.6%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits10,491.536.0%11,919.240.4%14,298.048.4%
Total deposits$29,168.9100.0%$29,478.5100.0%$29,497.5100.0%

66

Table of Contents

TABLE 22. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*

December 31,
($ in thousands)2024
Three months$1,016,121
Over three months through six months233,485
Over six months through one year454,960
Over one year25,029
Total$1,729,595

* Includes public fund time deposits

As noted above, we have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2024 to be approximately $14.6 billion, using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting.

Management expects full year 2025 end of period growth in deposits to be in the low single digit range from $29.5 billion at December 31, 2024.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings totaled $639.0 million at December 31, 2024, down $515.8 million, or 45% from December 31, 2023. Average short-term borrowings for 2024 totaled $672.3 million, down $802.0 million, or 47%, compared to 2023. The declines from December 31, 2023 reflects the net repayment of $700 million of FHLB borrowings. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.

Table 23 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary.

TABLE 23. Short-Term Borrowings

($ in thousands)202420232022
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end$300$350$1,850
Average amount outstanding during period12,9357,52513,176
Maximum amount at any month end during period200,275100,3502,350
Weighted-average interest rate at period end3.90%4.90%3.90%
Weighted-average interest rate during period5.61%5.70%2.82%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end$638,715$454,479$444,421
Average amount outstanding during period639,912513,306536,727
Maximum amount at any month end during period792,589625,773640,592
Weighted-average interest rate at period end0.95%1.16%0.53%
Weighted-average interest rate during period1.65%1.36%0.21%
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end$$700,000$1,425,000
Average amount outstanding during period238,5931,172,603808,784
Maximum amount at any month end during period650,0003,100,0001,425,000
Weighted-average interest rate at period end0.00%5.58%4.70%
Weighted-average interest rate during period5.48%5.05%1.82%

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $210.5 million at December 31, 2024, down $25.8 million from December 31, 2023, largely due to activity associated with tax credit fund activity.

67

Table of Contents

Long-term debt at December 31, 2024 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans.

Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.2 billion at December 31, 2024 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.

Letters of credit totaled $420.6 million at December 31, 2024. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.

The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2024, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $24.1 million.

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2024 and 2023 according to expiration date.

TABLE 24. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Expiration Date
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2024
Commitments to extend credit$9,249,468$3,894,217$2,344,538$2,236,744$773,969
Letters of credit420,6141,134387,12132,359
Total$9,670,082$3,895,351$2,731,659$2,269,103$773,969
Expiration Date
($ in thousands)Less Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2023
Commitments to extend credit$9,852,367$3,822,335$2,750,327$2,484,180$795,525
Letters of credit481,910379,81330,55271,417128
Total$10,334,277$4,202,148$2,780,879$2,555,597$795,653

68

Table of Contents

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments.

Risk Categories and Definitions

Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:


Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.


Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.


Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions ("market liquidity risk").


Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.


Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.


Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.


Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.

Risk Committee Governance Structure

Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:


Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk

69

Table of Contents

Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Mr. H. Merritt Lane, III, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the Board of Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee’s enterprise risk management oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and benefits programs and oversees inclusion and belonging efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which provides oversight on a broad range of issues surrounding the composition and operation of the Board of Directors.


Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.


Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Sustainability Committee, which is a management committee that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to the environment, social responsibility and sustainable growth.

Risk Leadership and Organization

The risk management function of the Company is led by our Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the CEO, provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management, operational risk management, model risk management, information technology risk management, data governance, compliance, credit review (administrative only), corporate insurance, regulatory relations, and financial crimes programs. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Another risk management function reporting to the CEO is the Chief Credit Officer.

Credit Risk

The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, parish and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.

Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross-industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.

Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines.

Monitoring collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third-party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department, which is independent of the loan origination and approval process. When deemed necessary, third-party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Collateral valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to assess the need for an appropriate allowance allocation and/or full or partial charge-off when it is probable that the borrower will be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due.

70

Table of Contents

The Bank maintains a Credit Review function, that is managed by our Director of Credit Review who reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, so that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status.

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/Liability Management consists of quantifying, analyzing, and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable interest rate risk limits and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.

IRR inherent in the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently results in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

ALCO manages our IRR exposures through proactive measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors by adhering to a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity (EVE), stochastic, and gap analyses. When performing net interest income at risk analysis, the model is used to quantify the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and projected net income over the next 12-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario given hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. Regarding EVE analysis, the model is used to assess the change in theoretical equity market value that would occur in response to instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in market interest rates. EVE analysis is primarily used to identify long-term structural mismatches in the balance sheet as market rates move, while net interest income analysis assesses the impact of market rate movements over a short time horizon. Net interest income simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix as well as the pricing, repricing, and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis, and option risk are also considered.

Net Interest Income at Risk

Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.

The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2024. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 25. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that balance sheet composition and the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in

71

Table of Contents

net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled.

TABLE 25. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

Estimated Increase in NII
Change in Interest RatesYear 1Year 2
(basis points)
-300(7.08)%(13.69)%
-200(4.44)%(9.14)%
-100(2.04)%(4.30)%
+1001.95%3.89%
+2003.71%7.52%
+3005.48%11.22%

The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing of cash flows in the investment and loan portfolios. As short-term rates have remained elevated, the funding mix has shifted to more rate sensitive deposits and wholesale sources resulting in lower overall net interest income at risk as deposit repricing is expected to offset rate adjustments in the floating rate loan book. Furthermore, due to the funding mix shift, the Bank is currently less sensitive to changes in short-term rate movements with interest rate risk being driven more by changes in the mid to long-term segment of the yield curve. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk.

Economic Value of Equity (EVE)

EVE simulation involves calculating the present value of all future cash flows from assets and subtracting the present value of all future cash outflows from liabilities including the impact of off-balance sheet items such as interest rate hedges. This analysis results in a theoretical market value of the bank’s equity or EVE. Management’s focus on EVE analysis is not on the resulting calculation of EVE itself, but instead on the sensitivity of EVE to changes in market rates. Policy limits on the change in EVE under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents an analysis of the change in the Bank’s EVE resulting from instantaneous and parallel shifts in rates as of December 31, 2024. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments ranging from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 26.

TABLE 26. Economic Value of Equity

Estimated Change in EVE at
Change in Interest RatesDecember 31, 2024
(basis points)
-3004.33%
-2003.72%
-1002.27%
+100-2.81%
+200-5.87%
+300-8.93%

72

Table of Contents

The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Board of Directors. Because EVE measures the present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not consider factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, possible hedging activities, or changing product spreads, each of which could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.

The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities.

See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure and Item 1C. “Cybersecurity” for additional disclosures on cybersecurity and related risk management strategy and governance.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. The following table summarizes available liquidity at December 31, 2024.

TABLE 27. Net Available Sources of Funds

December 31, 2024
($ in thousands)Total AvailableAmount UsedNet Availability
Available Sources of Funding:
Internal Sources
Free securities$3,631,840$$3,631,840
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank (a)6,592,9451,083,0885,509,857
Federal Reserve Bank3,231,6613,231,661
Brokered deposits4,423,9286,9014,417,027
Other1,229,0001,229,000
Total Available Sources of Funding$19,109,374$1,089,989$18,019,385
Cash and other interest-bearing bank deposits1,514,625
Total Liquidity$19,534,010

(a) Amount used includes funded advances and letters of credit.

TABLE 28. Liquidity Metrics

202420232022
Free securities / total securities48.65%38.80%41.59%
Core deposits / total deposits94.12%92.51%98.12%
Wholesale funds / core deposits3.09%7.21%7.43%
Liquid assets / total liabilities15.26%12.69%13.61%
Average loans / average deposits81.01%80.04%74.30%

73

Table of Contents

Liquidity levels of financial institutions have received heightened attention since the failure of several major regional U.S. banks that experienced large-scale deposit runs in the first half of 2023. Dampened depositor confidence over a financial institution’s ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit is thought to pose a higher likelihood of a deposit run, and, in turn, the risk that the institution may have insufficient liquidity to meet the customer demand. At December 31, 2024, our available on and off-balance sheet liquidity of $19.5 billion is well in excess of our estimated uninsured, noncollateralized deposits of approximately $11.0 billion.

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities of 20% or greater. As shown in Table 28 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 48.65% and 38.80% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The carry value of total pledged securities was $3.9 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $829 million from December 31, 2023, driven largely by an increase in pledged FHLB letters of credits of $699 million, resulting a higher level of free securities.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2024, deposits totaled $29.5 billion, a decrease of $197 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2023. The decrease is reflective of the maturity of $583 million of brokered deposits that were not replaced, partially offset by organic growth.

Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (CDs) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. Core deposits totaled $27.8 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $293 million from December 31, 2023. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 94.12% at December 31, 2024 up from 92.51% at December 31, 2023. The largest driver in the increase in the ratio was the decline in brokered deposits.

Brokered deposits totaled $6.9 million as of December 31, 2024, down from $583 million at December 31, 2023 as the result of the maturity of brokered certificates of deposit that were not replaced. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate.

Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. Besides funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2024, the Bank had not borrowed from the FHLB and had approximately $5.5 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.2 billion. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, or at any point during the years then ended.

Wholesale funds, which are comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 3.09% of core deposits at December 31, 2024 and 7.21% at December 31, 2023. Wholesale funds totaled $856 million at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $1.1 billion from December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily due to the repayment of $700 million of FHLB borrowings and the maturity of $582 million of brokered time deposits, partially offset by a $184 million increase in customer securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits.

Other key measures used to monitor liquidity include the liquid asset ratio and the loan to deposit ratio. The liquid asset ratio (liquid assets, consisting of cash, short-term investments and free securities, divided by total liabilities) measures our ability to meet short-term obligations. Our liquid asset ratio was 15.26% at December 31, 2024 compared to 12.69% at December 31, 2023. Management has established a minimum liquid asset ratio of 7.5% and an internal target of 12% or greater. The loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding) measures the amount of funds the Company lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 81.01% for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to 80.04% for the year ended December 31, 2023. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but has and will continue to operate outside that range under certain market conditions and circumstances.

Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this document present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of funds during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

74

Table of Contents

Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 – Stockholder’s Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately six quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may operate below the target level on a temporary basis if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters. The Parent had cash totaling $272.7 million at December 31, 2024.

Material Cash Requirements

The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 22. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.

TABLE 29. Contractual Cash Obligations

Payment due by period
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
Long-term debt obligations$599,570$28,718$42,669$27,304$500,879
Operating lease obligations144,15617,70433,16927,08666,197
Purchase obligations171,12089,54669,84111,733
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company20,78120,781
Total$935,627$156,749$145,679$66,123$567,076

Capital Resources

The Company has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $4.1 billion at December 31, 2024 compared to $3.8 billion at December 31, 2023. The $324.0 million increase from December 31, 2023 is attributable to net income of $460.8 million, $15.0 million of other comprehensive income and $17.9 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by dividends of $131.9 million and share repurchases of $37.8 million.

At December 31, 2024, our tangible common equity ratio was 9.47%, compared to 8.37% at December 31, 2023. The 110 bp increase from December 31, 2023 is comprised of net income (+136 bps), tangible asset contraction (+13 bps), stock-based compensation and other activity (+6 bps), and other comprehensive income (+4 bps), partially offset by dividends (-38 bps) and share repurchases (-11 bps).

The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of 2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2024 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2024, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range.

At December 31, 2024, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $1.2 billion. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.

The following table shows certain of the Company’s capital ratios and our regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

75

Table of Contents

TABLE 30. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

($ in thousands)20242023
Common equity tier 1 capital$3,886,926$3,584,474
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital3,886,9263,584,474
Tier 2 capital491,822464,771
Total capital$4,378,748$4,049,245
Risk-weighted assets$27,490,356$29,067,426
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)11.29%10.10%
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets14.14%12.33%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets14.14%12.33%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets15.93%13.93%
Common stockholders' equity to total assets11.77%10.69%
Tangible common equity to total assets9.47%8.37%

We regularly perform stress analysis on our capital levels. One such scenario includes the hypothetical impact of including accumulated other comprehensive losses on market valuations of available for sale securities and cash flow hedges in regulatory capital and a further stress scenario that includes both those losses plus losses on the held to maturity investment portfolio in regulatory capital. We estimate that our regulatory capital ratios would remain in excess of the well-capitalized minimums under both of these stress scenarios at December 31, 2024.

In April 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a 33% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend to $0.40 per share. The Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share for the first quarter of 2024 and $0.40 per share for the remaining three quarters of 2024, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.50 per share. During 2023, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.20 per share. Subsequent to year end, on January 30, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.45 per share, or 12.5%. The increases in our dividends are reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In January 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022). The program allowed the Company to repurchase shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program did not obligate the Company to purchase any shares and could have been terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. Prior to the expiration on December 31, 2024, the Company repurchased 762,993 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $49.40 per share, inclusive of commissions, under this program during 2024. The Company has accrued $0.1 million of estimated excise tax associated with share repurchases during 2024. No shares were repurchased under this program in 2023.

In December 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, effective January 1, 2025, pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2024). Like the prior program, the shares may be repurchased in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2026 and does not obligate the Company to purchase any shares. The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock when the market is advantageous.

76

Table of Contents

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2024 totaled $122.1 million, or $1.40 per diluted common share (EPS), compared to $115.6 million, or $1.33 per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2024 and $50.6 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share in the fourth quarter of 2023. The fourth quarter of 2023 included a net charge of $75.4 million, or $0.68 per diluted share after-tax, of supplemental disclosure items. Excluding the impact of these supplemental disclosure items, EPS would have been $1.26 per diluted share in the fourth quarter of 2023. There were no supplemental disclosure items in the third or fourth quarters of 2024.

Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2024 results (compared to third quarter of 2024):


Net income of $122.1 million, up $6.5 million


Pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) of $165.2 million, compared to $166.5 million in the prior quarter


Loans declined $156.1 million, or 1%


Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans continued to normalize, annualized net charge-off percentage improved to 0.20%, compared to 0.30%


Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.47%, up 1 bp


Deposits increased $509.9 million, or 2%


Net interest margin 3.41%, up 2 bp


Common equity tier 1 ratio was 14.14%, up 36 bps; tangible common equity ratio of 9.47%, down 9 bps


Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) of 54.46%, up 4 bps

Total loans at December 31, 2024 were $23.3 billion, a decrease of $156.1 million, or 1%, from September 30, 2024. The linked-quarter decline reflects increased payoffs of commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a seasonal increase in line utilization and higher activity in commercial non-real estate loans.

Total deposits at December 31, 2024 were $29.5 billion, up $509.9 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2024. The increase is largely the result of seasonal inflows in interest-bearing public funds, an increase in interest-bearing transaction and savings due to seasonality, competitive products and pricing, and an increase in noninterest-bearing deposits. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in retail time deposits driven by maturity concentration repricing at lower rates and promotional rate reductions during the fourth quarter, and a decrease in brokered deposits that matured and were not replaced.

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $10.6 billion at December 31, 2024, up $98.0 million, or 1%, from September 30, 2024 and comprised 36% of total deposits at December 31, 2024. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $11.3 billion at December 31, 2024, up $413.1 million, or 4%, compared to September 30, 2024. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $508.4 million, or 19%, to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in public funds is seasonal and largely attributable to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each year. Retail time deposits of $4.4 billion decreased $326.0 million, or 7%, from September 30, 2024, largely attributable to maturities with lower repricing rate offerings. Brokered deposits were $6.9 million at December 31, 2024, down $183.6 million due to maturities which were not replaced.

Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2024 was $276.3 million, up $1.8 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2024. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2024 was 3.41%, up 2 bps from the third quarter of 2024, as lower deposit costs (+16 bps) and a favorable borrowing mix (+5 bps), and higher securities yields (+1 bp) was partially offset by lower loan yields (-20 bps).

The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2024 was $11.9 million, compared to $18.6 million in the third quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs were $11.7 million, or 0.20% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2024, down from $18.0 million, or 0.30% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2024. Our allowance for credit losses was $342.9 million at December 31, 2024, up $0.2 million from September 30, 2024. Criticized commercial loans were $623.0 million, or 3.47% of total commercial loans at December 31, 2024, compared to $508.0 million, or 2.81% of total commercial loans at September 30, 2024. Nonaccrual loans totaled $97.3 million, or 0.42% of total loans at December 31, 2024, compared to $82.9 million, or 0.35% of total loans at September 30, 2024. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $27.8 million at December 31, 2024, virtually flat compared to September 30, 2024.

Noninterest income totaled $91.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, down $4.7 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2024. Service charges on deposits were up $0.3 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2024. Bank card and ATM fees were down $0.2

77

Table of Contents

million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2024. Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions were relatively flat linked-quarter. Trust fees were up $0.2 million, or 1%, linked quarter. Fees from secondary mortgage operations totaled $2.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2024, down $0.8 million, or 24%, linked-quarter, largely as a result of a higher percentage of loans retained for investment. Other noninterest income was $14.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2024, down $4.1 million, or 22% from the third quarter of 2024, primarily due to declines in derivative income and gains on sales of SBA loans.

Noninterest expense totaled $202.3 million, down $1.5 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2024. The primary driver of the decrease is attributable to personnel expense, which was down $2.0 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2024, driven by lower incentives and retirement benefits expenses.

The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2024 was 18.9%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.

The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2024.

TABLE 31. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2024September 30, 2024June 30, 2024March 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Income Statement Data:
Interest income$414,286$429,476$427,545$421,684$426,794
Interest income (te) (a)417,021432,169430,373424,514429,628
Interest expense140,730157,712157,115155,513157,334
Net interest income (te)276,291274,457273,258269,001272,294
Provision for credit losses11,91218,5648,72312,96816,952
Noninterest income91,20995,89589,17487,85138,951
Noninterest expense202,333203,839206,016207,722229,151
Income before income taxes150,520145,256144,865133,33262,308
Income tax expense28,44629,68430,30824,72011,705
Net income$122,074$115,572$114,557$108,612$50,603
Supplemental disclosure items-included above, pre-tax:
Included in noninterest income:
Gain on sale of parking facility$$$$$16,126
Loss on securities portfolio restructure(65,380)
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans$23,299,447$23,455,587$23,911,616$23,970,938$23,921,917
Earning assets31,857,84132,045,22232,056,41531,985,61032,175,097
Total assets35,081,78535,238,10735,412,29135,247,11935,578,573
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,597,46110,499,47610,642,21310,802,12711,030,515
Total deposits29,492,85128,982,90529,200,71829,775,90629,690,059
Stockholders' equity4,127,6364,174,6873,920,7183,853,4363,803,661
Average balance sheet data:
Loans23,248,51223,552,00223,917,36123,810,16323,795,681
Earning assets32,333,01232,263,74832,539,36332,556,82133,128,130
Total assets34,770,66334,780,38634,998,88035,101,86935,538,300
Noninterest-bearing deposits10,409,02210,359,39010,526,90310,673,06011,132,354
Total deposits29,108,38128,940,16329,069,09729,560,95629,974,941
Stockholders' equity4,138,3264,021,2113,826,2963,818,8403,560,978
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share:
Basic$1.41$1.33$1.31$1.25$0.58
Diluted1.401.331.311.240.58
Cash dividends per common share0.400.400.400.300.30
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets1.40%1.32%1.32%1.24%0.56%
Return on average common equity11.74%11.43%12.04%11.44%5.64%
Efficiency ratio (b)54.46%54.42%56.18%56.44%55.58%
Net interest margin (te)3.41%3.39%3.37%3.32%3.27%
Annualized net charge offs to average loans0.20%0.30%0.12%0.15%0.27%

78

Table of Contents

....
(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2024September 30, 2024June 30, 2024March 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue(te) (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net income (GAAP)$122,074$115,572$114,557$108,612$50,603
Provision for credit losses11,91218,5648,72312,96816,952
Income tax expense28,44629,68430,30824,72011,705
Pre-provision net revenue162,432163,820153,588146,30079,260
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,7352,6932,8282,8302,834
Pre-provision net revenue (te)165,167166,513156,416149,13082,094
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
FDIC special assessment3,80026,123
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$165,167$166,513$156,416$152,930$157,471
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net interest income$273,556$271,764$270,430$266,171$269,460
Noninterest income91,20995,89589,17487,85138,951
Total GAAP revenue364,765367,659359,604354,022308,411
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,7352,6932,8282,8302,834
Total revenue (te)367,500370,352362,432356,852311,245
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Adjusted revenue367,500370,352362,432356,852360,499
GAAP noninterest expense202,333203,839206,016207,722229,151
Amortization of intangibles(2,206)(2,292)(2,389)(2,526)(2,672)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment(3,800)(26,123)
Adjusted noninterest expense$200,127$201,547$203,627$201,396$200,356
Efficiency ratio (b)54.46%54.42%56.18%56.44%55.58%

(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this document. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios, including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date.

The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Changing economic conditions introduce enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not correlate to existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react

79

Table of Contents

differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates.

Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third-party forecasts. At December 31, 2024, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 40% and the mild recessionary S-2 scenario at 60%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 40% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2024. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2023, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results 34% higher than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.

The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.

For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral supporting loans individually evaluated for credit loss may include, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Valuations are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000950170-24-022252.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-28. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and its subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2023 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 31 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below.

Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. The Company highlights certain significant items that are outside of our principal business and/or are not indicative of forward-looking trends in supplemental disclosure items below our GAAP financial data and presents certain “Adjusted” ratios that exclude these disclosed items. These adjusted ratios provide management and the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business, as well as demonstrates the effects of significant gains or losses and changes.

We define Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue as net income excluding provision expense and income tax expense, plus the taxable equivalent adjustment (as defined above), less supplemental disclosure items (as defined above). Management believes that adjusted pre-provision net revenue is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. We define Adjusted Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less supplemental disclosure items. We define Adjusted Noninterest Expense as noninterest expense less supplemental disclosure items. We define our Efficiency Ratio as noninterest expense to total net interest income (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items, if applicable. Management believes adjusted revenue, adjusted noninterest expense and the efficiency ratio are useful measures as they provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability with prior periods.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

The discussions and analyses that follow provide insight into the impact of macroeconomic and industry trends on our performance in the most recent fiscal year, and our outlook for the near term.

Current Economic Environment

U.S. economic activity remains resilient nearly two years into the Federal Reserve's aggressive campaign to tame inflation. Thus far, the Federal Reserve has seen some success in slowing economic growth without precipitating a recession. The December 31, 2023 headline and core (less food and energy) inflation have receded considerably from 40-year highs in 2022, though at 3.4% and 3.9%, respectively, both remain well above the Federal Reserve's target rate of 2%. Real Gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.5% for the full year 2023, reflecting growth in each of the four fiscal quarters. Despite some softening, the labor market remains strong at near full-employment, with the unemployment rate at 3.7% in December 2023. The Federal Reserve issued four 25-basis point interest rate increases between February and July 2023, but has held the rate steady since, indicating the possibility that the target rate has reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle. While the continued strong pace of consumer spending and the strength of the labor market may help prevent or reduce the severity of a potential recession, the possibility that rates will remain higher for longer may

42

Table of Contents

result in below-trend economic growth. Economic trends may be further influenced by factors outside of inflation, such as a potential shutdown of the U.S. government and expanding geopolitical conflict.

Within the financial services industry, particularly in the regional bank space, institutions continue to deal with macroeconomic and industry-specific headwinds. The heightened interest rate environment has fostered a continued shift within deposit composition toward higher cost products, although the pace of movement slowed somewhat towards the end of 2023. High-profile bank failures in the first half of 2023 have prompted increased regulatory scrutiny of banks' liquidity and the stability of their deposit bases, which has intensified competition for deposits and, in turn, placed further pressure on borrowing costs. The interest rate environment has also steadily affected the affordability of credit to consumers and businesses that has tempered loan demand. At the same time, economic uncertainty and industry turmoil has prompted many institutions to tighten credit standards.

We experienced loan growth of 3% during the year ended December 31, 2023, though the majority of the growth occurred in the first half of the year. In the fourth quarter, we experienced a $61.8 million net decline in loans as demand continued to slow in response to heightened interest rates and, in many of the markets we serve, increased insurance costs. Further, we are continuing to narrow our credit appetite in certain sectors and shift our focus toward full-service relationships. Our core client deposits, defined as total deposits excluding public funds and brokered deposits, were up slightly year-over-year. We were able to maintain our diversified deposit base through competitive pricing, as much of our client base remains interest rate sensitive. Despite the increased pressure on funding costs, interest rates on new, renewed and repricing variable rate loans drove an expanded net interest margin in 2023.

Economic Outlook

We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2023 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2023. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2023 economic scenarios differ in certain respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2022, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks.

The December 2023 baseline forecast continues to incorporate the belief that the Federal Reserve will accomplish its goal of bringing inflation to or below its target without precipitating a recession. Key assumptions within the December 2023 baseline forecast include the following: (1) the Federal Funds rate has reached its terminal value in the rate hiking cycle, with rate cuts of 25 basis points per quarter to begin in June 2024 until reaching 3% in late 2026, and 2.5% by 2030; (2) the U.S. government will avoid the recently-feared shutdown; (3) while the labor market remains strong, there are indications of softening, and the unemployment rate will rise from its current rate of 3.7% to 4.0% in 2024 and 4.1% in 2025, then improve slightly to 4.0% for 2026; (4) GDP will display modest annual growth of 1.7% in both 2024 and 2025 and 2.2% in 2026; and, (5) the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield reached its recent high at nearly 5% in the third quarter of 2023, but will remain above 4% through the end of the decade.

The S-2 scenario presents a downside alternative to the baseline. The S-2 scenario assumes an increased likelihood of a U.S. government shutdown, longer and farther-reaching disturbance from geopolitical conflict, and continued disruption in the financial services industry leading to further tightening of credit standards. Further, the scenario assumes the unemployment rate will increase considerably to 5.7% in 2024 before improving to 5.3% in 2025 and 4.0% in 2026. Despite the weakening economy, the Federal Reserve does not begin rate cuts sooner than what is assumed in the baseline. As a result of these pressures, the U.S. falls into a mild recession beginning in the first quarter of 2024 that lasts for three quarters, with the stock market contracting 20% and a peak-to-trough decline in GDP of 1%.

Management has deemed certain assumptions underlying the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term than those underlying the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of 40% and 60%, respectively, in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2023.

At December 31, 2023, the credit loss outlook for our portfolio as a whole has not changed significantly from that of a year ago, however, we remain cautious given headwinds from elevated interest rates, increased insurance costs and market concerns surrounding commercial real estate. Aside from a single sizable charge-off in 2023 attributable to borrower-specific circumstances, our asset quality metrics have remained stable over the preceding two years, with nonaccrual loans, commercial criticized loans and all other net charge-offs at relatively low levels. We continue to closely monitor our portfolio for customers that are sensitive to prolonged inflation and the elevated interest rate environment.

The effects of inflation and the Federal Reserve's actions to counter those effects in the form of interest rate increases and quantitative tightening have in the past and could in the near term reduce economic growth. The full extent of the impact of the Federal Reserve’s

43

Table of Contents

actions to reduce inflation and the timing and scope of further Federal Reserve actions are uncertain and may have a significant negative impact on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession in the near or midterm.

Highlights of 2023 Financial Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share, compared to $524.1 million, or $5.98 per diluted common share in 2022. The results for 2023 include a net charge of $75.4 million (pre-tax), or $0.68 per share after tax, comprised of the following supplemental disclosure items: a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the securities portfolio, a $26.1 million FDIC special assessment charge and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no supplemental disclosure items in 2022. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022:


Net income of $392.6 million, or $4.50 per diluted common share


Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) totaled $635.7 million, down $5.4 million


Provision for credit losses of $59.1 million in 2023, compared to a negative provision of $28.4 million in 2022; allowance for credit loss to total loans at 1.41% at December 31, 2023


Loan growth of $807.9 million, or 3%, to $23.9 billion


Deposits of $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2%


Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 12.33%, up 92 basis points (bps) from December 31, 2022; tangible common equity ratio of 8.37%, up 128 bps


Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans remained relatively stable at low levels throughout 2023


Net interest margin increased 8 bps to 3.34%


Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) of 55.25%, up from 52.93% in 2022

The year ended December 31, 2023 brought many challenges on both a macroeconomic level and within the financial services industry. Our results reflect navigating these headwinds while demonstrating our ability to preserve liquidity and manage operating expenses. The Federal Reserve continued its efforts to combat inflation through interest rate increases, but the benefits of our general asset sensitivity were largely offset by continued increases in funding costs, including a significant shift and deposit mix from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing products. Disruption in the financial services industry created additional pressure on funding costs and net interest margin, and required incremental noninterest expense through a special assessment to restore the deposit insurance fund. As expected, loan growth has tempered in response to the current interest rate environment and with our continued focus on full service relationships and lending to resilient borrowers in light of current economic pressures. Aside from a single sizable borrower-specific charge-off, our credit metrics remained stable at relatively low levels, with no significant weakening in any portfolio sectors in 2023. A strategic decision to restructure our available for sale securities portfolio and pay down debt is expected to benefit future yield on earning assets, net interest margin and capital. Our capital levels increased year over year, and we believe we have positioned ourselves to effectively navigate the operating environment for this coming year.

The table that follows presents our consolidated financial results. Additional information related to our results and outlook are included in the discussions that follow.

44

Table of Contents

Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)202320222021
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)$1,620,497$1,137,063$982,258
Interest income (te) (b)1,631,6041,147,411993,437
Interest expense522,89887,06049,023
Net interest income (te)1,108,7061,060,351944,414
Provision for credit losses59,103(28,399)(77,494)
Noninterest income288,480331,486364,334
Noninterest expense836,848750,692807,007
Income before income taxes490,128659,196568,056
Income tax expense97,526135,107104,841
Net income$392,602$524,089$463,215
Supplemental disclosure items - included above, pre-tax
Included in noninterest income:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$(65,380)$$
Gain on sale of parking facility16,126
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds4,576
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock2,800
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement3,600
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment26,123
Efficiency initiatives38,296
Hurricane related expenses4,412
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes4,165
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans$23,921,917$23,114,046$21,134,282
Earning assets32,175,09731,873,02733,610,435
Total assets35,578,57335,183,82536,531,205
Noninterest-bearing deposits11,030,51513,645,11314,392,808
Total deposits29,690,05929,070,34930,465,897
Stockholders' equity3,803,6613,342,6283,670,352
Average balance sheet data
Loans$23,594,579$21,915,393$21,207,942
Earning assets33,160,79132,498,21332,060,863
Total assets35,633,44235,059,17835,075,392
Noninterest-bearing deposits11,919,23414,298,02213,323,978
Total deposits29,478,48129,497,47029,093,709
Stockholders' equity3,528,9113,405,2063,545,255
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share - basic$4.51$6.00$5.23
Earnings per share - diluted4.505.985.22
Cash dividends per common share1.201.081.08
Book value per share (period end)44.0538.8942.31
Tangible book value per share (period end)33.6328.2931.64
Weighted average number of shares - diluted86,42386,39487,027
Period end number of shares86,34585,94186,749
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets1.10%1.49%1.32%
Return on average common equity11.13%15.39%13.07%
Return on average tangible common equity14.97%21.07%17.74%
Tangible common equity (c)8.37%7.09%7.71%
Tier 1 common equity12.33%11.41%11.09%
Net interest margin (te)3.34%3.26%2.95%
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)20.65%23.82%27.84%
Efficiency ratio (d)55.25%52.93%57.29%
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans1.29%1.33%1.62%
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans1.41%1.48%1.76%
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans0.27%0.01%0.15%
Nonaccrual assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets0.26%0.18%0.32%
FTE headcount3,5913,6273,486

45

Table of Contents

($ in thousands)202320222021
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net income (GAAP)$392,602$524,089$463,215
Provision for credit losses59,103(28,399)(77,494)
Income tax expense97,526135,107104,841
Pre-provision net revenue549,231630,797490,562
Taxable equivalent adjustment11,10710,34811,179
Pre-provision net revenue (te)560,338641,145501,741
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds(4,576)
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock(2,800)
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement(3,600)
FDIC special assessment26,123
Efficiency initiatives38,296
Hurricane related expenses4,412
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes4,165
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$635,715$641,145$537,638
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net interest income$1,097,599$1,050,003$933,235
Noninterest income288,480331,486364,334
Total GAAP revenue1,386,0791,381,4891,297,569
Taxable equivalent adjustment11,10710,34811,179
Total revenue (te)1,397,1861,391,8371,308,748
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds(4,576)
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock(2,800)
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement(3,600)
Adjusted revenue1,446,4401,391,8371,297,772
GAAP noninterest expense836,848750,692807,007
Amortization of intangibles(11,556)(14,033)(16,665)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment(26,123)
Efficiency initiatives(38,296)
Hurricane related expenses(4,412)
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes(4,165)
Adjusted noninterest expense$799,169$736,659$743,469
Efficiency ratio (d)55.25%52.93%57.29%

(a) Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $2.4 million, $4.7 million, and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b) For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.

(d) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(e) See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

46

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $1.1 billion, up $47.6 million from 2022. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in 2023, up $48.4 million, or 5%, from 2022, and included an increase in interest income (te) of $484.2 million largely offset by an increase of $435.8 million in interest expense. Net interest margin, the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets, increased 8 bps to 3.34% in 2023 from 3.26% in 2022.

The increase in interest income (te) is largely attributable to the impact of the series of Federal Reserve interest rate increases, a favorable change in the mix of earning assets, and, to a lesser extent, a $19.0 million decrease in net premium amortization on the securities portfolio. The yield on earning assets (te) was 4.92% in 2023, up 139 bps from 2022. The yield increase was mainly attributable to the impact of the rising interest rate environment on the loan and, to a lesser extent, investment portfolios, and the favorable change in the mix of average earning assets, with loans up $1.7 billion, investment securities down $112 million, and short-term investments down $888 million. The loan yield was up 155 bps to 5.87%, reflecting the impact of the rise in interest rates on new and repricing loans. The yield on investment securities increased 28 bps in 2023 to 2.39% as new investments were made at higher yields amid the rising interest rate environment, along with yield enhancements from the termination of certain fair value hedges on available for sale securities.

The increase in interest expense is largely attributable to a significant unfavorable change in the average funding mix that is the result of both the interest rate environment and response to the disruption created by the bank failures in early 2023. The rise in interest rates fostered a natural shift from noninterest-bearing to more attractive interest-bearing products. Following the bank failures, scrutiny over deposit composition and overall liquidity intensified competition for deposits; in response, promotional pricing on retail deposits and the addition of brokered time deposits drove a further shift in deposit mix toward higher-cost products. At December 31, 2023, noninterest-bearing deposits comprised 37% of total deposits compared to 47% at December 31, 2022. In addition, average short-term borrowings in 2023 were up $334.7 million from 2022, mostly reflective of incremental FHLB borrowings held for a period of time as a cautionary measure subsequent to the bank failures. As such, the cost of funds increased 131 bps to 1.58% in 2023 from 0.27% in 2022, with average interest-bearing deposit costs increasing 215 bps to 2.53% from 0.38% and other short-term borrowing costs, which consist largely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increasing 323 bps to 5.06% in 2023 from 1.83% in 2022.

Our cycle-to-date loan and deposit betas were 46% and 36%, respectively, at December 31, 2023, compared to 40% and 13%, respectively, at December 31, 2022, reflecting the previously mentioned competitive pricing utilized to attract and retain deposits in 2023. Though interest rates remain elevated, we expect deposit costs to be more stable in the near term. Further, in November 2023, we executed a restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of lower-yielding instruments, reinvested approximately half of the $977 million of proceeds in higher-yielding securities and utilized the remainder to repay short-term borrowings as a means to enhance net interest margin. We anticipate an approximate 30 month payback period to cover the loss associated with the sale, with expected benefits in 2024 of $26.2 million in net interest income and 13 bps to net interest margin. We expect further modest expansion of net interest margin in 2024, with an emphasis on improving loan yields and by proactively managing deposit costs as interest rates begin to decline. Our forecast assumes three 25 bp rate cuts beginning in June 2024.

Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.

47

Table of Contents

TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)

Years Ended December 31,
202320222021
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)Rate
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$18,556.2$1,131.86.10%$17,682.3$759.94.30%$17,070.3$606.13.55%
Residential mortgage loans3,541.2128.33.622,666.190.33.392,445.690.63.70
Consumer loans1,497.2124.08.281,567.088.45.641,692.181.64.82
Loan fees & late charges1.37.453.70.0
Loans (te) (b)23,594.61,385.45.8721,915.4946.04.3221,208.0832.03.92
Loans held for sale26.01.76.6343.01.84.2290.22.52.82
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities567.215.32.70426.78.31.95330.65.41.64
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations7,423.9170.42.307,652.1154.52.026,833.1122.31.79
Municipals (te)887.026.52.98912.027.02.96928.427.22.93
Other securities23.50.83.5122.30.83.4213.70.53.66
Total investment securities (te) (c)8,901.6213.02.399,013.1190.62.118,105.8155.41.92
Short-term investments638.631.54.931,526.79.00.592,656.93.50.13
Total earning assets (te)33,160.81,631.64.92%32,498.21,147.43.53%32,060.9993.43.10%
Nonearning assets:
Other assets2,783.52,878.43,420.6
Allowance for loan losses(310.9)(317.4)(406.1)
Total assets$35,633.4$35,059.2$35,075.4
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits$10,598.6$176.91.67%$11,201.1$21.20.19%$11,216.5$9.10.08%
Time deposits3,989.1166.54.171,056.44.70.441,413.06.50.46
Public funds2,971.6100.53.382,941.932.51.103,140.210.60.34
Total interest-bearing deposits17,559.3443.92.5315,199.458.40.3815,769.726.20.17
Repurchase agreements513.37.01.36536.71.10.21559.40.60.10
Other short-term borrowings1,180.159.75.06822.015.11.831,103.85.40.49
Long-term debt239.112.35.15239.312.45.19314.916.85.32
Total interest-bearing liabilities19,491.8522.92.68%16,797.487.00.52%17,747.849.00.28%
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits11,919.214,298.013,324.0
Other liabilities693.5558.6458.3
Stockholders' equity3,528.93,405.23,545.3
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$35,633.4$35,059.2$35,075.4
Net interest income (te) and margin$1,108.73.34$1,060.43.26$944.42.95
Net earning assets and spread$13,669.02.24$15,700.83.01$14,313.12.82
Interest cost of funding earning assets1.58%0.27%0.15%

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(c)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

(d)
Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $2.4 million, $4.7 million and $8.6 million for the years December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

48

Table of Contents

TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)

2023 Compared to 20222022 Compared to 2021
Due toTotalDue toTotal
Change inIncreaseChange inIncrease
($ in thousands)VolumeRate(Decrease)VolumeRate(Decrease)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$39,213$332,722$371,935$22,399$131,363$153,762
Residential mortgage loans31,3456,62037,9657,809(8,049)(240)
Consumer loans(3,297)38,92835,631(6,180)12,9406,760
Loan fees & late charges(6,089)(6,089)(46,301)(46,301)
Loans (te) (c)67,261372,181439,44224,02889,953113,981
Loans held for sale(886)795(91)(1,672)944(728)
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities3,1293,8596,9881,7391,1532,892
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations(4,779)20,67815,89915,28416,95232,236
Municipals(743)181(562)(485)275(210)
Other securities431861297(34)263
Total investment in securities (te) (d)(2,350)24,73622,38616,83518,34635,181
Short-term investments(8,066)30,52222,456(1,976)7,5165,540
Total earning assets (te)55,959428,234484,19337,215116,759153,974
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits1,205(156,819)(155,614)13(12,163)(12,150)
Time deposits(40,103)(121,719)(161,822)1,5892621,851
Public funds(331)(67,718)(68,049)710(22,604)(21,894)
Total interest-bearing deposits(39,229)(346,256)(385,485)2,312(34,505)(32,193)
Repurchase agreements52(5,871)(5,819)25(577)(552)
Other short-term borrowings(8,771)(35,876)(44,647)1,669(11,293)(9,624)
Long-term debt71061133,9383944,332
Total interest expense(47,941)(387,897)(435,838)7,944(45,981)(38,037)
Net interest income (te) variance$8,018$40,337$48,355$45,159$70,778$115,937

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.

(c)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(d)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

Provision for Credit Losses

During the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $59.1 million compared to a negative provision for credit losses of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The provision for credit losses recorded in 2023 included net charge-offs of $63.4 million, partially offset by a $4.3 million reserve release. The negative provision for credit losses recorded in 2022 included a $30.3 million reserve release, partially offset by net charge-offs of $1.9 million. The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a $29.7 million charge-off attributable to a single participation in a shared national credit, which stemmed from borrower-specific circumstances that we do not believe to be indicative of an industry or portfolio trend. The modest reserve release reflects relatively stable macroeconomic assumptions and credit quality metrics. The negative provision for credit losses for the same period in 2022 reflects the gradual release of certain reserves built in 2020 in response to the economic disruption brought on by the pandemic, as overall credit performance and economic conditions in our markets continued to improve.

Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $63.4 million, or 0.27% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $52.8 million in the commercial portfolio (inclusive of the $29.7 million single borrower charge-off described above) and $11.8 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $1.2 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. The single customer charge-off comprised 13 bps of the net charge-off ratio, with the remainder representing a more normalized level of losses and lower recoveries. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2022 totaled $1.9 million, or 0.01% of average loans outstanding, comprised of net charge-offs of $7.4 million in the consumer portfolio, partially offset by net recoveries of $3.9 million in the commercial portfolio and $1.6 million in the residential mortgage portfolio.

49

Table of Contents

Loan growth, portfolio composition, credit quality metrics and assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves. At present, we expect modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024.

Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $288.5 million, a $43.0 million, or 13%, decrease from 2022. Noninterest income for 2023 includes two supplemental disclosure items totaling $49.3 million, comprised of a $65.4 million loss on restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio and a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility. There were no supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income in 2022. Excluding the supplemental disclosure items, adjusted noninterest income in 2023 was up $6.2 million, or 2%, largely driven by an increase in investment and annuity fees, trust fees, credit-related fees and other miscellaneous income, partially offset by decreases in income from derivatives, secondary mortgage market operations, service charges and bank card and ATM fees, discussed in more detail below.

Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 5 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest income (Table 4) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)2023% Change2022% Change2021
Service charges on deposit accounts$86,020(2)%$87,6638%$81,032
Trust fees67,565465,132462,898
Bank card and ATM fees82,966(2)84,591779,074
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions36,7142828,752(3)29,502
Secondary mortgage market operations9,159(21)11,524(69)36,694
Securities transactions(65,380)n/m(87)(126)333
Income from bank-owned life insurance15,454(3)15,881(13)18,330
Credit-related fees12,5572010,483(5)11,001
Income from derivatives420(93)5,832(57)13,477
Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets19,3885263,0961181,423
Other miscellaneous income23,6172718,619330,570
Total noninterest income$288,480(13)%$331,486(9)%$364,334

n/m – not meaningful

TABLE 5. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)202320222021
Securities transactions:
Loss on securities portfolio restructure$(65,380)$$
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of parking facility$16,126$$
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds4,576
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock2,800
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement3,600
Total other miscellaneous income$16,126$$10,976
Total supplemental disclosure items in noninterest income$(49,254)$$10,976

Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as overdraft and nonsufficient funds fees, overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $86.0 million, down $1.6 million, or 2%, from 2022. The decrease from 2022 was largely driven by a $4.2 million decline in retail nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, as certain of these fees were eliminated in late 2022, and a $1.2 million decline in consumer service charges as a result of a product suite redesign. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $3.3 million in commercial analysis fees and nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees, driven by deposit balance activity, pricing changes, strong sales activity and higher instances of overdrafts.

50

Table of Contents

Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $67.6 million in 2023, a $2.4 million, or 4%, increase from 2022, primarily attributable to an increase of $3.7 million in corporate and institutional trust fees and a decrease of $1.3 million in personal trust, retirement services, and other trust fees. Trust assets under management increased to $9.7 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022.

Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $83.0 million in 2023, down $1.6 million, or 2%, compared to 2022. The decline from 2022 is the result of a decrease in merchant and ATM fees, partially offset by an increase in credit card activity during the year as spending remained strong.

Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which include both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $36.7 million in 2023, an $8.0 million, or 28%, increase from 2022. The increase is largely attributable to an increase in annuity fees and investment fees as sales activity increased amid the favorable interest rate environment, and increases in corporate underwriting and insurance fees. Our 2023 results were also favorably impacted by a full year of operations on an enhanced outsourced service platform with an expanded product suite, while 2022 results were negatively impacted by a temporary business disruption as a result of conversion to that platform.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $9.2 million in 2023, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 21%, from 2022. The decline is largely attributable to decreased demand for mortgage loans and refinancing as a result of the elevated interest rate environment and, to a lesser extent, a larger percentage of mortgage loans retained in the held for investment portfolio. The number and dollar amount of mortgage loan applications that closed in 2023 were down 31% and 56%, respectively, from 2022, and the number and dollar amount of closed mortgage loans that were sold in 2023 were down 12% and 14%, respectively, from 2022. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the percentage of loans closed and ultimately sold.

Net loss on sales of securities totaled $65.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and resulted from the sale of $1.04 billion of available for sale securities. The loss reflects a strategic decision to restructure the portfolio to enhance net interest margin through deployment of the proceeds into higher-yielding earning assets and repayment of short-term borrowings.

Credit-related fees include fees assessed on letters of credit and unused portions of loan commitments. Credit-related fees were $12.6 million for 2023, up $2.1 million, or 20% compared to 2022. The increase includes $1.3 million of higher letter of credit fees and $0.8 million of higher unused commitment fees. Income from these products will vary based on letters of credit issued, credit line utilization and prevailing assessment rates.

Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income totaled $15.5 million, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 3%, from 2022. The decline is largely attributable to a lower level of growth in cash surrender value.

Income from derivatives, largely derived from our customer interest rate derivative program, totaled $0.4 million in 2023, compared to $5.8 million in 2022. Derivative income can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement. The substantial year-over-year decline in derivative income is largely tied to the significant change in the interest rate environment present in each of the comparative periods, which affects demand for variable rate loans and related derivative products, valuation adjustments, and related collateral income/expense for the program as a whole. The decline in derivative income also reflects a $1.8 million increase in losses associated with our Visa B derivative.

The net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets consists primarily of net revenue earned from sales of excess-bank owned facilities and equipment no longer in use, gains on sales of Small Business Administration and other non-residential mortgage loans, and leases and other assets associated with the equipment finance line of business. Net gains on sales of premises, equipment and other assets totaled $19.4 million in 2023, compared to $3.1 million in 2023, up $16.3 million. The increase was primarily related to previously mentioned gain on the sale of a stand alone parking facility totaling, $16.1 million, that was identified as a supplemental disclosure item. The sale of the property took advantage of favorable market conditions while exiting a service that was not a part of our core business.

51

Table of Contents

Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including dividends on FHLB stock, income from small business investment companies (SBICs), and syndication fees, among others. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $23.6 million, up $5.0 million from the previous year, or 27%, largely due to a $4.8 million increase in FHLB stock dividends as a result of both an increase in prevailing rates and an increase in volume of FHLB stock.

We expect noninterest income in 2024 to increase 3% to 4% from the adjusted 2023 level of $337.7 million.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $836.8 million, an $86.2 million, or 11%, increase from 2022. Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 includes a supplemental disclosure item of $26.1 million attributable to an FDIC special assessment in connection with the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk exception for two bank failures in 2023. Excluding the supplemental disclosure item, adjusted noninterest expense totaled $810.7 million, up $60.0 million, or 8%, from 2022. The largest individual components of the increase in noninterest expense excluding supplemental items were other retirement expense, data processing, deposit insurance and regulatory fees, and other miscellaneous expense. Explanations of the variances are discussed below in more detail.

Table 6 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 7 presents supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense (Table 6) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 6. Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)2023% Change2022% Change2021
Compensation expense$376,055(1)%$378,482(0)%$378,589
Employee benefits84,740382,153(21)103,786
Personnel expense460,7950460,635(5)482,375
Net occupancy expense51,573648,767(2)49,786
Equipment expense18,852218,573218,167
Data processing expense117,69413103,942796,755
Professional services expense38,331636,065(26)48,678
Amortization of intangibles11,556(18)14,033(16)16,665
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees49,97923614,8891013,582
Other real estate and foreclosed assets income(624)(86)(4,407)n/m(210)
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes20,3552216,7441614,478
Advertising13,454(2)13,7831112,441
Telecommunications and postage10,773(9)11,870(6)12,646
Entertainment and contributions10,664310,336317,867
Tax credit investment amortization5,791214,76874,436
Travel expenses5,469264,336612,697
Printing and supplies4,07373,79523,728
Other retirement expense(13,460)(55)(29,693)6(27,941)
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidationn/mn/m13,863
Loss on extinguishment of debtn/mn/m4,165
Other miscellaneous expense31,5734222,256(32)32,829
Total noninterest expense$836,84811%$750,692(7)%$807,007

n/m - not meaningful

52

Table of Contents

TABLE 7. Supplemental Disclosure Items Included in Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)202320222021
Compensation expense$$$4,248
Employee benefits20,192
Personnel expense24,440
Net occupancy expense2
Equipment expense5
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees26,123
Advertising16
Printing and supplies22
Entertainment and contributions174
Travel expenses5
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation13,863
Loss on extinguishment of debt4,165
Other miscellaneous expense4,181
Total supplemental disclosure items included in noninterest expense$26,123$$46,873

Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $460.8 million in 2023, virtually flat compared to 2022, as merit-based increases in salaries and insurance benefits were largely offset by decreases in incentive-based compensation and retirement benefits.

Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses of $70.4 million in 2023, increased $3.1 million, or 5%, from 2022. The increase was largely related to higher insurance cost and equipment depreciation expense.

Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaling $117.7 million in 2023 was up $13.8 million, or 13%, from 2022. The increase was largely attributable to higher costs associated with ongoing data processing arrangements and the implementation of technology enhancement projects, including maintenance and amortization of bank-owned software of $4.1 million, and new data processing arrangements of $2.4 million.

Professional services expense totaling $38.3 million in 2023 increased $2.3 million, or 6%, from 2022, primarily due to increases of $2.9 million in consulting and other professional services, partially offset by lower legal expense.

Amortization of intangibles in 2023 totaled $11.6 million, a $2.5 million, or 18%, decrease from 2022 as a result of the accelerated amortization methods used.

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaled $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of $35.1 million from 2022. The increase includes the $26.1 million special assessment made by the FDIC to recover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund arising from the protection of uninsured depositors under the systemic risk determination following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The assessment base for the special assessment is equal to the institution's estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion, multiplied by an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points, to be collected for an estimated eight quarters. Because the liability has been incurred and the loss is reasonably estimable, the full amount of the assessment was recorded in the current period. Excluding the special assessment, deposit insurance and regulatory fees were up $9.0 million, or 60%, which includes $6.6 million of incremental expense attributable to a two-basis point increase in the deposit insurance fund assessment effective January 1, 2023. The additional two-basis points of assessment cost will remain in effect until the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio to insured deposits meets the FDIC’s long-term goal for the fund, which is not expected to occur for some time given the recent bank failures. The remaining increase reflects $1.0 million of higher deposit insurance expense that reflects changes in our assessment base and rates, and $1.4 million in state regulatory fees and special assessments. Under the final rule, however, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early, extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, or impose a final shortfall special assessment on a one-time basis after the receiverships for the two banks are terminated. The collection period may change due to updates to the estimated loss pursuant to the systemic risk determination or if assessments collected change due to corrective amendments to the amount of uninsured deposits reported for the December 31, 2022 reporting period.

Net gains on sales of other real estate and foreclosed assets exceeded expense by $0.6 million in 2023, compared to $4.4 million in 2022. The net gain recorded in the year ended December 31, 2022 includes a $1.8 million gain on the sale of stock in a former

53

Table of Contents

borrower received in satisfaction of debt. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions.

Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions), totaling $29.6 million in 2023, were up $1.1 million, or 4%, from 2022 and is reflective of an increase in travel expense.

Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $20.4 million in 2023, an increase of $3.6 million, or 22%, from 2022, largely attributable to bank share tax. The calculation of bank share tax is based on multiple variables, including average quarterly assets, earnings and stockholders’ equity to determine the taxable assessment value.

Noninterest expense in each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense. The net credit of $13.5 million recorded in 2023 was $16.2 million, or 55%, lower than the net credit recorded in 2022, largely driven by an increase in the discount rate and changes in other actuarial assumptions for the current plan year.

All other expenses totaling $52.2 million in 2023 increased $9.5 million, or 22%, from 2022, as a result of various miscellaneous items, including $4.7 million of insurance and other property related gains and various smaller gains recorded in 2022, with no such gains in 2023.

We expect noninterest expense to increase 3% to 4% in 2024, from the adjusted 2023 level of $810.7 million.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 19.9% in 2023, compared to 20.5% in 2022. The comparability of the effective tax rate between 2023 and 2022 is affected by lower pre-tax book income in 2023 that increased the relative impact of net tax benefits related to tax credit investments, tax-exempt interest income and bank-owned life insurance. Based on the current forecast, management expects the effective tax rate to be approximately 20% to 21% in 2024.

Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.

Table 8 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

TABLE 8. Income Taxes

($ in thousands)202320222021
Taxes computed at statutory rate$102,927$138,431$119,292
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB(1,114)(1,391)(1,633)
NMTC - Federal and State(7,177)(5,745)(5,487)
LIHTC and other tax credits(4,884)(4,232)(1,936)
LIHTC amortization3,7323,3291,167
Total tax credits(9,443)(8,039)(7,889)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit10,32313,2729,048
Tax-exempt interest(8,755)(8,612)(9,100)
Life insurance contracts(4,020)(1,812)(2,653)
Employee share-based compensation(505)(2,084)(1,671)
FDIC assessment disallowance2,8931,8361,609
Net operating loss carryback under CARES Act238(4,948)
Other, net4,1061,8771,153
Income tax expense$97,526$135,107$104,841

The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCB”) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost

54

Table of Contents

will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project.

We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years.

Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2023, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $12.4 million, $9.8 million and $8.2 million for 2024, 2025 and 2026, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.

At December 31, 2023, we had a net deferred tax asset of $153.4 million, which is comprised of $293.7 million in deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance), offset by $140.3 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.3 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses and $1.8 million valuation allowance for deferred executive compensation.

In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the IRA of 2022) was signed into law to address inflation, healthcare costs, climate change and renewal energy incentives, among other things. Included in the IRA of 2022 are provisions for the creation of a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT) that is effective for tax years beginning January 1, 2023 for corporations with an average annual adjusted financial statement income in excess of $1 billion. Based on information available to date, our consolidated corporate group does not meet the criteria of an applicable corporation and, as such, are not subject to the 15% CAMT, absent any further changes in law.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2023, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $627.1 million, an increase of $303.0 million from December 31, 2022. Average short-term investments for 2023 totaled $638.6 million, an $888.1 million decrease from $1.5 billion in 2022. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon movement in customer loan and deposit accounts. The year-over-year decline in average balance is the result of the completion of the redeployment of excess liquidity that had been present on our balance sheet attributable to pandemic-related factors. Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See further discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows.

Investment Securities

Our investment in securities was $7.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $8.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2023, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $5.5 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.7 billion, compared to $6.3 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the available for sale securities portfolio reflects in part a restructuring of the portfolio to enhance net interest margin whereby $1.04 billion of securities were sold and approximately half of the proceeds were redeployed back into the securities portfolio.

Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2023, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.22 years with an effective duration of 4.60 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.48%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.58 years and 4.55 years, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.02 years with an effective duration of 4.87 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.27%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is attributable to the fourth quarter 2023 strategic portfolio restructure, reinvestment activity of securities portfolio and the impact of cash flows from the termination of four fair value hedge instruments during the year.

We have in place fair value hedges on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage backed securities. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $478 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate

55

Table of Contents

risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security during the back-end hedged tenor.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2023 and 2022, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.

There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

The following table presents debt securities at amortized cost by type at December 31, 2023 and 2022:

TABLE 9. Debt Securities by Type

($ in thousands)20232022
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$97,741$113,211
Municipal obligations203,533207,014
Residential mortgage-backed securities2,440,4112,655,381
Commercial mortgage-backed securities2,683,8723,234,278
Collateralized mortgage obligations47,66176,830
Corporate debt securities23,50023,500
Total Available for sale Securities$5,496,718$6,310,214
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$413,490$426,454
Municipal obligations664,488698,908
Residential mortgage-backed securities654,262734,478
Commercial mortgage-backed securities920,048948,691
Collateralized mortgage obligations32,49143,964
Total Held to maturity securities$2,684,779$2,852,495

The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2023, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the table below. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for active fair value hedges.

56

Table of Contents

TABLE 10. Debt Securities Maturities by Type

($ in thousands)One Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five Years Through Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotalFair ValueWeighted Average Yield (te)Expected Average Maturity Years
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$29,787$29,650$$38,304$97,741$97,8084.94%4.1
Municipal obligations9,631191,5482,354203,533201,4123.31%2.2
Residential mortgage-backed securities1,11161,803131,3972,246,1002,440,4112,113,8662.24%7.6
Commercial mortgage-backed securities82,280336,7182,264,8742,683,8722,437,4722.65%6.7
Collateralized mortgage obligations30,22017,44147,66144,2851.94%2.8
Other debt securities2,0001,50020,00023,50020,3523.51%2.0
Total debt securities$115,178$439,302$2,638,039$2,304,199$5,496,718$4,915,1952.53%6.8
Fair Value$113,610$429,623$2,385,895$1,986,067$4,915,195
Weighted Average Yield (te)3.16%3.48%2.56%2.28%2.53%
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$133,520$$279,970$413,490$369,6982.38%6.2
Municipal obligations6,635186,797396,52774,529664,488646,1473.20%3.1
Residential mortgage-backed securities31,563622,699654,262595,0392.33%5.8
Commercial mortgage-backed securities85,064344,596354,498135,890920,048844,2452.57%5.4
Collateralized mortgage obligations8,57023,92132,49130,7892.57%2.6
Total debt securities$91,699$664,913$791,158$1,137,009$2,684,779$2,485,9182.64%5.0
Fair Value$90,110$634,463$742,927$1,018,418$2,485,918
Weighted Average Yield (te)2.35%2.64%2.86%2.51%2.64%

Loan Portfolio

Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, compared to $23.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The $0.8 billion, or 3%, increase is primarily attributable to growth in the residential mortgage and commercial real estate - income producing portfolios.

The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

TABLE 11. Loans Outstanding by Type

($ in thousands)20232022
Commercial non-real estate$9,957,284$10,146,453
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,093,7633,033,058
Total commercial & industrial13,051,04713,179,511
Commercial real estate - income producing3,986,9433,560,991
Construction and land development1,551,0911,703,592
Residential mortgages3,886,0723,092,605
Consumer1,446,7641,577,347
Total loans$23,921,917$23,114,046

The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $13.1 billion, or 55% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $128.5 million from December 31, 2022. Loan growth in this portfolio segment has tempered, as demand has been affected by the interest rate environment, and as a result of a selective credit appetite with a focus on resilient industries and borrowers and on full service client relationships.

Our commercial and industrial customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services, energy, marine transportation and maritime construction, and agricultural production. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller

57

Table of Contents

commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. Shared national credits funded at December 31, 2023 totaled approximately $2.6 billion, or 11% of total loans, compared to $2.7 million, or 12% of total loans at December 31, 2022. Our shared national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2023 includes approximately $431 million of health care-related facilities, $419 million in finance and insurance and $394 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries.

The following table provides detail of the end of period balances of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exceptions of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy).

TABLE 12. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration

20232022
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Health care and social assistance$1,481,66911%$1,407,96011%
Real estate and rental and leasing1,270,568101,520,95512
Retail trade1,236,83091,218,7849
Manufacturing1,120,23291,145,9479
Wholesale trade1,111,6438997,9307
Construction998,80281,034,8608
Finance and insurance878,8247966,6837
Transportation and warehousing872,3797872,2347
Professional, scientific, and technical services735,3816706,4305
Accommodation, food services and entertainment706,1415637,9425
Public administration461,3903542,6984
Information424,5323386,5683
Other services (except public administration)396,6743396,6293
Admin, support, waste mgmt, remediation services357,3903314,9212
Educational services247,0032242,0762
Energy204,6332298,1262
Other546,9564488,7684
Total commercial & industrial loans$13,051,047100%$13,179,511100%

Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $4.0 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $426 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2022. The net increase is mostly reflective of construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as organic growth.

Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $152.5 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2022. The decrease reflects loans converting to permanent financing outpacing the funding of new and existing loans.

The following table details the end of period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-family borrowers.

58

Table of Contents

TABLE 13. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration

20232022
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Multifamily$1,268,34223%$870,86917%
Retail812,55615811,99015
Healthcare related properties777,47314854,56316
Industrial753,07413613,14912
Office514,7639569,45211
Hotel, motel and restaurants477,7619485,8659
1-4 family residential construction429,1078602,86711
Other land loans187,5143213,1594
Other317,4446242,6695
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans$5,538,034100%$5,264,583100%

Residential mortgages totaled $3.9 billion at December 31, 2023, up $793.5 million, or 26%, from December 31, 2022. The growth in mortgage loans includes a combination of completed construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as new loan growth. Consumer loans totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023, down $130.6 million, or 8%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decline in the consumer loan portfolio is due in part to a decrease of $64 million attributable to the wind down of our indirect auto lending portfolio, a business line that we have exited, with the remainder reflecting slowing demand.

The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years:

TABLE 14. Average Loans

202320222021
YieldPct ofYieldPct ofYieldPct of
($ in thousands)Balance(te)TotalBalance(te)TotalBalance(te)Total
Commercial & real estate loans$18,556,1756.10%79%$17,682,3324.30%81%$17,070,2523.55%80%
Residential mortgages3,541,2453.62%15%2,666,1343.39%12%2,445,6023.70%12%
Consumer1,497,1598.28%6%1,566,9275.64%7%1,692,0884.82%8%
Total loans$23,594,5795.87%100%$21,915,3934.32%100%$21,207,9423.92%100%

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2023.

TABLE 15. Loan Maturities by Type

December 31, 2023Maturity Range
($ in thousands)Within One YearAfter One Through Five YearsAfter Five Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial non-real estate$2,381,871$5,979,539$1,470,467$125,407$9,957,284
Commercial real estate - owner occupied131,6681,134,9971,777,63049,4683,093,763
Total commercial & industrial2,513,5397,114,5363,248,097174,87513,051,047
Commercial real estate - income producing640,7302,525,345816,4354,4333,986,943
Construction and land development341,563829,015149,401231,1121,551,091
Residential mortgages38,49840,085374,8853,432,6043,886,072
Consumer63,777426,26359,168897,5561,446,764
Total loans$3,598,107$10,935,244$4,647,986$4,740,580$23,921,917

59

Table of Contents

The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.

TABLE 16. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates for Loans that Mature After One Year

December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)Fixed RateFloating RateTotal
Commercial non-real estate$3,132,833$4,442,580$7,575,413
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,973,409988,6862,962,095
Total commercial & industrial5,106,2425,431,26610,537,508
Commercial real estate - income producing1,053,8202,292,3933,346,213
Construction and land development251,959957,5691,209,528
Residential mortgages2,188,7551,658,8193,847,574
Consumer224,0561,158,9311,382,987
Total loans$8,824,832$11,498,978$20,323,810

Management expects end of period loan growth in 2024 to be in the low single digits from the December 31, 2023 balance of $23.9 billion, with most of the growth occurring during the second half of the year.

60

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, nonaccrual loans and reportable loans modified or restructured loans, by type, and foreclosed and surplus ORE and other foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.

TABLE 17. Nonaccrual loans, loans modified or restructured, and ORE and foreclosed assets

December 31,
($ in thousands)20232022
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate$20,840$3,078
Commercial non-real estate - modified/restructured (a)942
Total commercial non-real estate20,8404,020
Commercial real estate - owner occupied2,2281,233
Commercial real estate - owner-occupied - modified/restructured (a)228
Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied2,2281,461
Commercial real estate - income producing4611,174
Commercial real estate - income producing - modified/restructured (a)66
Total commercial real estate - income producing4611,240
Construction and land development815306
Construction and land development - modified/restructured (a)3
Total construction and land development815309
Residential mortgage26,03923,946
Residential mortgage - modified/restructured (a)981,323
Total residential mortgage26,13725,269
Consumer8,5556,646
Consumer - modified/restructured (a)46
Total consumer8,5556,692
Total nonaccrual loans$59,036$38,991
ORE and foreclosed assets3,6282,017
Total nonaccrual loans and ORE and foreclosed assets$62,664$41,008
Modified/Restructured loans - still accruing (a):
Commercial non-real estate$21,956$307
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,774
Commercial real estate - income producing
Construction and land development85113
Residential mortgage3591,018
Consumer274469
Total Modified/restructured loans - still accruing (a)$24,448$1,907
Total reportable modified loans (a)$24,546$
Total troubled debt restructured loans (a)$$4,515
Loans 90 days past due still accruing$9,609$4,585
Ratios:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans0.25%0.17%
Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets0.26%0.18%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans521.56%789.38%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans and accruing loans 90 days past due448.55%706.33%
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans0.04%0.02%

(a) Loans presented in the December 31, 2023 column represent reportable modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties, and those presented in the December 31, 2022 column represent loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring. The definition of reportable modifications/restructured loans changed for modifications made on or after January 1, 2023 with the adoption of ASU 2022-02. Refer to Note 1 included in Part II, Item 8 of this document for a discussion of the standard.

Nonaccrual loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $62.7 million at December 31, 2023, up $21.7 million compared to December 31, 2022. Nonaccrual loans totaled $59.0 million, an increase of $20.0 million compared to December 31, 2022. Despite the increase, the level remains relatively low at 0.25% of the total portfolio and compares favorably to those in our peer group. ORE and foreclosed assets were $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, up $1.6 million from December 31, 2022.

61

Table of Contents

Modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties totaled $24.5 million in 2023 and includes $0.1 million of nonaccrual loans. Loans modified in TDRs totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2022, and included $2.6 million of nonaccrual loans.

Criticized commercial loans totaled $273.7 million at December 31, 2023, down $28.2 million, or 9%, compared to December 31, 2022. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans comprised 1.47% of that portfolio at December 31, 2023, down from 1.64% at December 31, 2022, with both comparative periods reflecting a relatively low level of criticized loans. Our criticized commercial loans at December 31, 2023 are spread across many industries, with the largest concentrations being construction, totaling $60.9 million; real estate, rental and leasing, totaling $46.9 million; transportation and warehousing, totaling $41.4 million; manufacturing, totaling $30.1 million; hospitality, totaling $26.5 million; finance and insurance, totaling $20.8 million and energy support services, totaling $16.0 million. Commercial loans risk rated pass-watch totaled $433.6 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $457.6 million at December 31, 2022. The pass-watch risk rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of criticized.

Allowance for Credit Losses

At December 31, 2023, the allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million, comprised of $307.9 million in allowance for loan losses and $28.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $4.3 million from $341.1 million at December 31, 2022, which was comprised of $307.8 million in allowance for loan losses and $33.3 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans was 1.41% at December 31, 2023 compared to 1.48% at December 31, 2022. While coverage is down year-over-year, it remains elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels as uncertainty remains in our economic outlook.

The $4.3 million decrease in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2022 includes a reduction of $5.5 million in collectively evaluated reserves, partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans). The modest release reflects our relatively stable economic outlook and credit metrics. The Company probability-weighted two Moody’s macroeconomic scenarios in the calculation of our collectively evaluated allowance for credit losses. The downside mild recessionary S-2 scenario (anchored on the baseline) was weighted more heavily at 60% and the baseline scenario was weighted 40%, as management deemed certain of the forecasted economic circumstances and outcomes included the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely to occur in the near term. Each of the scenarios utilized have varying degrees of severity and duration of inflationary pressure, the impacts to economic growth and the labor market, the consequences of the Federal Reserve's actions with regard to monetary policy, the risk of a U.S. government shutdown, the effects of disruption in the financial services industry, and impacts from geopolitical unrest. Refer to the Economic Outlook section of this discussion and analysis for further information on the Moody’s scenarios and our weighting assumptions.

We currently expect only modest charge-offs and provision expense in 2024; however, loan growth, portfolio composition, asset quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves in future periods.

62

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

TABLE 18. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,
($ in thousands)202320222021
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period$307,789$342,065$450,177
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate59,8307,63733,523
Commercial real estate - owner occupied9483,179
Total commercial & industrial59,8308,58536,702
Commercial real estate - income producing731,073425
Construction and land development723274
Total Commercial59,9759,66137,401
Residential mortgages55137713
Consumer15,39312,79212,722
Total charge-offs75,42322,59050,836
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate6,15211,8128,985
Commercial real estate - owner occupied957733642
Total commercial & industrial7,10912,5459,627
Commercial real estate - income producing14878105
Construction and land development111342,172
Total commercial7,13413,55711,904
Residential mortgages1,2781,7491,459
Consumer3,6115,3826,282
Total recoveries12,02320,68819,645
Total net charge-offs63,4001,90231,191
Provision for loan losses63,518(32,374)(76,921)
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$307,907$307,789$342,065
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period33,30929,33429,907
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments(4,415)3,975(573)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period$28,894$33,309$29,334
Total Allowance for Credit Losses$336,801$341,098$371,399
Total Provision for Credit Losses$59,103$(28,399)$(77,494)
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans1.29%1.33%1.62%
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans1.41%1.48%1.76%
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans0.32%0.10%0.24%
Recoveries to average loans0.05%0.09%0.09%
Net charge-offs to average loans0.27%0.01%0.15%
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate0.54%(0.04)%0.25%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied(0.03)%0.01%0.09%
Total commercial & industrial0.40%(0.03)%0.22%
Commercial real estate - income producing0.00%0.01%0.01%
Construction and land development0.00%(0.01)%(0.16)%
Total Commercial0.28%(0.02)%0.15%
Residential mortgages(0.03)%(0.06)%(0.03)%
Consumer0.79%0.47%0.38%

63

Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.

TABLE 19. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category

December 31,
20232022
($ in thousands)Allowance for Loan Losses% of Total AllowanceAllowance for Loan Losses% of Total Allowance
Commercial non-real estate$101,73733%$96,46131%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied40,1971348,28416
Total commercial & industrial141,93446144,74547
Commercial real estate - income producing74,5392471,96123
Construction and land development27,039930,49810
Residential mortgages38,9831332,46411
Consumer25,412828,1219
Total$307,907100%$307,789100%

Deposits

Deposits provide the most significant source of funding for our interest earning assets. Generally, our ability to compete for market share depends on our deposit pricing and our wide range of products and services that are focused on customer needs, among other things. We offer high-quality banking services with convenient delivery channels, including online and mobile banking. We provide specialized services to our commercial customers to promote commercial deposit growth. These services include treasury management, industry expertise and lockbox services. Since early 2020, deposit levels have also been influenced by pandemic-driven factors, such as inflows from government stimulus payments and programs, and a slowdown in customer spending during the height of the pandemic, leading to higher levels of deposits in recent years.

The failures of three large U.S. banks in the first half of 2023 disrupted the financial services industry. While many factors played a role in the ultimate failures, these institutions had significant industry/demographic concentrations within their deposit bases and a high ratio of uninsured deposits to total deposits. Lack of diversity in concentration within a deposit base may increase the risk of events or trends that could prompt a larger-scale demand for deposits outflow. Concerns over a financial institution's ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit may increase the risk of a deposit run. We consider our deposit base to be seasoned, stable and well-diversified. We also offer an insured cash sweep product (ICS) that allows customers to secure deposits above FDIC insured limits. We have seen increased demand for the ICS product following the bank failures, with the balance totaling $303.8 million at December 31, 2023, compared to $12.2 million at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, we have calculated our average deposit account size by dividing period-end deposits by the population of accounts with balances to be approximately $37,800, which includes $191,600 in our commercial and small business lines (excluding public funds), $135,900 in our wealth management business line, and $18,700 in our consumer business line.

Further, at December 31, 2023, our sources of liquidity exceed uninsured deposits. We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting to be approximately $13.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $14.7 billion at December 31, 2022. Our uninsured deposit total at December 31, 2023 includes approximately $3.6 billion of public funds that have pledged securities as collateral, leaving $10.2 billion of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits compared to total liquidity of $18.0 billion. Our ratio of noncollateralized, uninsured deposits to total deposits was approximately 34.4% at December 31, 2023, compared to 37.9% at December 31, 2022.

Total deposits were $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023, up $619.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. Deposit levels and composition in 2023 were influenced by increased spending, interest rate movement, and our offering of promotional rates in response to increased competition for deposits, all of which contributed to a significant shift between noninterest-bearing to higher cost interest-bearing products. The change in deposit mix also reflects an increase in brokered time deposits, a funding source utilized to hold excess liquidity on our balance sheet as a cautionary measure in the period following the 2023 bank failures. Average deposits of $29.5 billion for 2023 were virtually unchanged from 2022.

The composition of deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:

64

Table of Contents

TABLE 20. Deposits

December 31,
($ in thousands)20232022
Noninterest-bearing deposits$11,030,515$13,645,113
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits10,680,74110,757,495
Interest-bearing public fund deposits
Public fund transaction and savings deposits3,069,3413,132,828
Public fund time deposits73,674111,397
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits3,143,0153,244,225
Retail time deposits4,246,0271,418,596
Brokered time deposits589,7614,920
Total interest-bearing deposits18,659,54415,425,236
Total deposits$29,690,059$29,070,349

At December 31, 2023, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $11.0 billion, down $2.6 billion, or 19%, from December 31, 2022. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023 and 47% at December 31, 2022. The current mix of 37% is more in-line with pre-pandemic levels.

Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $10.7 billion at December 31, 2023 decreased $76.8 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2022. Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023, down $101.2 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2022. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. Retail time deposits totaled $4.2 billion at December 31, 2023, up $2.8 billion, or 199%, from December 31, 2022, with approximately 40% of the increase in time deposits greater than $250,000. The increase in retail time deposits reflects our competitive pricing in the heightened interest rate environment. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $584.8 million from December 31, 2022. Brokered deposits as of December 31, 2023 consist of two short-term deposits bearing interest at 5.35%, with approximately $195 million maturing in February 2024 and approximately $395 million maturing in May 2024.

Table 21 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 22 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2023.

TABLE 21. Average Deposits

202320222021
($ in millions)BalanceRateMixBalanceRateMixBalanceRateMix
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits$2,429.50.93%8.2%$2,630.30.15%8.9%$2,425.20.09%8.3%
Money market deposits5,762.92.67%19.6%5,679.80.30%19.3%6,212.00.11%21.4%
Savings deposits2,424.90.02%8.2%2,917.40.01%9.9%2,598.20.01%8.9%
Time deposits3,970.44.17%13.5%1,030.10.45%3.5%1,394.10.47%4.8%
Public Funds2,971.63.38%10.1%2,941.91.10%10.0%3,140.20.34%10.8%
Total interest-bearing deposits17,559.32.53%59.6%15,199.50.38%51.6%15,769.70.17%54.2%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits11,919.240.4%14,298.048.4%13,324.045.8%
Total deposits$29,478.5100.0%$29,497.5100.0%$29,093.7100.0%

TABLE 22. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*

December 31,
($ in thousands)2023
Three months$716,756
Over three months through six months297,868
Over six months through one year604,078
Over one year16,475
Total$1,635,177

* Includes public fund time deposits

65

Table of Contents

As noted above, we have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023 to be approximately $13.8 billion, using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting.

Management expects full year 2024 end of period growth in deposits to be in the low single digit range from $29.7 billion at December 31, 2023.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings totaled $1.2 billion at December 31, 2023, down $716.4 million, or 38% from December 31, 2022. Average short-term borrowings for 2023 totaled $1.7 billion, up $334.7 million, or 25%, compared to 2022. The variance compared to December 31, 2022 reflects the net repayment of $725 million of FHLB borrowings. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.

Table 23 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary.

TABLE 23. Short-Term Borrowings

($ in thousands)202320222021
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end$350$1,850$1,850
Average amount outstanding during period7,52513,1763,762
Maximum amount at any month end during period100,3502,3504,400
Weighted-average interest at period end4.90%3.90%0.15%
Weighted-average interest rate during period5.70%2.82%0.43%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end$454,479$444,421$563,211
Average amount outstanding during period513,306536,727559,410
Maximum amount at any month end during period625,773640,592643,403
Weighted-average interest at period end1.16%0.53%0.05%
Weighted-average interest rate during period1.36%0.21%0.10%
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end$700,000$1,425,000$1,100,000
Average amount outstanding during period1,172,603808,7841,100,000
Maximum amount at any month end during period3,100,0001,425,0001,100,000
Weighted-average interest at period end5.58%4.70%0.49%
Weighted-average interest rate during period5.05%1.82%0.49%

The $700 million of FHLB short-term borrowings at December 31, 2023 consists of one short-term fixed rate advance purchased on December 29, 2023 that matured on January 2, 2024.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $236.3 million at December 31, 2023, down $5.8 million from December 31, 2022, largely due to activity associated with tax credit fund activity.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2023 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements

66

Table of Contents

until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans.

Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.

Letters of credit totaled $482 million at December 31, 2023. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.

The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $28.9 million.

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2023 and 2022 according to expiration date.

TABLE 24. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Expiration Date
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2023
Commitments to extend credit$9,852,367$3,822,335$2,750,327$2,484,180$795,525
Letters of credit481,910379,81330,55271,417128
Total$10,334,277$4,202,148$2,780,879$2,555,597$795,653
Expiration Date
($ in thousands)Less Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2022
Commitments to extend credit$10,202,464$3,997,036$2,557,813$2,819,663$827,952
Letters of credit400,505343,37556,995135
Total$10,602,969$4,340,411$2,614,808$2,819,798$827,952

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments.

67

Table of Contents

Risk Categories and Definitions

Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:


Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.


Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.


Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”).


Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.


Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.


Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.


Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.

Risk Committee Governance Structure

Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:


Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Ms. Suzette Kent, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the Board of Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee's enterprise risk management oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and benefits programs and oversees diversity, equity and inclusion efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which oversees all ESG related activities.


Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.

68

Table of Contents


Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Sustainability Committee, which is a management committee that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to the environment, social responsibility and sustainable growth.

Risk Leadership and Organization

The risk management function of the Company is led by our Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the CEO, provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, data governance, regulatory relations, corporate insurance, credit review (administrative only), Bank Secrecy Act compliance, and the enterprise-wide compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Another risk management function reporting to the CEO is the Chief Credit Officer.

Credit Risk

The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, parish and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.

Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.

Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines.

Managing collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department. When deemed necessary, third party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Such valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation.

The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status.

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/Liability Management consists of quantifying, analyzing, and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable interest rate risk limits and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.

IRR inherent in the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many

69

Table of Contents

financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options, and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently results in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

ALCO manages our IRR exposures through proactive measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors by adhering to a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity (EVE), stochastic, and gap analyses. When performing net interest income at risk analysis, the model is used to quantify the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and projected net income over the next 12-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario given hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. Regarding EVE analysis, the model is used to assess the change in theoretical equity market value that would occur in response to instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in market interest rates. EVE analysis is primarily used to identify long-term structural mismatches in the balance sheet as market rates move, while net interest income analysis assesses the impact of market rate movements over a short time horizon. Net interest income simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix as well as the pricing, repricing, and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis, and option risk are also considered.

Net Interest Income at Risk

Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.

The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 25. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that balance sheet composition and the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled.

TABLE 25. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

Estimated Increase in NII
Change in Interest RatesYear 1Year 2
(basis points)
-300(6.70)%(11.96)%
-200(4.09)%(7.53)%
-100(1.76)%(3.37)%
+1002.07%3.26%
+2003.82%6.32%
+3005.58%9.39%

70

Table of Contents

The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing in variable rate loans and a funding mix which includes a large percentage of noninterest-bearing and lower rate sensitive deposits. As rates rose in the first half of 2023 and remain elevated, the funding mix has experienced a shift to more rate sensitive deposit and wholesale funding which has resulted in a lower net interest income at risk measurements compared to recent years. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk.

Economic Value of Equity (EVE)

EVE simulation involves calculating the present value of all future cash flows from assets and subtracting the present value of all future cash outflows from liabilities including the impact of off-balance sheet items such as interest rate hedges. This analysis results in a theoretical market value of the bank's equity or EVE. Management’s focus on EVE analysis is not on the resulting calculation of EVE itself, but instead on the sensitivity of EVE to changes in market rates. Policy limits on the change in EVE under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. The following table presents an analysis of the change in the Bank’s EVE resulting from instantaneous and parallel shifts in rates as of December 31, 2023. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments ranging from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -300 through +300 basis points presented in Table 26.

TABLE 26. Economic Value of Equity

Estimated Change in EVE at
Change in Interest RatesDecember 31, 2023
(basis points)
-3002.04%
-2002.31%
-1001.67%
+100(2.12%)
+200(4.55%)
+300(7.07%)

The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors. Because EVE measures the present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in EVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Further, EVE does not consider factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, possible hedging activities, or changing product spreads, each of which could mitigate the adverse impact of changes in interest rates.

LIBOR Transition

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered rates ceased on December 31, 2021 and the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates ceased to be representative on June 30, 2023. The Company discontinued the use of LIBOR for new contracts after December 31, 2021, with limited exceptions as permitted by regulatory guidance and internal policy.

Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC)) have, among other things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for

71

Table of Contents

certain LIBOR rates (e.g., AMERIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)), and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments. Further, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, enacted in March 2022, provides a statutory framework to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the SOFR for contracts governed by U.S. law that have no or ineffective fallbacks, and in December 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted related implementing rules. In addition, where fallback language allows the Bank to select a benchmark rate, the statutory framework grants the authority to select the Board-selected benchmark replacement as the benchmark replacement, including the safe harbor provisions that, among other things, generally provide that such selection or use will not discharge or excuse performance under, give any person the right to unilaterally terminate or suspend performance under, or constitute a breach, of the contract.

The Bank has adopted several replacement benchmarks to use in place of LIBOR benchmark rates, including Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (CME) Term SOFR, FRB-NY SOFR and AMERIBOR as the primary rates. The replacement benchmark rates adopted by the Bank have been affirmed to comply with the 19 principles set forth by the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) for Financial Benchmarks, and it further provides the Bank confidence these replacement benchmarks are based on transparent, market-based transactions. The Bank began using these replacement benchmarks towards the end of the third quarter of 2021. In the first half of 2023, the Company converted all of its LIBOR based cash flow hedges to SOFR and replaced the variable rate loan pools with SOFR based instruments, with limited financial impact or cost.

Effective July 3, 2023, approximately $3.1 billion of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR were transitioned in accordance with the statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve, with the transition rate to be utilized upon the next reset period, in a manner that is consistent with industry practice. In addition, all of our remaining derivative instruments with LIBOR based indexes were transitioned to the Fallback Rate SOFR benchmark as recommended by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, including interest rate swaps and risk participation agreements with notional amounts totaling $3.5 billion and $163.5 million. There was no material financial impact from this transition in our operating results and we do not expect there will be any significant future impact.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.

The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities.

See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure and Item 1C. “Cybersecurity” for additional disclosures on cybersecurity and related risk management strategy and governance.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. The following table summarizes available liquidity at December 31, 2023.

72

Table of Contents

TABLE 27. Net Available Sources of Funds

December 31, 2023
($ in thousands)Total AvailableAmount UsedNet Availability
Available Sources of Funding:
Internal Sources
Free securities$2,845,233$$2,845,233
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank (a)6,613,6961,183,0885,430,608
Federal Reserve Bank3,301,6593,301,659
Brokered deposits4,453,509589,7613,863,748
Other1,329,0001,329,000
Total Available Sources of Funding$18,543,097$1,772,849$16,770,248
Cash and other interest-bearing bank deposits1,188,286
Total Liquidity$17,958,534

(a) Amount used includes funded advances and letters of credit.

TABLE 28. Liquidity Metrics

202320222021
Free securities / total securities38.80%41.59%53.95%
Core deposits / total deposits92.51%98.12%98.66%
Wholesale funds / core deposits7.21%7.43%6.45%
Liquid assets / total liabilities12.69%13.61%26.96%
Average loans / average deposits80.04%74.30%72.90%

The failures of three major regional U.S. banks in 2023 that experienced large-scale deposit runs has brought the subject of bank liquidity into focus. Dampened depositor confidence over a financial institution's ability to protect deposit balances in excess of the federally insured limit is thought to pose a higher likelihood of a deposit run, and, in turn, the risk that the institution may have insufficient liquidity to meet the demand. At December 31, 2023, our available on and off-balance sheet liquidity of $18.0 billion is well in excess of our estimated uninsured, noncollateralized deposits of approximately $10.2 billion.

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities of 20% or greater. As shown in Table 28 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 38.80% and 41.59% at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The carry value of total pledged securities was $4.7 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $213.5 million from December 31, 2022. Both securities and FHLB letters of credit can be pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. While the value of pledged securities decreased year-over-year, the ratio of free securities to total securities also declined as a result of the decrease in the securities portfolio.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2023, deposits totaled $29.7 billion, an increase of $619.7 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in retail time deposits, a result of the favorable interest rate environment, and brokered time deposits, partially offset by a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits. Some of the decline in noninterest-bearing deposits represents a shift to interest-bearing products amid the favorable interest rate environment.

Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (“CDs”) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. Core deposits totaled $27.5 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $1.1 billion from December 31, 2022. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 92.51% at December 31, 2023 down from 98.12% at December 31, 2022. The decrease in the ratio is a result of increases in CDs of $250,000 or more and the addition of brokered deposits. Brokered deposits totaled $589.8 million as of December 31, 2023, up from $4.9 million at December 31, 2022 as the result of the addition of $589.8 million of brokered certificates of deposit that bear interest plus fees of 5.35% per annum, of which, $195.0 million will mature in February 2024 and $394.8 million will mature

73

Table of Contents

in May 2024. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate.

Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. In addition to funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2023, the Bank had borrowed $700 million from the FHLB and had approximately $5.4 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.3 billion. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, or at any point during the years then ended. In response to the March 2023 bank failures and resulting liquidity concerns, the Federal Reserve established a Bank Term Funding Program, available to eligible depository institutions to provide an additional source of liquidity secured by U.S. Treasury and government agency and mortgage-backed securities, and other qualifying assets at par. As a cautionary measure, the Bank registered for the program at its inception, but has not, and does not intend to borrow under this program.

Wholesale funds, comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 7.21% of core deposits at December 31, 2023 and 7.43% at December 31, 2022. Wholesale funds totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $137.4 million from December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in FHLB borrowings, partially offset by the increase in brokered deposits. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits.

Other key measures used to monitor liquidity include the liquid asset ratio and the loan to deposit ratio. The liquid asset ratio (liquid assets, consisting of cash, short-term investments and free securities, divided by total liabilities) measures our ability to meet short-term obligations. Our liquid asset ratio was 12.69% at December 31, 2023 compared to 13.61% at December 31, 2022. Management has established a minimum liquid asset ratio of 7.5% and an internal target of 12% or greater. The loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding) measures the amount of funds the Company lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 80.04% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 74.3% for the year ended December 31, 2022. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but will operate outside that range under certain circumstances, such as those caused by the continuing impact of the pandemic where deposits became and have remained elevated.

Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this document present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of funds during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 – Stockholder's Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately six quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may temporarily operate below that level if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters. The Parent had cash totaling $218.7 million at December 31, 2023.

Material Cash Requirements

The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 22. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.

74

Table of Contents

TABLE 29. Contractual Cash Obligations

Payment due by period
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
Long-term debt obligations$638,505$12,105$64,697$44,357$517,346
Operating lease obligations154,86218,24034,64529,40972,568
Purchase obligations173,13189,98160,05222,197901
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company15,32115,321
Total$981,819$135,647$159,394$95,963$590,815

Capital Resources

The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $3.8 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The $461.0 million increase from December 31, 2022 is attributable to net income of $392.6 million, $151.1 million of other comprehensive income and $22.9 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by dividends of $105.6 million.

At December 31, 2023, our tangible common equity ratio was 8.37%, compared to 7.09% at December 31, 2022. The 128 bp increase from December 31, 2022 is comprised of net income (+118 bps), other comprehensive income (+44 bps), and stock-based compensation and other activity (+6 bps), partially offset by dividends (-31 bps) and tangible asset growth (-9 bps). Other comprehensive income was favorably impacted by the improvement in long-term rates and the impact of the late 2023 restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio whereby we sold $1.04 billion of securities and reclassified $52.7 million of accumulated comprehensive loss, net of tax, to earnings. The restructuring was a strategic decision made to provide net interest margin enhancement. The Company has adequate liquidity and, therefore, does not plan to sell additional available for sale securities in the near term and, more likely than not, will not be required to do so before the recovery of the losses reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of 2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2023 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2023, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range.

At December 31, 2023, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $737 million. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.

The following table shows certain of the Company's capital ratios and our regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules at December 31, 2023 and 2022.

75

Table of Contents

TABLE 30. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

($ in thousands)20232022
Common equity tier 1 capital$3,584,474$3,279,419
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital3,584,4743,279,419
Tier 2 capital464,771447,415
Total capital$4,049,245$3,726,834
Risk-weighted assets$29,067,426$28,734,106
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)10.10%9.53%
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets12.33%11.41%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets12.33%11.41%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets13.93%12.97%
Common stockholders' equity to total assets10.69%9.50%
Tangible common equity to total assets8.37%7.09%

We regularly perform stress analysis on our capital levels. One such scenario includes the hypothetical impact of including accumulated other comprehensive losses on market valuations of available for sale securities and cash flow hedges in regulatory capital and a further stress scenario that includes both those losses plus losses on the held to maturity investment portfolio in regulatory capital. We estimate that our regulatory capital ratios would remain in excess of the well-capitalized minimums under both of these stress scenarios at December 31, 2023.

In January 2023, the Company's board of directors declared an 11% increase in the regular quarterly cash dividend to $0.30 per share. The increase was reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns. Throughout 2023, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.30 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.20 per share. During 2022, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.27 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.08 per share. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In January 2023, the Company's board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022). The shares may be repurchased in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2024 and does not obligate the Company to purchase any shares. The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock when the market is advantageous. To date, no shares have been repurchased under this program.

Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, the Company had in place a stock repurchase program that was authorized by the Company's board of directors in April 2021 whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to approximately 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date. The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company was not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors had the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1.2 million shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1.7 million of the 4.3 million authorized shares under the buyback program at an average cost of $48.77 per share.

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, signed into law in August 2022, includes a provision for an excise tax equal to 1% of the fair market value of any stock repurchased by covered corporations after December 31, 2022. Subject to certain limits and provisions, the excise tax is computed on the value of stock repurchased, net of stock issuances during the year, including shares issues under compensatory arrangements. Additionally, stock repurchases excludes repurchases where the value of the stock repurchased is contributed to an employer-sponsored retirement plan, employee stock ownership plan or a similar plan, among other exclusions. To date, the Company has not executed any transactions subject to this excise tax. While we may complete transactions subject to the excise tax in the future, we do not expect a material impact to our statement of condition or results of operations.

76

Table of Contents

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $50.6 million, or $0.58 per diluted common share, compared to $97.7 million, or $1.12 per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2023 and $143.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted common share, in the fourth quarter of 2022. The fourth quarter of 2023 included a net charge of $75.4 million, or $0.68 per diluted share after-tax, of supplemental disclosure items that included an FDIC Special Assessment, a loss restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio, and a gain on the sale of a parking facility.

Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2023 results (compared to third quarter of 2023):


Net income of $50.6 million, down $47.1 million, reflecting supplemental disclosure items noted above


Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (a non-GAAP measure) of $157.5 million was up $4.1 million, or 3%


Loans declined $61.8 million, or 1%, linked-quarter annualized


Criticized commercial loans and nonaccrual loans remain at low levels


Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.41%


Deposits decreased $630.3 million, or 8% linked-quarter annualized, largely due to the maturity of $567.5 million in brokered deposits


Net interest margin unchanged at 3.27%


Common equity tier 1 ratio was 12.33%, up 27 bps; tangible common equity ratio of 8.37%, up 103 bps


Efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) improved 80 bps to 55.58%

Total loans at December 31, 2023 were $23.9 billion, a decrease of $61.8 million, or less than 1%, from September 30, 2023. The linked-quarter decline reflects decreases in most of the portfolio segments, as demand has softened as a result of the interest rate environment and as we focus on full service client relationships. These declines were partially offset by growth in the residential mortgage portfolio that was driven in part by the completion of one-time close residential mortgage construction products converting to permanent financing.

Total deposits at December 31, 2023 were $29.7 billion, down $630.3 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2023. The decline is largely the result of the maturity of $567.5 million of brokered time deposits.

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $11.0 billion at December 31, 2023, down $595.9 million, or 5%, from September 30, 2023 and comprised 37% of total deposits at December 31, 2023. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $10.7 billion at December 31, 2023, down $8.3 million, or less than 1%, compared to September 30, 2023. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $289.8 million, or 10%, to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in public funds is seasonal and primarily attributable to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each year. Time deposits of $4.9 billion decreased $315.9 million, or 6%, from September 30, 2023, largely attributable to maturing brokered deposits noted above, and partially offset by an increase in retail time deposits in response to promotional rate offerings.

Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2023 was $272.3 million, up $0.2 million, or less than 1%, from the third quarter of 2023. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2023 was flat at 3.27%, as higher loan yields and a more favorable earning asset mix (+8 bps), decreased short-term borrowing costs (+6 bps), and the securities portfolio restructure (+3 bps) offset the impact of the growth in average interest-bearing deposits and higher rate offerings (-17 bps).

The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023 was $17.0 million, compared to $28.5 million in the third quarter of 2023. Net charge-offs were $16.1 million, or 0.27% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2023, down from $38.3 million, or 0.64% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2023, which included a charge-off of $29.7 million attributable to single borrower. Our allowance for credit losses was $336.8 million at December 31, 2023, up $0.9 million from September 30, 2023. Our asset quality metrics remained stable, with criticized commercial loans at $273.7 million, or 1.47% of total commercial loans, compared to $275.1 million, or 1.46% of total commercial loans at September 30, 2023. Nonaccrual loans totaled $59.0 million, or 0.25% of total loans at December 31, 2023, compared to $60.3 million, or 0.25% of total loans at September 30, 2023. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $3.6 million at December 31, 2023, down $0.9 million from $4.5 million at September 30, 2023.

Noninterest income totaled $39.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2023, down $47.0 million, or 55%, from the third quarter of 2023. Noninterest income for the fourth quarter included two supplemental disclosure items, a $16.1 million gain on the sale of a parking facility and a $65.4 million loss on the restructuring of the available for sale securities portfolio. Excluding the supplemental

77

Table of Contents

disclosure items, noninterest income was $88.2 million, up $2.2 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions were up $2.6 million, or 30%, from the third quarter of 2023 as a result of strong sales amid the favorable interest rate environment. Trust fees were up $0.3 million, or 2%, and bank card and ATM fees were up $0.2 million, or 1%, from the prior quarter. Service charges were down $0.6 million, or 3%, from the prior quarter. Income from secondary mortgage operations totaled $2.1 million, down $0.5 million, or 20%, as a result of declining demand for mortgage loans and refinancing.

Noninterest expense totaled $229.2 million, up $24.5 million, or 12%, from the third quarter of 2023. Noninterest expense included a supplemental disclosure item in the amount of $26.1 million related to the FDIC special assessment. Excluding this supplemental disclosure item, noninterest expense totaled $203.0 million, down $1.6 million or 1%, from the prior quarter. The primary driver of the decrease is attributable to personnel expense, which was down $1.9 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2023, due to lower incentive expense.

The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2023 was 18.8%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.

The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2023.

TABLE 31. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2023September 30, 2023June 30, 2023March 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Income Statement Data:
Interest income$426,794$415,827$405,273$372,603$345,676
Interest income (te) (a)429,628418,679408,110375,187348,291
Interest expense157,334146,593131,36287,60950,175
Net interest income (te)272,294272,086276,748287,578298,116
Provision for credit losses16,95228,4987,6336,0202,487
Noninterest income38,95185,97483,22580,33077,064
Noninterest expense229,151204,675202,138200,884190,154
Income before income taxes62,308122,035147,365158,420179,924
Income tax expense11,70524,29729,57131,95336,137
Net income$50,603$97,738$117,794$126,467$143,787
Supplemental disclosure items-included above, pre-tax:
Included in noninterest income:
Gain on sale of parking facility$16,126$$$$
Loss on securities portfolio restructure(65,380)
Included in noninterest expense:
FDIC special assessment26,123
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans$23,921,917$23,983,679$23,789,886$23,404,523$23,114,046
Earning assets32,175,09732,733,59132,715,63034,106,79231,873,027
Total assets35,578,57336,298,30136,210,14837,547,08335,183,825
Noninterest-bearing deposits11,030,51511,626,37112,171,81712,860,02713,645,113
Total deposits29,690,05930,320,33730,043,50129,613,07029,070,349
Stockholders' equity3,803,6613,501,0033,554,4763,531,2323,342,628
Average balance sheet data:
Loans23,795,68123,830,72423,654,99423,086,52922,723,248
Earning assets33,128,13033,137,56533,619,82932,753,78132,244,681
Total assets35,538,30035,626,92736,205,39635,159,05034,498,915
Noninterest-bearing deposits11,132,35411,453,23612,153,45312,963,13313,854,625
Total deposits29,974,94129,757,18029,372,89928,792,85128,816,338
Stockholders' equity3,560,9783,572,4873,567,2603,412,8133,228,667
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share:
Basic$0.58$1.12$1.35$1.45$1.65
Diluted0.581.121.351.451.65
Cash dividends per common share0.300.300.300.300.27
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets0.56%1.09%1.30%1.46%1.65%
Return on average common equity5.64%10.85%13.24%15.03%17.67%
Efficiency ratio (b)55.58%56.38%55.33%53.76%49.81%
Net interest margin (te)3.27%3.27%3.30%3.55%3.68%
Annualized net charge offs to average loans0.27%0.64%0.06%0.10%0.02%

78

Table of Contents

..
(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2023September 30, 2023June 30, 2023March 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Reconciliation of pre-provision net revenue (te) and adjusted pre-provision net revenue(te) (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net income (GAAP)$50,603$97,738$117,794$126,467$143,787
Provision for credit losses16,95228,4987,6336,0202,487
Income tax expense11,70524,29729,57131,95336,137
Pre-provision net revenue79,260150,533154,998164,440182,411
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,8342,8522,8372,5842,615
Pre-provision net revenue (te)82,094153,385157,835167,024185,026
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
FDIC special assessment26,123
Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (te)$157,471$153,385$157,835$167,024$185,026
Reconciliation of revenue (te), adjusted revenue (te) and efficiency ratio (non-GAAP measures) (c)
Net interest income$269,460$269,234$273,911$284,994$295,501
Noninterest income38,95185,97483,22580,33077,064
Total GAAP revenue308,411355,208357,136365,324372,565
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,8342,8522,8372,5842,615
Total revenue (te)311,245358,060359,973367,908375,180
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
Loss on securities portfolio restructure65,380
Gain on sale of parking facility(16,126)
Adjusted revenue360,499358,060359,973367,908375,180
GAAP noninterest expense229,151204,675202,138200,884190,154
Amortization of intangibles(2,672)(2,813)(2,957)(3,114)(3,271)
Adjustments from supplemental disclosure items
FDIC special assessment(26,123)
Adjusted noninterest expense$200,356$201,862$199,181$197,770$186,883
Efficiency ratio (b)55.58%56.38%55.33%53.76%49.81%

(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and supplemental disclosure items.

(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this document. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios, including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date.

The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Changing economic conditions introduce enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not correlate to existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react

79

Table of Contents

differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates.

Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third party forecasts. At December 31, 2023, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 40% and the mild recessionary S-2 scenario at 60%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 34% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2023. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2022, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results 44% greater than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.

The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.

For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral supporting loans individually evaluated for credit loss may include, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Valuations are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation.

Accounting for Retirement Benefits

Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. Note 17 – Retirement Plans, included in Part II, Item 8 of this document, provides further discussion on the accounting for retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000950170-23-004433.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-27. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2022 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1 “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 29 “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below.

Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. We use the term “operating” to describe a financial measure that excludes income or expense considered to be nonoperating in nature. Items identified as nonoperating are those that, when excluded from a reported financial measure, provide management or the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in the Company’s business. However, these non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of results or capital position under U.S. GAAP.

We define Operating Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less nonoperating revenue. We define Operating Pre-Provision Net Revenue as operating revenue (te) less noninterest expense, excluding nonoperating items. Management believes that operating revenue and pre-provision net revenue are useful financial measures because they enable investors and others to assess the Company’s performance period over period and management’s success in executing its strategic initiatives, as well as measuring the ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.

As of January 1, 2022, the Company has determined that it will no longer include any immaterial results from storm-related expenses and income in nonoperating items.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

We are pleased to report that 2022 was another outstanding year for our company. The financial results reflect not only progress made during the year, but also the culmination of decisions made during the last several years to better position the company for today’s rapidly changing economic environment. The following financial review provides a discussion of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations.

Current Economic Environment

During the year ended December 31, 2022, economic conditions were greatly influenced by a persistent high level of inflation and the Federal Reserve's actions to curb it. Early COVID-19 pandemic response measures in the form of virus containment measures and various forms of government stimulus created pervasive, lingering supply chain and labor market disruptions. Consumers shifted spending towards goods and away from services, further placing stress on supply chains, and the supply of goods could not meet consumer demands, resulting in price increases. These stresses have been exacerbated by the impact of recent geopolitical conflict upon commodity supply, all of which have led to a steadily rising rate of inflation that reached a 40-year high in June 2022. In response to escalating inflation, the Federal Reserve began quantitative tightening and has undertaken an aggressive approach in setting the target Federal Funds Rate through the issuance of a series of seven interest rate increases between March 2022 and December 2022 totaling 425 basis points.

42

Table of Contents

Thus far, there have been mixed indications of whether the Federal Reserve's monetary policy has begun to effect change. The rate of inflation remains elevated, but had declined to 6.5% on an annualized basis in December 2022, down from its peak of 9.1% in June. However, Real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) increased 2.1% in 2022 (inclusive of growth of 3.2% and 2.9% in the third and fourth quarters, respectively). Further, the U.S. economy reached a full-employment level in July 2022, defined as an unemployment rate of 3.5% or lower and a prime-age employment-to-population ratio of 80%, and remained near that mark at year end. Additional changes in interest rates are expected in the near-term; the extent of which, and the favorable or unfavorable impact of these actions upon equity markets and economic conditions remains uncertain.

Despite persistent inflationary pressures, the market areas we serve continued to show indications of economic health during the year. We experienced full-year core loan growth (excluding PPP) of approximately 12%, and our credit quality indicators remain strong. The growth in the loan portfolio, largely funded by the remaining excess liquidity on our balance sheet, was across our geographic footprint and diverse across most business lines. This shift in earning assets from excess liquidity into higher-yielding loans, along with the net impact of the seven interest rate increases, contributed to a 31 basis point expansion of our net interest margin compared to the prior year. Increased cost of living amid inflationary conditions, and heightened competition for deposits in the rising interest rate environment has put pressure on our deposit base, which decreased 5% from the same time last year.

Economic Outlook

We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2022 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2022. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and incorporate varying degrees of favorable and unfavorable adjustments to economic indicators and circumstances as compared to the baseline. The macroeconomic variables underlying the December 2022 economic scenarios differ in certain respects from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2021, given the shift in economic circumstances and risks.

The December 2022 baseline forecast maintains a generally optimistic outlook in its assumptions surrounding the drivers of economic growth, including its expectations of the effectiveness of the Federal Reserve's monetary policy in easing inflationary conditions. The baseline scenario assumes the Federal Reserve will continue quantitative tightening measures by means of runoff at a rate of $100 billion in securities per month, and that it will issue 25-basis point interest rate increases at each of the January and March meetings, with the expectation that interest rate cuts will begin in late 2023 and occur through 2024. The baseline scenario also estimates a weaker pace of job growth in 2023 (as compared to 2022), which will lead to an increase in the unemployment rate to 4.2% by the first quarter of 2024, declining to 4.0% by the end of 2024. Further, GDP growth is estimated to be 1.9% in 2022, 0.9% in 2023, and 2.0% in 2024.

The macroeconomic variables underlying the downside scenario (S-2) are less optimistic compared to those underlying the baseline. Supply-chain issues worsen and increasing shortages of affected goods keep the inflation elevated longer than expected in the baseline scenario. Additionally, higher wage increases than those forecasted in the baseline scenario further contribute to inflationary pressures. In turn, the Federal Reserve responds by raising the target interest rate more than what is assumed in the baseline and the U.S. falls into a recession in first quarter 2023 that spans three quarters. The S-2 forecast assumes unemployment rates of 5.7% and 5.4% in 2023 and 2024, respectively, and a 0.5% contraction of GDP in 2023, before returning to a positive rate of 1.3% in 2024. Management has deemed the assumptions provided for in the S-2 scenario to be more likely than the baseline scenario, and as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of 25% and 75%, respectively, in the calculation of our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2022. The weighting of the S-2 scenario reflects management's view that the forecasted economic circumstances and outcomes included the S-2 scenario, including a mild recession, to be more likely to occur in the near term.

At December 31, 2022, the credit loss outlook on our portfolio as a whole was somewhat improved from the prior period end. Our portfolio has grown and changed in composition to some extent with the paydown of substantially all of our PPP loans. Our asset quality metrics have remained stable, with little change in commercial criticized loans, a decline in nonperforming loans and only minimal credit losses. We continue to closely monitor our portfolio, particularly borrowers that are sensitive to prolonged inflation and the rising interest rate environment. We expect loan growth could slow amid the current or further rising interest rate environment and as we continue to focus on lending to resilient borrowers in light of current economic pressures.

The effects of inflation and the Federal Reserve's actions to counter those effects in the form of further interest rate increases and quantitative tightening have and are likely to continue to reduce economic growth in the near term. The full extent of the impact of the Federal Reserve’s actions to date to reduce inflation and the potential scope of additional Federal Reserve actions are uncertain and may have a significant negative impact on the U.S. economy, including the possibility of an economic recession in the near or midterm. While uncertainty over the consequences of these actions remains, we expect that the current interest rate environment will continue to contribute favorably to our net interest income, net interest margin and overall operating results in the near term, although not at the pace experienced in 2022, and will be dependent on our ability to manage funding costs.

43

Table of Contents

Highlights of 2022 Financial Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $524.1 million, or $5.98 per diluted common share, compared to $463.2 million, or $5.22 per diluted common share in 2021. There were no nonoperating items in 2022. The results for 2021 included $35.9 million (pre-tax), or $0.31 per share after tax, of net nonoperating expense items, including $38.3 million of expense related to efficiency initiatives, $4.4 million of hurricane-related expenses and $4.2 million loss on extinguishment of debt, partially offset by $11.0 million of nonoperating income. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2022:


Net income of $524.1 million, or $5.98 per diluted common share


Operating pre-provision net revenue of $641.1 million, up $103.5 million, or 19%, from 2021


Negative provision for credit losses of $28.4 million in 2022 reflective of a reserve release of $30.3 million and net charge-offs of $1.9 million, compared to a negative provision of $77.5 million in 2021 that reflected a reserve release of $108.7 million and net charge-offs of $31.2 million


Core loan growth of $2.5 billion, or 12%, and a $492 million reduction of PPP loans due to forgiveness resulted in an overall increase in total loans of $2.0 billion, or 9%, in 2022


Deposits of $29.1 billion at December 31, 2022 decreased $1.4 billion, or 5%; noninterest-bearing deposits comprised 47% of total deposits at both December 31, 2022 and 2021


Common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 11.41%, up 32 basis points (bps) from December 31, 2021


Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans remained near historically low levels throughout 2022


Net interest margin increased 31 bps to 3.26% during 2022, driven by rising interest rates and a favorable change in the earning asset mix


Efficiency ratio improved to 52.93% during 2022, down from 57.29% in 2021

The results of the year ended December 31, 2022 were one of the best in our Company’s history. We experienced strong loan growth reflecting robust loan demand across or geographic footprint and within specialty lines of business. Our loan growth combined with the rising rate environment contributed to the expansion of our net interest margin and revenue growth. We remain in a solid capital position with tangible common equity ratio of 7.09% and a common equity tier 1 ratio of 11.41%. We will continue to manage capital in the best interests of the company and our shareholders. We beat our 55% efficiency ratio goal several quarters early, ending the year with a 52.93% ratio. We were able to achieve our target by not only the thoughtful execution of expense management and efficiency initiatives, but also a focus on revenue generation through new banker hires in growth markets. Despite the impact of the volatile economic environment our markets and clients, our credit metrics remained strong. Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans remained near historically low levels throughout 2022. We are pleased at how our portfolio has performed during these unprecedented times but also mindful of current macroeconomic trends that could impact our clients or our business. We believe that we remain well-positioned should a recessionary period begin.

44

Table of Contents

Additional information related to our results and outlook are included in the discussions that follow.

Table 1. Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)202220212020
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)$1,137,063$982,258$1,057,981
Interest income (te) (b)1,147,411993,4371,070,981
Interest expense87,06049,023115,458
Net interest income (te)1,060,351944,414955,523
Provision for credit losses(28,399)(77,494)602,904
Noninterest income331,486364,334324,428
Noninterest expense750,692807,007788,792
Income (loss) before income taxes659,196568,056(124,745)
Income tax expense (benefit)135,107104,841(79,571)
Net income (loss)$524,089$463,215$(45,174)
For informational purposes - included above, pre-tax:
Nonoperating item included in noninterest income:
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds$$4,576$
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stock2,800
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement3,600
Nonoperating items included in noninterest expense:
Efficiency initiatives38,296
Hurricane related expenses4,412
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes4,165
Provision for credit loss associated with energy loan sale160,101
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans$23,114,046$21,134,282$21,789,931
Earning assets31,873,02733,610,43530,616,277
Total assets35,183,82536,531,20533,638,602
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,645,11314,392,80812,199,750
Total deposits29,070,34930,465,89727,697,877
Stockholders' equity3,342,6283,670,3523,439,025
Average balance sheet data
Loans$21,915,393$21,207,942$22,166,523
Earning assets32,498,21332,060,86329,235,313
Total assets35,059,17835,075,39232,390,967
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,298,02213,323,97810,779,570
Total deposits29,497,47029,093,70926,212,317
Stockholders' equity3,405,2063,545,2553,433,099
Common Shares Data:
Earnings (loss) per share - basic$6.00$5.23$(0.54)
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted5.985.22(0.54)
Cash dividends per common share1.081.081.08
Book value per share (period end)38.8942.3139.65
Tangible book value per share (period end)28.2931.6428.79
Weighted average number of shares - diluted86,39487,02786,533
Period end number of shares85,94186,74986,728

45

Table of Contents

($ in thousands)202220212020
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets1.49%1.32%-0.14%
Return on average common equity15.39%13.07%-1.32%
Return on average tangible common equity21.07%17.74%-1.82%
Tangible common equity (c)7.09%7.71%7.64%
Tier 1 common equity11.41%11.09%10.61%
Net interest margin (te)3.26%2.95%3.27%
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)23.82%27.84%25.35%
Efficiency ratio (d)52.93%57.29%60.07%
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans1.33%1.62%2.07%
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans1.48%1.76%2.20%
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans0.01%0.15%1.78%
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets0.19%0.32%0.71%
FTE headcount3,6273,4863,986
Reconciliation of operating revenue and pre-provision net revenue (te) (non-GAAP measures) (e)
Net interest income$1,050,003$933,235$942,523
Noninterest income331,486364,334324,428
Total revenue1,381,4891,297,5691,266,951
Taxable equivalent adjustment10,34811,17913,000
Nonoperating revenue(10,976)
Total operating revenue (te)1,391,8371,297,7721,279,951
Noninterest expense(750,692)(807,007)(788,792)
Nonoperating expense46,873
Operating pre-provision net revenue (te)$641,145$537,638$491,159

(a) Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $4.7 million, $8.6 million, and $15.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b) For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(c) The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.

(d) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating items.

(e) See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021. Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $1.1 billion, up $116.8 million, or 13%, from $933.2 million in 2021. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans).

Net interest income (te) was $1.1 billion in 2022, up $115.9 million, or 12%, from $944.4 million in 2021, and included an increase in interest income (te) of $154.0 million partially offset by an increase of $38.0 million in interest expense. The increase in interest income is largely attributable to the impact that the series of Federal Reserve interest rate increases during the year had upon new and repricing earning assets, a favorable change in the mix of earning assets, and, to a lesser extent, a $14.8 million decrease in net premium/discount amortization on the securities portfolio. These factors were partially offset by decreases of $48.5 million in PPP fee income, $8.9 million in net nonaccrual interest recoveries, and $3.9 million in purchase accounting accretion. The increase in interest expense is attributable to a higher cost of funds, driven by interest rate increases, the impact of which was partially offset by an improved funding mix with an increase in average noninterest-bearing deposits and decreases in average interest-bearing deposits.

46

Table of Contents

The yield on earning assets (te) was 3.53% in 2022, up 43 bps from 2021. The increase was mainly attributable to the impact of the rising interest rate environment upon the loan and investment portfolios, and a favorable change in the mix of average earning assets, with loans up $707 million, investment securities up $907 million, and short-term investments down $1.1 billion. The loan yield was up 40 bps to 4.32%, reflecting the impact of the rise in interest rates on new and repricing loans. During 2022, the proportion of our loan portfolio tied to variable rates, including hybrid adjustable rate mortgages (ARMs), averaged approximately 57%. The yield on investment securities increased 19 bps in 2022 to 2.11% as new investments were made at higher yields amid the rising interest rate environment, along with yield enhancements from the termination of certain fair value hedges on available for sale securities.

The cost of funds increased 12 bps to 0.27% in 2022 from 0.15% in 2021, primarily as a result of the rising interest rate environment. Average interest-bearing deposit costs increased 21 bps in 2022 to 38 bps from 17 bps in 2021. Other short-term borrowing costs, which consist largely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, increased to 1.83% in 2022 from 0.49% in 2021, as $1.1 billion of low fixed-rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances entered into in late 2019 and early 2020 were called in mid-2022 and subsequently replaced with borrowings at current market rates. The rate on long-term debt decreased 13 bps to 5.19%, largely due to a shift in mix of the debt resulting from the redemption of $150 million of subordinated notes in June of 2021.

The net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets. The net interest margin increased 31 bps to 3.26% in 2022 from 2.95% in 2021, due primarily to the factors outlined above.

While we remain asset sensitive, we expect further shifts in deposit mix to higher-cost products could offset the benefits of expected interest rate increases in the near-term. Managing funding costs will be a key element in our future performance.

Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.

47

Table of Contents

TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)

Years Ended December 31,
202220212020
($ in millions)Average BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)RateAverage BalanceInterest (d)Rate
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$17,682.3$759.94.30%$17,070.3$606.13.55%$17,270.9$660.53.82%
Residential mortgage loans2,666.190.33.392,445.690.63.702,857.6112.13.92
Consumer loans1,567.088.45.641,692.181.64.822,038.0101.54.98
Loan fees & late charges7.453.70.041.00.0
Loans (te) (b)21,915.4946.04.3221,208.0832.03.9222,166.5915.14.13
Loans held for sale43.01.84.2290.22.52.8286.82.63.02
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities426.78.31.95330.65.41.64153.53.22.09
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations7,652.1154.52.026,833.1122.31.795,345.0121.82.28
Municipals (te)912.027.02.96928.427.22.93891.926.93.02
Other securities22.30.83.4213.70.53.668.40.44.28
Total investment securities (te) (c)9,013.1190.62.118,105.8155.41.926,398.8152.32.38
Short-term investments1,526.79.00.592,656.93.50.13583.21.00.17
Total earning assets (te)32,498.21,147.43.53%32,060.9993.43.10%29,235.31,071.03.66%
Nonearning assets:
Other assets2,878.43,420.63,547.4
Allowance for loan losses(317.4)(406.1)(391.7)
Total assets$35,059.2$35,075.4$32,391.0
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits$11,201.1$21.20.19%$11,216.5$9.10.08%$9,558.1$25.60.27%
Time deposits1,056.44.70.441,413.06.50.462,642.537.11.40
Public funds2,941.932.51.103,140.210.60.343,232.125.60.79
Total interest-bearing deposits15,199.458.40.3815,769.726.20.1715,432.788.30.57
Repurchase agreements536.71.10.21559.40.60.10600.21.40.24
Other short-term borrowings822.015.11.831,103.85.40.491,378.08.60.62
Long-term debt239.312.45.19314.916.85.32320.317.25.36
Total interest-bearing liabilities16,797.487.00.52%17,747.849.00.28%17,731.2115.50.65%
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,298.013,324.010,779.6
Other liabilities558.6458.3447.1
Stockholders' equity3,405.23,545.33,433.1
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$35,059.2$35,075.4$32,391.0
Net interest income (te) and margin$1,060.43.26$944.42.95$955.53.27
Net earning assets and spread$15,700.83.01$14,313.12.82$11,504.13.01
Interest cost of funding earning assets0.27%0.15%0.39%

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(c)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

(d)
Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $4.7 million, $8.6 million and $15.4 million for the years December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

48

Table of Contents

TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)

2022 Compared to 20212021 Compared to 2020
Due toTotalDue toTotal
Change inIncreaseChange inIncrease
($ in thousands)VolumeRate(Decrease)VolumeRate(Decrease)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$22,399$131,363$153,762$(7,579)$(46,849)$(54,428)
Residential mortgage loans7,809(8,049)(240)(15,509)(6,007)(21,516)
Consumer loans(6,180)12,9406,760(16,849)(2,991)(19,840)
Loan fees & late charges(46,301)(46,301)12,66012,660
Loans (te) (c)24,02889,953113,981(39,937)(43,187)(83,124)
Loans held for sale(1,672)944(728)100(179)(79)
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities1,7391,1532,8922,708(499)2,209
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations15,28416,95232,23629,730(29,220)510
Municipals(485)275(210)1,084(801)283
Other securities297(34)263200(58)142
Total investment in securities (te) (d)16,83518,34635,18133,722(30,578)3,144
Short-term investments(1,976)7,5165,5402,762(246)2,516
Total earning assets (te)37,215116,759153,974(3,353)(74,190)(77,543)
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits13(12,163)(12,150)(3,813)20,26816,455
Time deposits1,5892621,85112,49918,07030,569
Public funds710(22,604)(21,894)70614,28514,991
Total interest-bearing deposits2,312(34,505)(32,193)9,39252,62362,015
Repurchase agreements25(577)(552)92777869
Other short-term borrowings1,669(11,293)(9,624)1,5411,6173,158
Long-term debt3,9383944,332287106393
Total interest expense7,944(45,981)(38,037)11,31255,12366,435
Net interest income (te) variance$45,159$70,778$115,937$7,959$(19,067)$(11,108)

(a)
Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.

(b)
Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.

(c)
Includes nonaccrual loans.

(d)
Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

Provision for Credit Losses

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, we recorded a negative provision for credit losses of $28.4 million, compared to a negative provision for credit loss of $77.5 million in 2021. Following the significant reserve build in 2020 in response to the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, improvement in overall credit performance and in economic indicators within our footprint in 2021 and 2022 allowed for the gradual release of certain of those reserves. The negative provision for credit losses recorded in 2022 included a $34.3 million release of allowance for funded loan losses, partially offset by a $4.0 million build in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments and net charge-offs of $1.9 million, or 0.01% of average loans outstanding. The negative provision for credit losses recorded in 2021 includes a $108.1 million release of allowance for funded loan losses and a $0.6 million release of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, offset by net charge-offs of $31.2 million, or 0.15% of average loans outstanding.

As noted above, 2022 net charge-offs totaled $1.9 million, a decrease of $29.3 million from 2021. Net charge-offs in 2022 included $7.4 million of consumer net charge-offs, partially offset by net recoveries of $3.9 million in the commercial portfolio and $1.6 million in the residential mortgage portfolio. Net charge-offs in 2021 included $25.5 million of commercial net charge-offs, of which $13.3 million related to a single legacy energy credit, and $6.4 million of consumer net charge-offs, partially offset by net recoveries of $0.7 million in the residential mortgage portfolio.

Loan growth, portfolio composition, credit quality metrics and assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves. At present, we expect low to modest charge-offs and provision in the first quarter of 2023.

49

Table of Contents

Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 totaled $331.5 million, a $32.8 million, or 9%, decrease from 2021. There were no nonoperating items reported in noninterest income in 2022. Nonoperating items totaled $11.0 million in 2021, comprised of a $4.6 million gain on the sale of the remaining Hancock Horizon Funds, $3.6 million related to a hurricane-related insurance settlement and $2.8 million gain on the sale of Mastercard stock. From January 1, 2022 forward, the Company will not include immaterial results from storm-related income or expense as nonoperating items. Items identified as nonoperating are those that, when excluded from a reported financial measure, provide management or the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business. Excluding nonoperating items in 2021, noninterest income in 2022 was down $21.9 million, or 6%, largely driven by a decrease in secondary mortgage market income, primarily the result of the rising interest rate environment, and decreases in other specialty fee categories, partially offset by increases in service charges, bank card and ATM fees, and trust fees.

Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)2022% Change2021% Change2020
Service charges on deposit accounts$87,6638%$81,0326%$76,659
Trust fees65,132462,898858,191
Bank card and ATM fees84,591779,0741668,131
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions28,752(3)29,5022124,330
Secondary mortgage market operations11,524(69)36,694(9)40,244
Securities transactions(87)(126)333(32)488
Income from bank-owned life insurance15,881(13)18,330118,179
Income from derivatives5,832(57)13,477512,814
Credit-related fees10,483(5)11,001(2)11,255
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Fundn/m4,576n/m
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B common stockn/m2,800n/m
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlementn/m3,600n/m
Other operating miscellaneous income21,715321,0174914,137
Total noninterest income$331,486(9)%$364,33412%$324,428

n/m – not meaningful

Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as overdraft and nonsufficient funds fees, overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $87.7 million, up $6.6 million, or 8%, from 2021. The increase from 2021 was largely attributable to an increase in non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees, as instances of overdrafts increased as the elevated balances began to run down amid deposit balance runoff. In December 2022, we eliminated consumer (retail) nonsufficient funds fees and certain overdraft fees. As a result, we expect these fees will decrease by approximately $10 million to $11 million annually. We believe these changes are in line with the evolving retail banking industry, as traditional banks adjust products to meet consumer needs and provide them with the tools needed to help manage their overall finances. We expect to see improving account acquisition rates in 2023 with this change and as we launch additional retail products and features.

Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $65.1 million in 2022, a $2.2 million, or 4%, increase from 2021, primarily attributable to an increase of $5.7 million in corporate and institutional trust fees and a decrease of $3.3 million in employee benefit trust and external distribution fees. The increase in corporate and institutional trust fees is largely interest rate driven, as the rising interest rate environment allowed for the resumption of certain fee assessments that are generally waived in a lower interest rate environment. Trust assets under management decreased to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $9.8 billion at December 31, 2021.

50

Table of Contents

Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $84.6 million in 2022, up $5.5 million, or 7%, compared to 2021. The growth from 2021 is the result of an increase in card activity during the year as spending remained strong. In addition, card revenue in 2021 was unfavorably impacted by disruption from Hurricane Ida.

Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which includes both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $28.8 million in 2022, compared to $29.5 million in 2021. The $0.8 million, or 3%, decrease is partly attributable to a temporary business disruption as a result of conversion to an outsourced sales and service

platform.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $11.5 million in 2022, a decrease of $25.2 million, or 69%, from 2021. The decline is largely attributable to both a decline in refinancing activity, driven by the rising interest environment, and a lower percentage of originated loans sold in the secondary market, as we are retaining a higher volume of mortgage loans in our held for investment portfolio. The number of mortgage applications received in 2022 was down 30% compared to those received in 2021. The percentage of mortgage loans sold in the secondary market to total originations (as opposed to those held in our portfolio), was 22% in 2022, down from 48% in 2021. Secondary mortgage market operations income will vary based on application volume and the number of loans ultimately closed and sold.

Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income decreased $2.4 million, or 13%, to $15.9 million in 2022. The decrease when compared to 2021 is largely attributable to $4.4 million of income received in connection with the purchase of policies in the first quarter of 2021.

Income from derivatives, largely derived from our customer interest rate derivative program, totaled $5.8 million in 2022, compared to $13.5 million in 2021. The decrease from 2021 is primarily attributable to a decrease in customer demand to execute interest rate swaps as a result of an increase in the overall interest rate environment when compared to the prior year. Derivative income can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, volume and mix of sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement.

Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including income from small business investment companies, FHLB stock dividends, gain/losses from sales of other assets, and syndication fees. Other miscellaneous income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $21.7 million, down $10.3 million from the previous year. Excluding the nonoperating items from 2021, comprised of the $4.6 million gain on the sale of Hancock Horizon Funds, the $3.6 million gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement and the $2.8 million gain on the sale of MasterCard stock, other miscellaneous income in 2022 was relatively flat when compared to 2021.

We expect noninterest income to increase 3% to 4% in 2023, inclusive of the estimated $10 million to $11 million decrease in certain consumer nonsufficient funds and overdraft fees.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 totaled $750.7 million, down $56.3 million, or 7%, compared to 2021. There were no nonoperating expenses in 2022 compared to $46.9 million in 2021, of which $38.3 million was related to initiatives put in place to improve overall efficiency and operating performance. Such initiatives included the Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program (VERIP), under which approximately 260 associates retired, a reduction in force initiative whereby a net of approximately 150 positions were eliminated, and the consolidation of 18 financial centers. Nonoperating expense in 2021 also includes $4.2 million of loss on extinguishment of debt attributable to the redemption of the $150 million 5.95% subordinated notes, and $4.4 million in expenses related to Hurricane Ida, which includes damage to facilities, recovery cost, charitable contributions to organizations providing recovery assistance, temporary housing, and distribution of meals, ice, and fuel. Excluding nonoperating items in 2021, noninterest expense decreased $9.4 million, or 1%, in 2022. The largest individual components of the decrease in operating expense were professional fees and other real estate and foreclosed asset expense. Explanations of the variances are discussed below in more detail.

51

Table of Contents

Table 5 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 6 presents nonoperating expense included in noninterest expense (Table 5) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 5. Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)2022% Change2021% Change2020
Compensation expense$378,482(0)%$378,589(0)%$379,727
Employee benefits82,153(21)103,7862384,332
Personnel expense460,635(5)482,3754464,059
Net occupancy expense48,767(2)49,786(5)52,589
Equipment expense18,573218,167(5)19,212
Data processing expense103,942796,7551087,823
Professional services expense36,065(26)48,678(2)49,529
Amortization of intangibles14,033(16)16,665(16)19,916
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees14,8891013,582(28)18,804
Other real estate and foreclosed assets expense (income)(4,407)n/m(210)n/m9,555
Advertising13,7831112,441(4)13,011
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes16,7441614,478(13)16,578
Telecommunications and postage11,870(6)12,646(16)14,991
Entertainment and contributions10,336317,867(20)9,865
Printing and supplies3,79523,728(26)5,063
Travel expenses4,336612,697172,297
Tax credit investment amortization4,76874,436153,843
Other retirement expense(29,693)6(27,941)11(25,133)
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidationn/m13,8633603,012
Loss on extinguishment of debtn/m4,165100
Other miscellaneous expense22,256(32)32,8293823,778
Total noninterest expense$750,692(7)%$807,0072%$788,792

n/m - not meaningful

TABLE 6. Nonoperating Expense

($ in thousands)202220212020
Compensation expense$$4,248$
Employee benefits20,192
Personnel expense24,440
Net occupancy expense2
Equipment expense5
Advertising16
Printing and supplies22
Entertainment and contributions174
Travel expenses5
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation13,863
Loss on extinguishment of debt4,165
Other miscellaneous expense4,181
Total nonoperating expense$$46,873$

Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Personnel expense totaled $460.6 million, a decrease of $21.7 million, or 5%, compared to 2021. The prior year includes $24.4 million of nonoperating expense attributable to efficiency initiatives, including the VERIP and reduction in force. Excluding the nonoperating items, personnel expense was up $2.7 million, or 1%, as the impact of annual merit increases was largely offset by a decrease in the average full-time equivalent headcount following the VERIP and reduction in force initiatives.

Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses of $67.3 million decreased $0.6 million, or 1%, in 2022

52

Table of Contents

compared to 2021. The decrease was largely related to expense control measures, including the consolidation of 18 financial centers in 2021.

Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense totaling $103.9 million was up $7.2 million, or 7%, from 2021, reflective of increases in data processing software amortization and third party processing expense that are linked to technology enhancement initiatives, and an increase in card transaction-related processing expense that is linked to bank card and ATM card activity.

Professional services expense totaling $36.1 million decreased $12.6 million, or 26%, from 2021, primarily due to decreases of $10.2 million in consulting and other professional services, largely the result of PPP-related consulting and legal fees incurred in 2021, and $2.0 million in lending-related legal expense.

Amortization of intangibles in 2022 totaled $14.0 million, a $2.6 million, or 16%, decrease from 2021 as a result of the accelerated amortization methods used.

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees totaling $14.9 million increased $1.3 million, or 10%, from 2021, reflective of current period growth in the core loan portfolio, a substantial reduction in no/low risk PPP loans, and the decline in excess liquidity present in 2021. In October 2022, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase the initial base deposit insurance assessment schedules uniformly by 2 bps beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. The increased assessment is expected to remain in effect until the Deposit Insurance Fund reserve ratio to insured deposits meets the FDIC’s long-term goal for reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund. We anticipate this change will increase our quarterly deposit insurance expense by approximately $1 million to $2 million, but could vary depending upon our assessment base.

Other real estate and foreclosed assets expense reflected net gains of $4.4 million in 2022, compared to net gains of $0.2 million in 2021. The twelve months ended December 31, 2022 includes a $1.8 million gain on the sale of stock in a former borrower received in satisfaction of debt. Gains or losses on the sale of other real estate and foreclosed assets may occur periodically and are dependent on the number and type of assets for sale and current market conditions.

Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions) totaling $28.5 million were up $5.5 million, or 24%, from 2021 and is reflective of increases in marketing-related efforts, sponsorships and direct mail campaigns.

Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes totaled $16.7 million, an increase of $2.3 million, or 16%, from 2021, largely attributable to bank share tax, which was favorably impacted in 2021 as a result of the net loss recorded in 2020.

Noninterest expense in both 2022 and 2021 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense. The net credit in 2022 of $29.7 million was $1.8 million, or 6%, greater than 2021, based on certain actuarial assumptions and performance of pension plan assets. We expect the net credit in other retirement expense related to the pension plan will decrease in 2023 by approximately $2.8 million per quarter.

All other expenses totaling $42.7 million decreased $29.0 million, or 40%, from 2021 primarily due to $22.2 million of nonoperating expenses incurred in 2021, including $13.9 million of loss on facilities and equipment due to the consolidation of 18 financial centers, $4.2 million of loss on extinguishment of debt, and $4.2 million of expense related to Hurricane Ida. Excluding these nonoperating expenses, other expense was down $6.7 million, or 14%, including $4.6 million of insurance other property related gains in 2022 and various smaller items.

We expect noninterest expense for the year 2023 to increase approximately 6% to 7% compared to 2022. The anticipated year-over-year increase includes increases in retirement (pension) expense and the FDIC assessment as described above. Excluding these items, noninterest expense is expected to increase approximately 4% to 5%.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 20.5% in 2022, compared to 18.5% in 2021. The comparability of the effective tax rate between 2022 and 2021 is affected by higher pre-tax book income in 2022 that diluted the relative impact of net tax benefits related to tax credit investments, tax-exempt interest income and bank-owned life insurance. Additionally, the 2021 effective tax rate included a $4.9 million income tax benefit that increased the 2020 net operating loss, which was carried back to a 35% statutory tax rate year under the CARES Act. Based on the current forecast, management expects the effective tax rate to be approximately 21% in 2023.

53

Table of Contents

Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.

Table 7 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

TABLE 7. Income Taxes

($ in thousands)202220212020
Taxes computed at statutory rate$138,431$119,292$(26,196)
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB(1,391)(1,633)(2,289)
NMTC - Federal and State(5,745)(5,487)(5,033)
LIHTC and other tax credits(4,232)(1,936)(750)
LIHTC amortization3,3291,167
Total tax credits(8,039)(7,889)(8,072)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit13,2729,048(1,269)
Tax-exempt interest(8,612)(9,100)(10,444)
Life insurance contracts(1,812)(2,653)(4,857)
Employee share-based compensation(2,084)(1,671)1,351
FDIC assessment disallowance1,8361,6092,094
NOL carryback under CARES Act238(4,948)(30,167)
Other, net1,8771,153(2,011)
Income tax expense (benefit)$135,107$104,841$(79,571)

The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCB”) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project.

We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years.

Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2022, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $11.6 million, $11.7 million and $9.1 million for 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects. However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.

At December 31, 2022, we had a net deferred tax asset of $211 million, which is comprised of $347 million in deferred tax assets (net of state valuation allowance), offset by $136 million of deferred tax liabilities. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.6 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses.

In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (IRA) was signed into law to address inflation, healthcare costs, climate change and renewal energy incentives, among other things. Included in the IRA are provisions for the creation of a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT) that is effective for tax years beginning January 1, 2023 for corporations with an average annual adjusted financial statement income in excess of $1 billion. Based on information available to date, we do not anticipate our consolidated corporate group to be subject to the 15% CAMT, absent any further changes in law.

54

Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2022, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $324.1 million, a decrease of $3.5 billion from December 31, 2021. Average short-term investments for 2022 totaled $1.5 billion, a $1.1 billion decrease from $2.7 billion in 2021. Typically, these balances will change on a daily basis depending upon movement in customer loan and deposit accounts. The decline from December 31, 2021 is the result of the redeployment of excess liquidity that had been present on our balance sheet for the better part of two years attributable to pandemic-related factors. Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See further discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows.

Investment Securities

Our investment in securities was $8.4 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $8.6 billion at December 31, 2021. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2022, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $6.3 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.9 billion, compared to $7.0 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021. To provide some protection from the impact of future interest rate changes upon accumulated other comprehensive income, we reclassified securities available for sale with an aggregate fair value of $561.8 million to the securities held to maturity portfolio during the first quarter of 2022.

Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2022, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 6.02 years with an effective duration of 4.87 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.27%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.83 years and 4.77 years, respectively. At December 31, 2021, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.80 years with an effective duration of 4.25 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 1.87%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is attributable to reinvestment of securities portfolio cash flow, portfolio growth, and the impact of cash flows from the termination of 25 fair value hedge instruments during the year.

We have in place last-of-layer swaps on certain fixed-rate commercial mortgage backed securities. As of December 31, 2022, we had approximately $716 million in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of these available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides a fixed-rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating-rate security during the back-end hedged tenor.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2022 and 2021, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.

There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

55

Table of Contents

The following table presents debt securities at amortized cost by type at December 31, 2022 and 2021:

TABLE 8. Debt Securities by Type

($ in thousands)20222021
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$113,211$420,857
Municipal obligations207,014304,536
Residential mortgage-backed securities2,655,3813,056,763
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,234,2783,064,828
Collateralized mortgage obligations76,830119,046
Corporate debt securities23,50018,500
$6,310,214$6,984,530
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$426,454$14,857
Municipal obligations698,908621,405
Residential mortgage-backed securities734,478268,907
Commercial mortgage-backed securities948,691603,156
Collateralized mortgage obligations43,96457,426
$2,852,495$1,565,751

The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2022, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the table below. Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The yield calculation does not include adjustments to amortized cost of available for sale securities for active fair value hedges.

56

Table of Contents

TABLE 9. Debt Securities Maturities by Type

($ in thousands)One Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five Years Through Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotalFair ValueWeighted Average Yield (te)Expected Average Maturity Years
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$103,361$$9,850$113,211$110,8653.85%7.2
Municipal obligations2,355189,11115,548207,014203,0923.09%3.2
Residential mortgage-backed securities11248,284345,1002,261,8852,655,3812,256,9861.76%6.2
Commercial mortgage-backed securities762,1392,400,66371,4763,234,2782,893,4302.45%6.9
Collateralized mortgage obligations27,67549,15576,83070,5881.92%2.8
Other debt securities3,50020,00023,50021,0803.51%3.0
Total debt securities$112$919,639$2,982,549$2,407,914$6,310,214$5,556,0412.20%6.3
Fair Value$111$871,760$2,665,232$2,018,938$5,556,041
Weighted Average Yield (te)5.07%2.76%2.37%1.78%2.20%
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$$132,949$293,505$426,454$377,4312.36%6.7
Municipal obligations10,000154,153310,031224,724698,908673,1033.03%4.0
Residential mortgage-backed securities27,488706,990734,478661,9462.34%5.7
Commercial mortgage-backed securities389,933412,553146,205948,691861,4802.60%5.6
Collateralized mortgage obligations6010,54133,36343,96441,4382.47%2.4
Total debt securities$10,000$544,146$893,562$1,404,787$2,852,495$2,615,3982.60%5.3
Fair Value$9,924$522,347$813,726$1,269,401$2,615,398
Weighted Average Yield (te)2.33%2.83%2.49%2.59%2.60%

Loan Portfolio

Total loans at December 31, 2022 were $23.1 billion, compared to $21.1 billion at December 31, 2021. The $2.0 billion, or 9%, increase is primarily attributable to $2.5 billion of core loan growth (excluding PPP loans) as loan demand increased across our geographic footprint and within specialty lines of business, partially offset by $492 million of PPP loan forgiveness.

The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

TABLE 10. Loans Outstanding by Type

($ in thousands)20222021
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$10,146,453$9,612,460
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,033,0582,821,246
Total commercial & industrial13,179,51112,433,706
Commercial real estate - income producing3,560,9913,464,626
Construction and land development1,703,5921,228,670
Residential mortgages3,092,6052,423,890
Consumer1,577,3471,583,390
Total loans$23,114,046$21,134,282

The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $13.2 billion, or 57% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2022, an increase of $746 million from December 31, 2021. The increase is largely attributable to core loan growth of $1.2 billion, partially offset by PPP loan forgiveness of $492 million.

57

Table of Contents

Our commercial and industrial customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services, energy, marine transportation and maritime construction, and agricultural production. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors operating in our market areas that are well known to the relationship officers. Shared national credits funded at December 31, 2022 totaled approximately $2.7 billion, or 12% of total loans, compared to $2.1 million, or 10% of total loans at December 31, 2021. Our shared national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2022 includes approximately $509 million of health care-related facilities, $513 million in finance and insurance and $426 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries.

The following table provides detail of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exceptions of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy), and PPP loans, as those are expected to be 100% SBA guaranteed and therefore have limited credit risk.

TABLE 11. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration

20222021
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Commercial & industrial loans:
Real estate and rental and leasing$1,520,69312%$1,311,24111%
Health care and social assistance1,406,480111,284,57810
Retail trade1,218,61891,086,2049
Manufacturing1,142,2799919,8307
Construction1,029,8908923,0407
Wholesale trade994,1537823,2957
Finance and insurance966,4847896,1057
Transportation and warehousing871,9387780,9346
Professional, scientific, and technical services705,2645621,7395
Accommodation, food services and entertainment629,6495595,6985
Public administration542,6924596,3015
Other services (except public administration)396,4293424,0874
Information381,9673280,0192
Admin, Support, Waste Mgmt, Remediation Services312,3742238,5892
Energy241,8762266,2352
Educational services298,0912255,1272
Other481,8824599,6255
Total commercial & industrial loans, excluding PPP13,140,75910011,902,64796
PPP loans38,7520531,0594
Total commercial & industrial loans$13,179,511100%$12,433,706100%

Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $3.6 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $96 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2021. The net increase reflects organic growth as well as construction loans converting to permanent financing, partially offset by approximately $684 million in paydowns.

Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.7 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $475 million, or 39%. The increase was primarily due to demand throughout our footprint, with the funding of new and existing loans outpacing loans converting to permanent financing.

The following table details the end-of-period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-family borrowers.

58

Table of Contents

TABLE 12. Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and Construction by Property Type Concentration

20222021
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans
Multifamily$870,86917%$647,30014%
Healthcare related properties854,56316766,33816
Retail811,99015777,59417
Industrial613,14912561,02212
1-4 family residential construction602,86711469,69010
Office569,45211501,77111
Hotel, motel and restaurants485,8659437,2419
Other land loans213,1594257,5945
Other242,6695274,7466
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans$5,264,583100%$4,693,296100%

Residential mortgages totaled $3.1 billion at December 31, 2022, up $669 million, or 28%, from December 31, 2021. The increase in mortgage loans is due primarily to a lower level of originated loans sold in the secondary mortgage market, which was down to 22% for 2022 compared to 48% in 2021, partially offset by a $311 million, or 16%, decrease in overall production. Consumer loans totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2022, slightly down compared to December 31, 2021. The small decline in the consumer loan portfolio is due in part to a decrease of $108 million attributable to the wind down of our indirect auto lending portfolio, a business line that we have exited, largely offset by an increase in demand for other consumer products.

The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years:

TABLE 13. Average Loans

202220212020
YieldPct ofYieldPct ofYieldPct of
($ in thousands)Balance(te)TotalBalance(te)TotalBalance(te)Total
Total loans:
Commercial & real estate loans$17,682,3324.30%81%$17,070,2523.55%80%$17,270,8943.82%78%
Residential mortgages2,666,1343.39122,445,6023.70122,857,5843.9213
Consumer1,566,9275.6471,692,0884.8282,038,0454.989
Total loans$21,915,3934.32%100%$21,207,9423.92%100%$22,166,5234.13%100%

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2022.

TABLE 14. Loan Maturities by Type

December 31, 2022Maturity Range
($ in thousands)Within One YearAfter One Through Five YearsAfter Five Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$2,089,635$6,243,843$1,687,383$125,592$10,146,453
Commercial real estate - owner occupied146,0431,013,6031,817,01556,3973,033,058
Total commercial & industrial2,235,6787,257,4463,504,398181,98913,179,511
Commercial real estate - income producing480,6902,093,593972,02114,6873,560,991
Construction and land development322,478782,044188,987410,0831,703,592
Residential mortgages47,12131,588425,5432,588,3533,092,605
Consumer69,333496,72269,059942,2331,577,347
Total loans$3,155,300$10,661,393$5,160,008$4,137,345$23,114,046

59

Table of Contents

The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.

TABLE 15. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)Fixed RateFloating RateTotal
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$3,425,363$4,631,455$8,056,818
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,853,6131,033,4022,887,015
Total commercial & industrial5,278,9765,664,85710,943,833
Commercial real estate - income producing1,065,9492,014,3523,080,301
Construction and land development331,0981,050,0161,381,114
Residential mortgages1,804,0221,241,4623,045,484
Consumer299,3891,208,6251,508,014
Total loans$8,779,434$11,179,312$19,958,746

Management expects end of period loan growth in 2023 to be in the low-to mid-single digits from the December 31, 2022 balance of $23.1 billion.

60

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets by type for the periods indicated, consisting of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other real estate owned (ORE) and foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.

TABLE 16. Nonperforming Assets

December 31,
($ in thousands)20222021
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate loans$3,078$4,058
Commercial non-real estate loans - restructured9422,915
Total commercial non-real estate loans4,0206,973
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,2333,104
Commercial real estate - owner occupied - restructured2281,817
Total commercial real estate - owner occupied loans1,4614,921
Commercial real estate - income producing loans1,1745,377
Commercial real estate - income producing loans - restructured6681
Total commercial real estate - income producing loans1,2405,458
Construction and land development loans306837
Construction and land development loans - restructured37
Total construction and land development loans309844
Residential mortgage loans23,94623,483
Residential mortgage loans - restructured1,3231,956
Total residential mortgage loans25,26925,439
Consumer loans6,64611,888
Consumer loans -restructured46
Total consumer loans6,69211,888
Total nonaccrual loans$38,991$55,523
Restructured loans - still accruing:
Commercial non-real estate loans$307$515
Commercial real estate loans - owner occupied
Commercial real estate loans - income producing
Construction and land development loans113118
Residential mortgage loans1,0182,169
Consumer loans469986
Total restructured loans - still accruing$1,907$3,788
Total nonperforming loans$40,898$59,311
ORE and foreclosed assets2,0177,533
Total nonperforming assets$42,915$66,844
Loans 90 days past due still accruing$4,585$5,524
Total restructured loans$4,515$10,564
Ratios:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans0.17%0.26%
Nonperforming assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets0.19%0.32%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans789.38%616.08%
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days past due676.71%527.59%
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to total loans0.02%0.03%

Nonperforming assets were $42.9 million at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $23.9 million, or 36%, compared to $66.8 million at December 31, 2021. The decrease in nonperforming assets was driven by an $18.4 million decrease in nonperforming loans, which includes nonaccrual loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) still accruing. The decline in nonperforming loans was primarily attributable to repayments, return to accrual status after an appropriate re-performance period, and charge-offs. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $2.0 million at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $5.5 million from December 31, 2021, as asset sales outpaced foreclosures.

61

Table of Contents

Our level of nonperforming loans continued to improve in 2022, are near historic lows and compare favorably within our peer group. Nonperforming loans totaled $40.9 million at December 31, 2022, compared to $59.3 million at December 31, 2021, and was comprised of $7.5 million of commercial loans, $26.3 million of residential mortgage loans and $7.2 million of consumer loans.

Loans modified in TDRs totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2022, compared to $10.6 million at December 31, 2021, including $2.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively, of loans reported as nonaccrual loans. TDRs arise when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and, consequently, a modification that would otherwise not be considered is granted to the borrower. Certain loans modified in a TDR may continue to accrue interest when the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower indicate that we will collect all amounts due. Accruing TDRs totaled $1.9 million at December 31, 2022, down from $3.8 million at December 31, 2021.

Criticized commercial loans totaled $301.9 million at December 31, 2022, up $14.7 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2021. The increase in criticized commercial loans includes a $45.6 million increase in the commercial non real estate portfolio, partially offset by declines in all other commercial portfolios. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential or well-defined weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Criticized commercial loans comprised 1.64% of that portfolio at December 31, 2022, down from 1.68% at December 31, 2021 and remain near historically low levels. Our commercial criticized loans at December 31, 2022 are spread across many industries, with the largest concentrations being construction, totaling $75.7 million; manufacturing, totaling $43.7 million; transportation and warehousing, totaling $43.4 million; and energy support services, totaling $36.0 million. Commercial loans risk rated pass-watch totaled $457.6 million at December 31, 2022, compared to $320.4 million at December 31, 2021. The pass-watch risk rating includes credits with negative performance trends that reflect sufficient risk to cause concern, but have not risen to the level of criticized. The increase in the pass-watch portfolio reflects the impact of the end of economic stimulus and COVID-related modifications, along with the challenging economic environment, including prolonged inflation and labor shortages, among other things.

Allowance for Credit Losses

At December 31, 2022, the allowance for credit losses was $341.1 million, comprised of $307.8 million in allowance for loan losses and $33.3 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $30.3 million from $371.4 million at December 31, 2021, which was comprised of $342.1 million in allowance for loan losses and $29.3 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans was 1.48% at December 31, 2022 compared to 1.76% at December 31, 2021, and reflects improvement in economic conditions in our markets since last year end. While coverage is down year-over-year, it remains elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels as uncertainty remains in our economic outlook.

The decrease in the allowance for credit losses from December 31, 2021 includes reductions of $29.9 million in collectively evaluated reserves and $0.4 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring), reflecting improvements in asset quality. The Company probability-weighted two Moody’s macroeconomic scenarios in the calculation of our collectively evaluated allowance for credit losses. The downside recessionary S-2 scenario (anchored on the baseline) was weighted more heavily at 75% and the baseline scenario was weighted 25% as management deemed the forecasted economic circumstances and outcomes included the S-2 scenario to be more likely to occur in the near term.

The December 2022 baseline forecast used in our analysis maintains a generally optimistic outlook in its assumptions, including the following: Current global oil prices hold at the current level and begins to decline slowly mid-2023, reaching the estimated long-run equilibrium of $70 per barrel by 2024; full-employment defined as unemployment at 3.5% and labor force participation of 62.5% is already achieved; the Federal Reserve issues two additional 25-basis point interest rate increases in early 2023 before rate reductions begin in late 2023 and continue throughout 2024; and reflects positive GDP growth throughout the forecast period, with annual growth of 0.9% in 2023 and 2.0% in 2024. The S-2 scenario assumes that supply chain issues worsen, increasing shortages of affected goods and keeping inflation elevated longer than expected in the baseline scenario. The Federal Reserve in turn reacts by raising interest rates more than assumed in the baseline scenario, causing the economy to fall into recession in the first quarter of 2023, lasting for three quarters with a peak to trough decline of 1.4%, resulting in a full year GDP reduction of 0.5% in 2023 and a return to growth of 1.3% in 2024. Further, the S-2 scenario assumes that the weakening economy causes unemployment to rise in the 2023, reaching a peak of 6.4% and a return to full employment not achieved until the first quarter of 2025. Additional information on the Moody’s forecast is provided in the “Economic Outlook” section of this document.

Loan growth, portfolio composition, asset quality metrics and future assumptions in economic forecasts drive the level of credit loss reserves. The allowance for credit losses on commercial loans decreased to $279.0 million, or 1.51% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2022, compared to $307.9 million, or 1.80% at December 31, 2021. The allowance for credit losses on residential mortgage loans increased to $32.5 million, or 1.05%, at December 31, 2022, compared to $30.6 million, or 1.26%, at December 31, 2021, mainly

62

Table of Contents

reflective of growth in the portfolio, combined with improved economics. Our allowance for credit losses on consumer loans was $29.6 million, or 1.88 % at December 31, 2022, compared to $32.8 million, or 2.07% at December 31, 2021.

Net charge-offs during 2022 were $1.9 million, or 0.01% of average total loans, down from $31.2 million, or 0.15% of average total loans, for the year ended December 31, 2021. In 2022, the commercial portfolio had net recoveries $3.9 million, compared to net charge-offs of $25.5 million in 2021. Commercial net charge-offs in 2021 included $14.1 million of energy-related charge-offs, with $13.3 million associated with a single legacy credit. Residential mortgage loans had net recoveries of $1.6 million in 2022, compared to $0.7 million in 2021. Net charge-offs of consumer loans totaled $7.4 million in 2022, compared to $6.4 million in 2021.

Loan growth, portfolio composition, credit quality metrics and assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of credit loss reserves. At present, we expect low to modest charge-offs and provision in the first quarter of 2023.

63

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

TABLE 17. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,
($ in thousands)202220212020
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period$342,065$450,177$191,251
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate7,63733,523387,172
Commercial real estate - owner occupied9483,1791,828
Total commercial & industrial8,58536,702389,000
Commercial real estate - income producing1,0734252,512
Construction and land development3274400
Total Commercial9,66137,401391,912
Residential mortgages137713326
Consumer12,79212,72217,219
Total charge-offs22,59050,836409,457
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate11,8128,9856,032
Commercial real estate - owner occupied733642763
Total commercial & industrial12,5459,6276,795
Commercial real estate - income producing87810546
Construction and land development1342,172846
Total commercial13,55711,9047,687
Residential mortgages1,7491,4591,400
Consumer5,3826,2825,584
Total recoveries20,68819,64514,671
Total net charge-offs1,90231,191394,786
Provision for loan losses(32,374)(76,921)604,301
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle49,411
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$307,789$342,065$450,177
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period29,33429,9073,974
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle27,330
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments3,975(573)(1,397)
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period$33,309$29,334$29,907
Total Allowance for Credit Losses$341,098$371,399$480,084
Total Provision for Credit Losses$(28,399)$(77,494)$602,904
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans1.33%1.62%2.07%
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans1.48%1.76%2.20%
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans0.10%0.24%1.85%
Recoveries to average loans0.09%0.09%0.07%
Net charge-offs to average loans0.01%0.15%1.78%
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate(0.04)%0.25%3.77%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied0.01%0.09%0.04%
Total commercial & industrial(0.03)%0.22%2.97%
Commercial real estate - income producing0.01%0.01%0.08%
Construction and land development(0.01)%(0.16)%(0.04)%
Total Commercial(0.02)%0.15%2.22%
Residential mortgages(0.06)%(0.03)%(0.04)%
Consumer0.47%0.38%0.57%

64

Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.

TABLE 18. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category

December 31,
20222021
($ in thousands)Allowance for Loan Losses% of Total AllowanceAllowance for Loan Losses% of Total Allowance
Commercial non-real estate$96,46131%$95,88828%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied48,2841653,43316
Total commercial & industrial144,74547149,32144
Commercial real estate - income producing71,96123108,05832
Construction and land development30,4981022,1026
Residential mortgages32,4641130,6239
Consumer28,121931,9619
Total$307,789100%$342,065100%

Deposits

Total deposits were $29.1 billion at December 31, 2022, down $1.4 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2021. Average deposits of $29.5 billion for 2022 were up $0.4 billion, or 1%, over 2021. Since early 2020, deposit levels have been influenced by pandemic-driven factors, such as inflows from government stimulus payments, deposits related to funding PPP loans into business checking accounts and a slowdown in customer spending during the height of the pandemic. In 2022, we began to see gradual outflows of some of the deposit bases built over the preceding two years, as spending levels have increased amid inflationary conditions, and increased competition for deposits.

The composition of deposits at December 31, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:

TABLE 19. Deposits

December 31,
($ in thousands)20222021
Noninterest-bearing deposits$13,645,113$14,392,808
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits10,757,49511,677,333
Interest-bearing public fund deposits
Public fund transaction and savings deposits3,132,8283,216,651
Public fund time deposits111,39777,956
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits3,244,2253,294,607
Retail time deposits1,418,5961,091,959
Brokered time deposits4,9209,190
Total interest-bearing deposits15,425,23616,073,089
Total deposits$29,070,349$30,465,897

At December 31, 2022, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $13.6 billion, down $0.7 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2021. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 47% of total deposits at both December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $10.7 billion at December 31, 2022 decreased $0.9 billion, or 8%, from December 31, 2021. Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.2 billion at December 31, 2022, down $50.4 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2021. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year. Time deposits other than public funds totaled $1.5 billion at December 31, 2022, up $326 million, or 29%, from December 31, 2021.

65

Table of Contents

Table 20 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2022, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 21 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2022.

TABLE 20. Average Deposits

202220212020
($ in millions)BalanceRateMixBalanceRateMixBalanceRateMix
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits$2,630.30.15%8.9%$2,425.20.09%8.3%$2,166.40.20%8.3%
Money market deposits5,679.80.3019.36,212.00.1121.45,311.00.3920.3
Savings deposits2,917.40.019.92,598.20.018.92,092.40.028.0
Time deposits1,030.10.453.51,394.10.474.82,630.81.4110.0
Public Funds2,941.91.1010.03,140.20.3410.83,232.10.7912.3
Total interest-bearing deposits15,199.50.38%51.615,769.70.17%54.215,432.70.57%58.9
Noninterest bearing demand deposits14,298.048.413,324.045.810,779.641.1
Total deposits$29,497.5100.0%$29,093.7100.0%$26,212.3100.0%

TABLE 21. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*

December 31,
($ in thousands)2022
Three months$115,995
Over three months through six months71,956
Over six months through one year323,837
Over one year28,929
Total$540,717

* Includes public fund time deposits

We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured deposits to be approximately $14.7 billion, using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting.

Management expects the level of customer deposits at December 31, 2023 be relatively flat or slightly up compared to December 31, 2022.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2022, up $206 million, or 12% from December 31, 2021. Average short-term borrowings for 2022 totaled $1.4 billion, down $304 million, or 18%, compared to 2021. The variance compared to December 31, 2021 reflects the repayment of $1.1 billion of low fixed-rate FHLB borrowings that were called at the option of the FHLB, and the addition of $1.43 billion in a new FHLB borrowing that bears interest at current market interest rates. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy, the balance of which can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.

66

Table of Contents

Table 22 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years. Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary.

TABLE 22. Short-Term Borrowings

($ in thousands)202220212020
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end$1,850$1,850$300
Average amount outstanding during period13,1763,7629,708
Maximum amount at any month end during period2,3504,400330,330
Weighted-average interest at period end3.90%0.15%0.15%
Weighted-average interest rate during period2.82%0.43%1.15%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end$444,421$563,211$567,213
Average amount outstanding during period536,727559,410600,167
Maximum amount at any month end during period640,592643,403806,645
Weighted-average interest at period end0.53%0.05%0.14%
Weighted-average interest rate during period0.21%0.10%0.24%
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end$1,425,000$1,100,000$1,100,000
Average amount outstanding during period808,7841,100,0001,368,320
Maximum amount at any month end during period1,425,0001,100,0002,110,000
Weighted-average interest at period end4.70%0.49%0.49%
Weighted-average interest rate during period1.82%0.49%0.62%

The $1.4 billion of FHLB short-term borrowings at December 31, 2022 consists of one short-term fixed rate advance purchased on December 30, 2022 and maturing on January 3, 2023.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $242.1 million at December 31, 2022, down $2.1 million from December 31, 2021, largely due to activity associated with tax credit fund activity.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2022 includes subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. The notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum, with quarterly interest payments that began September 15, 2020. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans.

Commitments to extend credit totaled $10.2 billion at December 31, 2022 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality

67

Table of Contents

deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.

Letters of credit totaled $401 million at December 31, 2022. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.

The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. At December 31, 2022, the Company had a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $33.3 million.

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2022 and 2021 according to expiration date.

TABLE 23. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Expiration Date
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2022
Commitments to extend credit$10,202,464$3,997,036$2,557,813$2,819,663$827,952
Letters of credit400,505343,37556,995135
Total$10,602,969$4,340,411$2,614,808$2,819,798$827,952
Expiration Date
($ in thousands)Less Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2021
Commitments to extend credit$9,444,803$4,171,685$2,388,752$2,071,055$813,311
Letters of credit396,956287,23097,94011,786
Total$9,841,759$4,458,915$2,486,692$2,082,841$813,311

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments.

Risk Categories and Definitions

Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:


Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.


Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.


Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily

68

Table of Contents

unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”).


Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.


Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.


Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.


Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.

Risk Committee Governance Structure

Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:


Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control and regulatory environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Ms. Suzette Kent, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts. Other committees of the Board of the Directors oversee certain risks that overlap with the Board Risk Committee's enterprise risk management oversight, including the Compensation Committee, which evaluates and manages any risk posed by compensation and benefits programs and oversees diversity, equity and inclusion efforts, and the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, which oversees all ESG related activities.


Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.


Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. In addition, the Company has established a Sustainability Committee, which is a management committee that develops, monitors and assesses the strategies related to the environment, social responsibility and sustainable growth.

69

Table of Contents

Risk Leadership and Organization

The risk management function of the Company, which includes the Chief Risk Officer, is led by the President of Hancock Whitney Bank. The Chief Risk Officer provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, data governance, regulatory relations, corporate insurance, credit review (administrative only) and the enterprise-wide compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Other risk management functions reporting to the President include the Chief Credit Officer and Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) Officer.

Credit Risk

The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.

Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.

Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines.

Managing collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department. When deemed necessary, third party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Such valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation.

The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status.

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management consists of quantifying, analyzing and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable risk limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.

IRR on the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently result in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

70

Table of Contents

ALCO manages our IRR exposures through pro-active measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors through a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by its ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity, Monte Carlo, and gap analyses. The model quantifies the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and net income over the next twelve-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario of hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. These simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix, pricing and the repricing and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis and option risk are also considered.

Net Interest Income at Risk

Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.

The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2022. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with -200 through +300 basis points presented in Table 24. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors. All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled.

TABLE 24. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

Estimated Increase in NII
Change in Interest RatesYear 1Year 2
(basis points)
-200(8.33)%(13.09)%
-100(3.74)%(6.03)%
+1003.42%5.57%
+2006.75%10.98%
+30010.07%16.40%

The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing in variable rate loans and a funding mix composed of material volumes of non-interest bearing and lower rate sensitive deposits. Deployment of short-term funds into assets with longer durations combined with additional interest rate swaps and an increase in rate sensitive funding contributed to a decrease in reported asset sensitivity over the past year. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although

71

Table of Contents

certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk.

LIBOR Transition

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). In November 2020, the administrator of LIBOR announced it will consult on its intention to extend the retirement date of certain offered rates whereby the publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered rates will cease after December 31, 2021; but, the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates will continue until June 30, 2023. Given consumer protection, litigation, and reputation risks, the bank regulatory agencies have indicated that entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021, would create safety and soundness risks and that they will examine bank practices accordingly. Therefore, the agencies encouraged banks to cease entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021. The Company discontinued the use of LIBOR for new contracts after December, 31, 2021, with limited exceptions as permitted by regulatory guidance and internal policy.

Regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC)) have, among other things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for certain LIBOR rates (e.g., AMERIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as the recommended alternative to U.S. Dollar LIBOR), and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments. Further, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act, enacted in March 2022, provides a statutory framework to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR with a benchmark rate based on the SOFR for contracts governed by U.S. law that have no or ineffective fallbacks, and in December 2022, the Federal Reserve Board adopted related implementing rules. In addition, where fallback language allows the Bank to select a benchmark rate, the statutory framework grants the authority to select the Board-selected benchmark replacement as the benchmark replacement, including the safe harbor provisions that, among other things, generally provide that such selection or use will not discharge or excuse performance under, give any person the right to unilaterally terminate or suspend performance under, or constitute a breach, of the contract.

Our LIBOR Transition Working Group (the “Group”), whose purpose is to direct the overall transition process for the Company, is an internal, cross-functional team with representatives from business lines, support and control functions and legal counsel. Beginning in the third quarter of 2019, key provisions in our loan documents were modified to ensure new and renewed loans include appropriate pre-cessation trigger language and LIBOR fallback language for transition from LIBOR to the new benchmark when such transition occurs. All direct exposures resulting from existing financial contracts that mature after 2021 have been inventoried and are monitored on an ongoing basis. The Group has also inventoried indirect LIBOR exposures within the Company's systems, models and processes. Management has developed and prioritized remediation plans, and the Group is continuing to monitor developments and taking steps to ensure readiness when the LIBOR benchmark rate is discontinued. The Group expects that the majority of our existing LIBOR contracts will transition in accordance with the statutory framework established by the Federal Reserve.

The Bank has adopted several replacement benchmarks to use in place of LIBOR benchmark rates, including Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. (CME) Term SOFR, FRB-NY SOFR and AMERIBOR as the primary rates. The replacement benchmark rates adopted by the Bank have been affirmed to comply with the 19 principles set forth by the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) for Financial Benchmarks, and it further provides the Bank confidence these replacement benchmarks are based on transparent, market-based transactions. The Bank began using these replacement benchmarks towards the end of the third quarter of 2021.

We have a significant number of loans, derivative contracts, borrowings and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR has resulted in and could continue to result in added costs and employee efforts and could present additional risk. Since alternative rates are calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change our market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Even with provisions allowing for designation of alternative benchmarks or “fallback” provisions, the discontinuance of LIBOR could result in customer uncertainty and disputes arising as a consequence of the transition from LIBOR. All of this could result in damage to our reputation and loss of customers

72

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2022, approximately 19% of our loan portfolio consisted of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR, along with related derivatives and other financial instruments.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis. As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.

Cybersecurity is a significant operational risk for financial institutions as a result of increases in the number of incidents and the sophistication of cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include computer hacking, acts of vandalism or theft, ransomware and other forms of malware, credential theft, denial of service, phishing, and employee malfeasance, each utilized to disrupt the operations of a financial institution, which in certain instances have resulted in unauthorized access to confidential, proprietary or other information, including customer account information.

The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk. In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), a member of management, supports the information security risk oversight responsibilities of the Board and its committees and involves the appropriate personnel in information risk management. The CISO regularly attends Board Risk Committee meetings and sits in executive session with the Board Risk Committee members at least once annually. The CISO annually provides an Information Security Program Summary report to the Board, outlining the overall status of our Information Security Program and the Company’s compliance with regulatory guidelines. In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities.

The CISO is also responsible for managing the day-to-day cybersecurity operations and leads the IT Risk Governance Subcommittee, a management level committee, whose objective is to protect the integrity, security, safety and resiliency of our corporate information systems and assets. This committee meets regularly to review the development of our Information Security Program. Our Information Security Program is comprised of a collection of policies, guidelines and procedures, which are regularly updated and approved by appropriate management committees. As part of our Information Security Program, we have adopted a Comprehensive Information Security Policy and an Incident Response Plan. The Incident Response Plan is intended to proceed on parallel paths in the event of an incident, including implementation of (i) a forensic and containment, eradication and remediation plan, and (ii) a line of business response plan (including legal, compliance, business, insurance and communications).

We contract with outside vendors on an annual basis to conduct vulnerability/penetration tests against the Company’s network. We have also contracted with third parties to assist in cyber incident response, forensics and communications. Any third party service provider or vendor utilized as part of the Company’s cybersecurity framework is required to comply with the Company’s policies regarding non-public personal information and information security. In addition, information security training programs are in place for all new associates, as well as required annual training for all associates. Internal policies and procedures have been adopted to encourage the reporting of potential security attacks or risks.

To date, the Company has not experienced an attack that has significantly impacted its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Addressing cybersecurity risks is a priority for the Company, and the Company is committed to enhancing its systems of internal controls and business continuity and disaster recovery plans. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. At December 31, 2022, we had $17.9 billion in net available sources of funds, summarized as follows:

73

Table of Contents

TABLE 25. Net Available Sources of Funds

December 31, 2022
($ in thousands)Total AvailableAmount UsedNet Availability
Internal Sources
Free securities, cash and other$3,751,173$$3,751,173
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank6,414,1301,525,0344,889,096
Federal Reserve Bank3,400,4273,400,427
Brokered deposits4,360,5529,1904,351,362
Other1,459,0001,459,000
Total Liquidity$19,385,282$1,534,224$17,851,058

TABLE 26. Liquidity Metrics

202220212020
Free securities / total securities41.59%53.95%54.21%
Core deposits / total deposits98.12%98.66%97.14%
Wholesale funds / core deposits7.43%6.45%7.85%
Average loans / average deposits74.30%72.90%84.57%

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities to be 20% or greater. As shown in Table 26 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 41.59% and 53.95%, respectively, at December 31, 2022 and 2021. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The carry value of total pledged securities was $4.9 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $987.4 million from December 31, 2021. The increase in pledged securities, as well as the decrease in the ratio of free securities to total securities, was the result of utilizing securities to replace $850 million in maturing FHLB letters of credit as pledged collateral.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts and sweep accounts. At December 31, 2022, deposits totaled $29.1 billion, a decrease of $1.4 billion, or 5%, from December 31, 2021. This decrease was primarily attributable to increased consumer and business spending related to economic-related conditions, partially offset by an increase in time deposits due to higher competitive rate offerings. Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (“CDs”) of $250,000 or more and brokered deposits. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 98.12% at December 31, 2022, compared to 98.66% at December 31, 2021. Core deposits totaled $28.5 billion at December 31, 2022, an decrease of $1.5 billion from December 31, 2021. Brokered deposits totaled $4.9 million as of December 31, 2022 compared to $30.2 million at December 31, 2021. Brokered deposits declined as brokered certificates that matured were not reissued as part of our effort to utilize excess liquidity. The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate.

Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. In addition to funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2022, the Bank had borrowed $1.4 billion from the FHLB and had approximately $4.9 billion remaining available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.4 billion. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, or at any point during the years then ended.

Wholesale funds, comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 7.43% of core deposits at December 31, 2022 and 6.45% at December 31, 2021. Wholesale funds totaled $2.1 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $178.8 million from December 31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to an increase in FHLB borrowings, partially offset by decrease in customer repo agreements. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits.

Another key measure the Company uses to monitor its liquidity position is the loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding). The loan-to-deposit ratio measures the amount of funds the Company

74

Table of Contents

lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 74.30% for 2022 compared to 72.90% in 2021. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but will operate outside that range under certain circumstances, such as those caused by the continuing impact of the pandemic on loan and deposit levels. Average loans outstanding for 2022 and 2021, included approximately $204.8 million and $1.5 billion, respectively of low-risk SBA guaranteed PPP loans were largely repaid through the forgiveness process by the end of 2022.

Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 –Stockholder's Equity to the consolidated financial statements. The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately four quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may temporarily operate below that level if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters.

On June 15, 2021, the Parent utilized excess liquidity to redeem all of its issued and outstanding 5.95% subordinated notes due with an aggregate principal amount of $150 million.

Material Cash Requirements

The Company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 20. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.

TABLE 27. Contractual Cash Obligations

Payment due by period
($ in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
Long-term debt obligations$656,572$18,055$44,691$43,243$550,583
Operating lease obligations145,55716,31127,87023,39477,982
Purchase obligations157,57793,32640,82723,424
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company22,26222,262
Total$981,968$149,954$113,388$90,061$628,565

Capital Resources

The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $3.3 billion at December 31, 2022 compared to $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021. The $327.7 million decrease from December 31, 2021 is attributable to $718.2 million of other comprehensive loss, net of tax, largely due to fair value adjustments on securities available for sale and cash flow hedges amid the rising interest rate environment, along with dividends of $94.9 million and the repurchase of $58.9 million of common stock. These factors were partially offset by net income of $524.1 million and $20.2 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity.

At December 31, 2022, our tangible common equity ratio was 7.09%, compared to 7.71% at December 31, 2021. The 62 bps decline from December 31, 2021 is attributable to declines of 202 bps due to other comprehensive loss, 27 bps from dividends and 17 bps from common stock repurchase activity, partially offset by increases of 151 bps for tangible net income, 27 bps from tangible asset contraction, and 6 bps related to stock based compensation and other activity. The Company has adequate liquidity and, therefore, does not plan to and, more likely than not, will not be required to sell available for sale securities before the recovery of the losses reflected in other comprehensive loss.

The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of

75

Table of Contents

2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2022 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2022, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range.

At December 31, 2022, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $540 million. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 12 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.

The following table shows the Company’s regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules for the indicated periods. The capital ratios in the table below reflect the election to use the interim final five-year transition rule issued on March 27, 2020 available for institutions required to adopt CECL as of January 1, 2020. The CECL transition rule allowed for the option to delay for two years the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital (0%), followed by a three-year transition (25% in 2022, 50% in 2023, 75% in 2024, and 100% thereafter). In addition, the two-year delay also included the full impact of January 1, 2020 cumulative effect impact plus an estimated impact of CECL calculated quarterly as 25% of the current ACL over the January 1, balance (modified transition amount). The modified transition amount was recalculated quarterly, with the December 31, 2021 impact of $24.9 million plus the day one impact of $44.1 million carrying through remaining three-year transition.

TABLE 28. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

($ in thousands)20222021
Common equity tier 1 capital$3,279,419$2,890,770
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital3,279,4192,890,770
Tier 2 capital447,415454,617
Total capital$3,726,834$3,345,387
Risk-weighted assets$28,734,106$26,056,958
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)9.53%8.25%
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets11.41%11.09%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets11.41%11.09%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets12.97%12.84%
Common stockholders' equity to total assets9.50%10.05%
Tangible common equity to total assets7.09%7.71%

Throughout 2022 and 2021, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.27 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.08 per share. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967. In January 2023, the Company's board of directors declared an 11% increase in the regular first quarter 2023 cash dividend to $0.30 per share. The increase is reflective of our strong regulatory ratios, allowing for improved shareholder returns.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

Prior to its expiration on December 31, 2022, we had in place a stock repurchase program that was authorized by the Company's board of directors in April 2021 whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date. The program allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company was not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors had the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 1,204,368 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.90 per share, inclusive of commissions. In total, the Company repurchased 1.7 million of the 4.3 million authorized shares under the buyback program at an average cost of $48.77 per share.

Subsequent to year-end, in January 2023, the Company’s board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may, from time to time, purchase up to 4.3 million shares of its outstanding common stock (approximately 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022). The shares may be repurchased in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase plans, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, in one or more transactions, from time to time, depending upon market conditions and other factors, and in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The program has an expiration date of December 31, 2024 and does not obligate the Company to

76

Table of Contents

purchase any shares. The program may be terminated or amended by the Board at any time prior to the expiration date. This program allows us to continue to opportunistically repurchase shares of our common stock when the market is advantageous.

The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, signed into law in August 2022, includes a provision for an excise tax equal to 1% of the fair market value of any stock repurchased by covered corporations during a taxable year, subject to certain limits and provisions. The excise tax is effective beginning in fiscal year 2023. While we may complete transactions subject to the new excise tax, we do not expect a material impact to our statement of condition or result of operations.

77

Table of Contents

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2022 was $143.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted common share, compared to $135.4 million, or $1.55 per diluted common share, in the third quarter of 2022 and $137.7 million, or $1.55 per diluted common share, in the fourth quarter of 2021. The fourth quarter of 2021 included $4.9 million ($.04 per share after-tax impact) of net nonoperating income items, mostly attributable to hurricane-related insurance proceeds.

Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2022 results (compared to third quarter of 2022):


Net income of $143.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted share, was up $8.4 million, or $0.10 per diluted share


Pre-provision net revenue of $185.0 million was up $10.3 million, or 6%


Loan growth of $528.5 million, or 9%, linked-quarter annualized, exceeded expectations


Criticized commercial loans and nonperforming loans decreased slightly and remain near historically low levels


Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.48%


Deposits increased $119.1 million, or 2% linked-quarter annualized


Net interest margin improved 14 basis points (bps) to 3.68%


Common equity tier 1 ratio was 11.41%, up 31 bps; tangible common equity ratio of 7.09%, up 36 bps


Efficiency ratio improved to 49.81%

Total loans at December 31, 2022 were $23.1 billion, an increase of $528 million, or 2%, from September 30, 2022. Improved line utilization contributed to growth in markets and lines of business. One-time close residential mortgage construction products drove the increase in mortgage loans, while commercial real estate (CRE) declined as a result of today's uncertain economic environment.

Total deposits at December 31, 2022 were $29.1 billion, up $119 million, or less than 1%, from September 30, 2022.

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $13.6 billion at December 31, 2022, down $645.7 million, or 5%, from September 30, 2022 and comprised 47% of total deposits at December 31, 2022. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $10.7 billion at December 31, 2022, down $175.7 million, or 2%, compared to September 30, 2022. Commercial client demand deposits declined, while competitive rates on certain deposit products led to a slight shift from no and low-cost deposits to higher rate money market and time deposit products. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $447.9 million, or 16%, to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in public funds is seasonal and primarily attributable to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each year. Time deposits of $1.5 billion increased $492.6 million, or 51%, from September 30, 2022, largely attributable to promotional rate offerings in keeping with the rising interest rate environment.

Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2022 was $298.1 million, up $15.2 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2022, primarily driven by the rising rate environment coupled with an increase in earning assets, partially offset by an increase in the cost of funds. The net interest margin increased 14 bps to 3.68% in the fourth quarter as interest income increased as a result of the rising interest rate environment and growth in earning assets (+52 bps), partially offset by higher cost of funds (-37 bps) and forgiveness of PPP loans (-1 bp).

The provision for credit losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2022 was $2.5 million, compared to $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2022. Net charge-offs were $1.0 million, or 0.02% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2022, down from $1.3 million, or 0.02% of average total loans, in the third quarter of 2022. Our allowance for credit loss reserves were $341.1 million at December 31, 2022, up $1.5 million from the prior quarter. While our asset quality metrics are stable, economic uncertainty remains, resulting in an allowance level that is elevated when compared to pre-pandemic levels.

Noninterest income totaled $77.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2022, down $8.3 million, or 10%, from the third quarter of 2022, with declines from the third quarter noted in most fee categories. Service charges were down $1.0 million, or 5%, partly attributable to the discontinuance of certain consumer NSF and overdraft fees that began in December 2022. Bank card and ATM fees were down $0.5 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2022. Income from secondary mortgage operations totaled $1.5 million, down $1.8 million, or 54%, as a result of declining demand for mortgage loans and refinancing, and a lower percentage of such loans sold in the secondary market. Other noninterest income was down $5.7 million, primarily due to lower specialty fee income, including income from bank-owned life insurance, derivatives and small business investment company income.

78

Table of Contents

Noninterest expense totaled $190.2 million, down $3.3 million, or 2%, from the third quarter of 2022. The primary driver of the decrease is attributable to storm-related insurance gains recorded in the fourth quarter, partially offset by a decrease in net gains on ORE and foreclosed assets.

The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2022 was 20.1%. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.

79

Table of Contents

The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2022.

TABLE 29. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results

(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2022September 30, 2022June 30, 2022March 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Income Statement Data:
Interest income$345,676$299,737$254,864$236,786$238,756
Interest income (te) (a)348,291302,340257,449239,331241,391
Interest expense50,17519,4309,1328,3239,460
Net interest income (te)298,116282,910248,317231,008231,931
Provision for credit losses2,4871,402(9,761)(22,527)(28,399)
Noninterest income77,06485,33785,65383,43289,612
Noninterest expense190,154193,502187,097179,939182,462
Income before income taxes179,924170,740154,049154,483164,845
Income tax expense36,13735,35132,61431,00527,102
Net income$143,787$135,389$121,435$123,478$137,743
For informational purposes - included above, pre-tax
Nonoperating item included in noninterest income:
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement$$$$$3,600
Nonoperating items included in noninterest expense:
Efficiency initiatives(649)
Hurricane-related expenses(680)
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data:
Loans$23,114,046$22,585,585$21,846,068$21,323,341$21,134,282
Earning assets31,873,02731,213,44931,292,91032,997,32333,610,435
Total assets35,183,82534,567,24234,637,52536,317,29136,531,205
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,645,11314,290,81714,676,34214,976,67014,392,808
Total deposits29,070,34928,951,27429,866,43230,499,70930,465,897
Stockholders' equity3,342,6283,180,4393,349,7233,450,9513,670,352
Average balance sheet data:
Loans$22,723,248$22,138,709$21,657,528$21,122,038$20,770,130
Earning assets32,244,68131,783,80132,780,81333,201,92632,913,659
Total assets34,498,91534,377,77335,380,24736,003,80335,829,027
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,854,62514,323,64614,655,80014,363,32414,126,335
Total deposits28,816,33829,180,62629,979,94030,029,79329,750,665
Stockholders' equity3,228,6673,405,4633,383,7893,607,0613,642,003
Common Shares Data:
Earnings per share:
Basic$1.65$1.56$1.39$1.40$1.56
Diluted1.651.551.381.401.55
Cash dividends per common share0.270.270.270.270.27
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets1.65%1.56%1.38%1.39%1.53%
Return on average common equity17.67%15.77%14.39%13.88%15.00%
Efficiency (b)49.81%51.62%54.95%56.03%56.57%
Net interest margin (te)3.68%3.54%3.04%2.81%2.80%
Reconciliation of operating revenue (te) and operating pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP measure) (te) (c)
Net interest income$295,501$280,307$245,732$228,463$229,296
Noninterest income77,06485,33785,65383,43289,612
Total revenue372,565365,644331,385311,895318,908
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,6152,6032,5852,5452,635
Nonoperating revenue(3,600)
Operating revenue (te)$375,180$368,247$333,970$314,440$317,943
Noninterest expense(190,154)(193,502)(187,097)(179,939)(182,462)
Nonoperating expense(1,329)
Operating pre-provision net revenue (te)$185,026$174,745$146,873$134,501$134,152

(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21% .

(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating items.

(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These principles and practices require

80

Table of Contents

management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. Accounting standards require that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios, including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date. The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Since 2020, the United States and global financial markets experienced unprecedented volatility, with significant uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic followed by a prolonged period of inflation, labor shortages and aggressive monetary policy actions, among other things. Changing economic conditions have introduced enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not correlate to existing economic conditions. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates.

Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third party forecasts. At December 31, 2022, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 25% and the slower growth S-2 scenario at 75%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 44% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2022. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2021, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results 21% greater than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.

The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.

For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral on impaired loans may include, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Values for impaired credits are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from current market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation.

81

Table of Contents

Accounting for Retirement Benefits

Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. Note 17 – Retirement Plans. provides further discussion on the accounting for retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001564590-22-007023.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The objective of this discussion and analysis is to provide material information relevant to the assessment of the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Whitney Corporation and subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2021 and selected prior periods, including an evaluation of the amounts and certainty of cash flows from operations and outside sources. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, our actual results may differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. See Forward-Looking Statements in Part I of this Annual Report.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe our performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in Table 1. “Consolidated Financial Results” and Table 28. “Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results” of this section. The following is an overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations included below.

Consistent with the provisions of Subpart 229.1400 of Regulation S-K, “Disclosures by Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants,” we present net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of interest income from certain loans and investments using the statutory federal tax rate (21% for all periods presented) to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. This measure is the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources.

We present certain additional non-GAAP financial measures to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period, as well as to provide investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. We use the term “operating” to describe a financial measure that excludes income or expense considered to be nonoperating in nature. Items identified as nonoperating are those that, when excluded from a reported financial measure, provide management or the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in the Company’s business. However, these non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of results or capital position under U.S. GAAP.

We define Operating Revenue as net interest income (te) and noninterest income less nonoperating revenue.  We define Operating Pre-Provision Net Revenue as operating revenue (te) less noninterest expense, excluding nonoperating items. Management believes that operating revenue and pre-provision net revenue are useful financial measures because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s performance period over period and management’s success in executing its strategic initiatives, as well as measuring the ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

We are pleased to report that 2021 was a record year for our company despite the ongoing challenges of the pandemic. Our associates were steadfast and resilient in in their service to clients and to each other as we worked to gain efficiency and build momentum through the year. At December 31, 2021, our assets grew to $36.5 billion and our capital remained strong. We ended the year with loans and deposits totaling $21.1 billion and $30.5 billion, respectively. Our credit metrics improved greatly and are now among the best in class relative to our peers. The work we started pre-pandemic and continue today to improve technology, grow revenues and control expenses, coupled with de-risking efforts from 2020, have helped us achieve strong operating results for 2021 and we believe sets a path for a strong 2022.

Current Economic Environment

During the past year, the COVID-19 pandemic continued to have a profound effect upon the cycle of commerce, as individuals, businesses and governments continue to grapple with economic disruption. While there were no widespread or pervasive restrictions on social or business practices in place similar to those instituted in early 2020, the emergence of two notable variants of the virus, Delta and Omicron, resulted in mid and late year surges in illness. These surges strained healthcare delivery in many areas in the U.S. and prompted certain localized mandated mitigation measures and other voluntary responses, such as quarantines/new virus containment protocols, leisure and business event cancellations and vaccine-for-entry requirements. Supply chain disruption and labor shortages intensified during the period, leading to inflationary conditions, with the U.S. experiencing a 7% annual increase in the consumer price index during 2021.

Following the largest contraction in nearly a century brought on by the pandemic, the U.S. economy experienced the strongest annual growth in almost four decades in 2021. The efficacy of vaccines at preventing serious illness and death from the coronavirus

37

Table of Contents

allowed for the return of many social/leisure and business practices, and, coupled with ongoing and new stimulus initiatives, spurred meaningful growth in economic activity. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the rate of unemployment fell to 3.9% at December 31, 2021, from 6.7% a year earlier. Based on advanced estimates of the Bureau of Economic Analysis, Real Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) increased 5.7% in 2021, compared to a decrease of 3.4% in 2020. GDP increased at an annual rate of 6.9% in the fourth quarter of 2021, following an increase of 2.3% in the third quarter. The acceleration in the fourth quarter was led by an upturn in exports as well as increases in inventory investment and consumer spending. However, surges in COVID-19 cases resulting from variants created disruptions in the operations of establishments in some parts of the country, and government assistance in the forms of forgivable loans to business, grants to state and local governments and social benefits to households have decreased as provisions of several federal aid programs have expired or tapered off.

While we have seen promising signs of economic recovery, challenges, some unique to the financial services industry, remain. Customer deposit balances remain elevated and with the cash inflows from the forgiveness of the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans, excess liquidity remains on our balance sheet. Amid the prolonged low interest rate environment, the deployment of excess liquidity into lower-yielding investments resulted in the compression of our net interest margin in 2021. We saw improvement in demand in 2021 in our core loan portfolio, which excludes PPP loans, especially in the fourth quarter. Although loan pricing pressure continued, core loan growth was across most regions and in our equipment finance and healthcare specialty business lines.

Parts of our footprint were further affected by Hurricane Ida, a major hurricane that made landfall in late August in Southeast Louisiana. Along with personal and commercial property damage in some hard-hit areas, extensive damage to the region’s energy grid resulted in extended power outages for a portion of our market. The effects of the storm prompted temporary evacuation for many residents and unplanned closures of businesses, schools, and other essential services. As a result, supply chain and labor constraints already present were exacerbated, and many events that foster leisure and business tourism were canceled or postponed. Certain of our fee income categories, such as ATM fees and secondary mortgage market operations, were temporarily impacted by Hurricane Ida’s disruption. Our hurricane impacted markets generally experience increased economic activity as the communities rebuild and recover from the damage.

Economic Outlook

We utilize economic forecasts produced by Moody’s Analytics (Moody’s) that provide various scenarios to assist in the development of our economic outlook. This outlook discussion utilizes the December 2021 Moody’s forecast, the most current available at December 31, 2021. The forecasts are anchored on a baseline forecast scenario, which Moody’s defines as the “most likely outcome” of where the economy is headed based on current conditions. Several upside and downside scenarios are produced that are derived from the baseline scenario and have varying degrees of positive and negative severity of the outcome of the economic downturn stemming from the coronavirus pandemic, as well as varying shapes and length of recovery. The outlook reflected in the December 2021 economic scenarios has improved significantly from the comparable forecasts available at December 31, 2020, attributable to widely available vaccines, the lifting of most restrictions on movement and improvement across most economic variables.

The December 2021 baseline forecast is overall optimistic in its assumptions surrounding the drivers of economic growth, including passage of the Build Back Better Act bill by the end of 2021 with meaningful effects seen in early 2022, coronavirus infection abatement in February 2022, and that COVID-19 will become seasonal and endemic, with no explicit assumptions surrounding the Omicron variant of the virus. The baseline scenarios has forecasted unemployment rate at 3.6% and 3.5% in 2022 and 2023, respectively and forecasted GDP growth of 4.4% in 2022 and 2.9% 2023. This scenario assumes that the consumer price index is near its peak and that the worst of the supply chain issues are behind us. The downside slower near-term growth scenario (S-2) assumes a more subdued growth compared to the baseline, primarily as a result of lesser efficacy of vaccines against variants of the coronavirus, a reduction or delay in stimulus, and more prolonged labor shortages and global supply chain disruption. The forecasted unemployment rate under the S-2 scenario was 5.9% and 4.3% in 2022 and 2023, respectively and GDP growth of 2.6% in 2022 and 2.0% in 2023. Management considers the assumptions provided for in the S-2 scenario to be somewhat more likely than the baseline scenario, particularly within our footprint; as such, the baseline scenario and the S-2 scenario were given probability weightings of 40% and 60%, respectively, in our allowance for credit losses calculation at December 31, 2021. The weighting of the S-2 scenario reflects management’s view that the emergence of the Omicron variant could have a greater effect upon our portfolios, with loan concentrations in industries such as hospitality, retail and nonessential healthcare services, and the delay of economic stimulus and impacts from inflation, all of which may slow the economic recovery.

Excess liquidity from elevated customer deposit levels and from PPP loan forgiveness, coupled with nearly two years of a low interest rate environment, have and are expected to continue to pressure net interest margin in the near term. In response to rising inflation, in January 2022, the Federal Reserve signaled intentions to raise the target range for the Federal Funds rate in mid-March 2022. As a financial institution that is asset sensitive, we expect to see our net interest margin widen in the second half of the year. We expect core loan demand to continue to increase, with forecasted growth of 6%-8% in 2022 and expect the majority of PPP loans to be forgiven by the second quarter of 2022. Deposits are expected to remain elevated compared to pre-pandemic levels.

38

Table of Contents

Given the economic volatility resulting from the pandemic, including supply chain constraints, labor shortages and the potential for future mitigation measures intended to combat variants of the virus, it is not possible to accurately predict the extent, severity or duration of these conditions or when typical operating conditions will fully resume. The continued success of government initiatives to stimulate economic activity, societal response to virus containment measures and the efficacy of vaccines and/or treatments to control the rate of serious illness are critical to the resolution of the crisis. We continuously monitor and anticipate developments, but cannot predict all of the various adverse effects COVID-19 will have on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Highlights of 2021 Financial Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $463.2 million, or $5.22 per diluted common share, compared to a net loss of $45.2 million in 2020, or ($0.54) per diluted common share. The results for 2021 include $35.9 million (pre-tax), or $0.31 per share after tax, of net nonoperating expenses items, including expense of $38.3 million related to efficiency initiatives, $4.4 million of hurricane-related expenses and $4.2 million associated with subordinated debt redemption, partially offset by $11.0 million gains. There were no nonoperating items in 2020. The following is an overview of financial results for the year ended December 31, 2021:

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Record net income of $463.2 million, or $5.22 per diluted common share, includes $35.9 million (pre-tax), or $0.31 per share after tax, of net nonoperating expense items, mostly attributable to efficiency initiatives
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Operating pre-provision net revenue (PPNR) was $537.6 million, up $46.5 million, or 9%, compared to 2020
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Negative provision for credit losses of $77.5 million in 2021 resulted from a reserve release of $108.7 million and net charge-offs of $31.2 million, compared to a provision expense of $602.9 million in 2020, which included $160.1 million related to the sale of a substantial portion of our energy loan portfolio and $442.8 million largely related to the expected economic impact to borrowers as a result of the pandemic
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Criticized commercial loans declined $105.4 million, or 27%, and total nonperforming loans declined by $84.8 million, or 59%, from December 31, 2020
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Core loan growth of $818.5 million, or 4%, and a $1.5 billion of reduction of PPP loans due to forgiveness resulted in an overall decrease in total loans of $655.6 million in 2021
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Deposits of $30.5 billion at December 31, 2021 increased $2.8 billion, or 10%, primarily driven by stimulus funding and Hurricane Ida insurance proceeds; noninterest bearing deposits comprised 47% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, compared to 44% for the prior year end
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Common stockholders’ equity totaled $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021, up $231.3 million or 7%; common tier 1 equity ratio was 11.09%, up 48 basis points (bps); tangible common equity ratio totaled 7.71%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Net interest margin declined 32 bps to 2.95%, reflecting the continued impact of historic levels of excess liquidity and the low interest rate environment

We are pleased to report record earnings in this ongoing challenging environment. The pandemic brought into focus the importance of reassessing how we could meet the challenges 2020 presented to our Company and the banking industry as a whole, resulting in a phased-in plan to streamline and strengthen our operational framework according to our clients' changing needs and habits in a recovering economy. In 2021, we completed a Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Program (VERIP), under which approximately 260 associates retired in the second quarter of 2021. Further, in the third quarter of 2021, we completed an additional reduction in force initiative that resulted in the net elimination of approximately 150 positions and, in the fourth quarter of 2021, we finalized the consolidation of an additional 18 financial centers, bringing the total closed to 38 since 2020. We also utilized excess liquidity with the early redemption of our 5.95% $150 million subordinated notes. We believe these cost reduction measures and revenue generating initiatives are the building blocks for our path to an efficiency ratio target of 55% by fourth quarter of 2022. Our path to this target considers the deployment of excess liquidity into loans through continued momentum in core loan growth and modest investment in the bond portfolio, and maintaining our target level of expenses with additional efficiency initiatives, including strategic procurement. Additional information related to our expectations is included in the discussions that follow.

39

Table of Contents

TABLE 1. Consolidated Financial Results

Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)202120202019
Income Statement:
Interest income (a)$982,258$1,057,981$1,125,782
Interest income (te) (b)993,4371,070,9811,140,556
Interest expense49,023115,458230,565
Net interest income (te)944,414955,523909,991
Provision for credit losses(77,494)602,90447,708
Noninterest income364,334324,428315,907
Noninterest expense807,007788,792770,677
Income (loss) before income taxes568,056(124,745)392,739
Income tax expense (benefit)104,841(79,571)65,359
Net income (loss)$463,215$(45,174)$327,380
For informational purposes - included above, pre-tax:
Nonoperating item included in noninterest income:
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds$4,576$$
Gain on sale of Mastercard Class B common stock2,800
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement3,600
Nonoperating items included in noninterest expense:
Efficiency initiatives38,296
Hurricane-related expenses4,412
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes4,165
Merger-related costs32,666
Provision for credit loss associated with energy loan sale160,101$
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans$21,134,282$21,789,931$21,212,755
Earning assets33,610,43530,616,27727,622,161
Total assets36,531,20533,638,60230,600,757
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,392,80812,199,7508,775,632
Total deposits30,465,89727,697,87723,803,575
Stockholders' equity3,670,3523,439,0253,467,685
Average balance sheet data
Loans$21,207,942$22,166,523$20,380,027
Earning assets32,060,86329,235,31326,476,900
Total assets35,075,39232,390,96729,125,449
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,323,97810,779,5708,255,859
Total deposits29,093,70926,212,31723,299,304
Stockholders' equity3,545,2553,433,0993,302,696
Common Shares Data:
Earnings (loss) per share - basic$5.23$(0.54)$3.72
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted5.22(0.54)3.72
Cash dividends per common share1.081.081.08
Book value per share (period end)42.3139.6539.62
Tangible book value per share (period end)31.6428.7928.63
Weighted average number of shares - diluted87,02786,53386,599
Period end number of shares86,74986,72887,515

40

Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)202120202019
Performance and other data:
Return on average assets1.32%(0.14%)1.12%
Return on average common equity13.07%(1.32%)9.91%
Return on average tangible common equity17.74%(1.82%)13.66%
Tangible common equity (c)7.71%7.64%8.45%
Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio11.09%10.61%10.50%
Net interest margin (te)2.95%3.27%3.44%
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue (te)27.84%25.35%25.77%
Efficiency ratio (d)57.29%60.07%58.50%
Allowance for loan loss as a percentage of total loans1.62%2.07%0.90%
Allowance for credit loss as a percentage of total loans1.76%2.20%0.92%
Annualized net charge-offs to average loans0.15%1.78%0.23%
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans, ORE and foreclosed assets0.32%0.71%1.59%
FTE headcount3,4863,9864,136
Reconciliation of operating revenue and pre-provision net revenue (te) (non GAAP measures) ( e)
Net interest income$933,235$942,523$895,217
Noninterest income364,334324,428315,907
Total revenue1,297,5691,266,9511,211,124
Taxable equivalent adjustment11,17913,00014,774
Nonoperating revenue(10,976)
Total operating revenue (te)1,297,7721,279,9511,225,898
Noninterest expense(807,007)(788,792)(770,677)
Nonoperating expense46,87332,666
Operating pre-provision net revenue (te)$537,638$491,159$487,887
Column 1Column 2
(a)Interest income includes the net impact of discount accretion and premium amortization arising from business combinations totaling $8.6 million, $15.4 million and $23.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Column 1Column 2
(b)For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%
Column 1Column 2
(c)The tangible common equity ratio is common stockholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets.
Column 1Column 2
(d)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating items.
Column 1Column 2
(e)See non-GAAP financial measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion of results from operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020.  Refer to previously filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of prior year variances.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income was $933.2 million, down $9.3 million from $942.5 million in 2020. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis (te) using the statutory federal tax rate of 21% on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans).

Net interest income (te) for 2021 totaled $944.4 million, an $11.1 million, or 1%, decrease from 2020. The decrease in net interest income in 2021 was primarily due to a 56 bp compression in the earning asset yield, partially offset by a $2.8 billion increase in average earning assets, including a $2.1 billion increase in average short-term investments resulting from excess liquidity. The increase in average earning assets was largely driven by a $2.9 billion increase in average deposits, of which $2.5 billion were noninterest-bearing. The deposit growth is attributable to a combination of customers’ government stimulus funds, PPP loan proceeds, Hurricane Ida insurance proceeds, and a reduced level of consumer and business spending. The decrease in interest income was partially offset by a decline in interest expense resulting from a 24 bp reduction in the cost of funds, primarily driven by a 40 bp reduction in the cost of interest-bearing deposits.

41

Table of Contents

The yield on earning assets was 3.10% in 2021, down 56 bps from 2020. The decrease was mainly attributable to the impact of the lower interest rate environment on the loan and investment portfolios, a $6.8 million reduction in purchase accounting accretion and a less favorable earning asset mix driven by liquidity in excess of current needs. The excess liquidity resulted in a higher percentage of assets invested in lower yielding overnight funds. The loan yield was down 21 bps to 3.92%, reflecting a full year impact of the low interest rate environment, with the variable rate loan portfolio repricing downward. Also impacted by the low rate environment were the yields on new loans, which were originated at yields lower than portfolio averages. The loan yield was favorably impacted in 2021 by 6 bps due to higher net interest recoveries on nonaccrual loans. The yield on investment securities decreased 46 bps in 2021 to 1.92% as higher yielding fixed rate securities paid down and were replaced by securities purchased at lower yields in the current environment.

The cost of funds decreased 24 bps to 0.15% in 2021, from 0.39% in 2020, primarily as a result of the full year impact of the low interest rate environment. Average interest-bearing deposit costs decreased from 57 bps in 2020 to 17 bps in 2021. During 2021, we continued to price downward interest-bearing transaction accounts and time deposit rates. Other short-term borrowing costs which consist largely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, decreased 13 bps to 0.49% in 2021 as excess liquidity was used to paydown advances in 2020. Our remaining Federal Home Loan Bank advances are lower fixed-rate advances entered into in late 2019 and early 2020. The rate on long-term debt decreased 4 bps to 5.32%, largely due to the debt associated with our new market tax credit program. The loan term debt rate also reflects the full year impact of the June 2020 issuance of $172.5 million in subordinated debt at 6.25% and the June 2021 redemption of $150 million in subordinated debt at 5.95%.

The net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earning assets. The net interest margin decreased 32 bps to 2.95% in 2021 from 3.27% in 2020, due primarily to the reasons noted above. Discussions of Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk later in this item provide additional information regarding our management of interest rate risk and the potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively.

We anticipate net interest margin to be relatively flat to slightly down during the first half of 2022 compared to the fourth quarter of 2021 level of 2.80%, due largely to the continued high levels of excess liquidity. We expect our net interest margin to begin to expand around mid-year 2022 through the continued deployment of short-term liquid assets into higher yielding loans and investment securities.

42

Table of Contents

TABLE 2. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te) (a)

Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
AverageInterestAverageInterestAverageInterest
($ in millions)Balance(d)RateBalance(d)RateBalance(d)Rate
Assets
Interest-Earnings Assets:
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$17,070.3$606.13.55%$17,270.9$660.53.82%$15,289.6$739.04.83%
Residential mortgage loans2,445.690.63.702,857.6112.13.922,974.1121.74.09
Consumer loans1,692.181.64.822,038.0101.54.982,116.3121.55.74
Loan fees & late charges53.70.041.00.0(1.2)0.0
Loans (te) (b)21,208.0832.03.9222,166.5915.14.1320,380.0981.04.81
Loans held for sale90.22.52.8286.82.63.0241.71.94.50
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities330.65.41.64153.53.22.09134.13.12.30
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations6,833.1122.31.795,345.0121.82.284,821.6122.32.54
Municipals (te)928.427.22.93891.926.93.02904.428.23.12
Other securities13.70.53.668.40.44.284.10.13.79
Total investment securities (te) (c)8,105.8155.41.926,398.8152.32.385,864.2153.72.62
Short-term investments2,656.93.50.13583.21.00.17191.04.02.07
Total earning assets (te)32,060.9993.43.10%29,235.31,071.03.66%26,476.91,140.64.31%
Nonearning assets:
Other assets3,420.63,547.42,844.6
Allowance for loan losses(406.1)(391.7)(196.1)
Total assets$35,075.4$32,391.0$29,125.4
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Interest-bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits$11,216.5$9.10.08%$9,558.1$25.60.27%$8,274.6$60.10.73%
Time deposits1,413.06.50.462,642.537.11.403,690.873.72.00
Public funds3,140.210.60.343,232.125.60.793,078.054.21.76
Total interest-bearing deposits15,769.726.20.1715,432.788.30.5715,043.4188.01.25
Repurchase agreements559.40.60.10600.21.40.24493.32.60.52
Other short-term borrowings1,103.85.40.491,378.08.60.621,448.928.61.98
Long-term debt314.916.85.32320.317.25.36233.511.44.87
Total interest-bearing liabilities17,747.849.00.28%17,731.2115.50.65%17,219.1230.61.34%
Noninterest-bearing:
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,324.010,779.68,255.9
Other liabilities458.3447.1347.8
Stockholders' equity3,545.33,433.13,302.6
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$35,075.4$32,391.0$29,125.4
Net interest income (te) and margin$944.42.95$955.53.27$910.03.44
Net earning assets and spread$14,313.12.82$11,504.13.01$9,257.82.97
Interest cost of funding earning assets0.15%0.39%0.87%
Column 1Column 2
(a)Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using federal income tax rate of 21%.
Column 1Column 2
(b)Includes nonaccrual loans.
Column 1Column 2
(c)Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.
Column 1Column 2
(d)Included in interest income is net purchase accounting accretion of $8.6 million, $15.4 million and $23.2 million for the years December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

43

Table of Contents

TABLE 3. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te) (a) (b)

2021 Compared to 20202020 Compared to 2019
Due toTotalDue toTotal
Change inIncreaseChange inIncrease
(in thousands)VolumeRate(Decrease)VolumeRate(Decrease)
Interest Income (te)
Commercial & real estate loans (te) (a)$(7,579)$(46,849)$(54,428)$88,109$(166,601)$(78,492)
Residential mortgage loans(15,509)(6,007)(21,516)(4,672)(4,956)(9,628)
Consumer loans(16,849)(2,991)(19,840)(4,212)(15,816)(20,028)
Loan fees & late charges12,66012,66042,26242,262
Loans (te) (c)(39,937)(43,187)(83,124)79,225(145,111)(65,886)
Loans held for sale100(179)(79)1,520(774)746
Investment securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities2,708(499)2,209419(297)122
Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations29,730(29,220)51013,480(14,012)(532)
Municipals1,084(801)283(385)(877)(1,262)
Other securities200(58)14218122203
Total investment in securities (te) (d)33,722(30,578)3,14413,695(15,164)(1,469)
Short-term investments2,762(246)2,5162,968(5,937)(2,969)
Total earning assets (te)(3,353)(74,190)(77,543)97,408(166,986)(69,578)
Interest-bearing transaction and
Savings deposits(3,813)20,26816,4558,157(42,646)(34,489)
Time deposits12,49918,07030,569(17,905)(18,756)(36,661)
Public funds70614,28514,9912,587(31,164)(28,577)
Total interest-bearing deposits9,39252,62362,015(7,161)(92,566)(99,727)
Repurchase agreements92777869471(1,588)(1,117)
Other short-term borrowings1,5411,6173,158(1,230)(18,808)(20,038)
Long-term debt2871063934,5571,2165,773
Total interest expense11,31255,12366,435(3,363)(111,746)(115,109)
Net interest income (te) variance$7,959$(19,067)$(11,108)$100,771$(55,240)$45,531
Column 1Column 2
(a)Taxable equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
Column 1Column 2
(b)Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate.
Column 1Column 2
(c)Includes nonaccrual loans.
Column 1Column 2
(d)Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities.

Provision for Credit Losses

Our 2021 results include a negative provision for credit losses of $77.5 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit loss expense of $602.9 million in 2020. The 2021 negative provision includes a $108.1 million release of the allowance for funded loan losses and a $0.6 million release of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, offset by net charge-offs of $31.2 million, or 0.15% of average loans outstanding. The negative provision for credit losses reflects improvement in macroeconomic forecasts and asset quality metrics, as the economy continued to rebound in 2021 from the economic impacts of the pandemic. The provision for credit losses expense recorded in 2020 included net charge-offs of $394.8 million, or 1.78% of average loans outstanding, and a $209.5 million build in the allowance for funded loan losses, partially offset by a $1.4 million release of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The provision expense in 2020 is primarily attributable to the impact of the widespread economic disruption from the pandemic upon our estimate of expected lifetime credit losses and an additional $160.1 million provision related to the energy loan sale, which significantly reduced our exposure in that sector.

As noted above, 2021 net charge-offs totaled $31.2 million, a decrease of $363.6 million from 2020. Net charge-offs in 2021 included $25.5 million of commercial net charge-offs, $6.4 million of consumer net charge-offs, and a net recovery of $0.7 million in residential mortgage. Net charge offs in 2020 included $242.6 million in net charges offs related to the energy loan sale, an additional $65.8 million related to the energy portfolio, $51.6 million related to healthcare credits, $24.3 million of other commercial charges, $11.6 million of consumer charges and a net recovery of $1.1 million in residential mortgage.

Future assumptions in economic forecasts will drive the level of reserves; however, management expects that our provision for credit losses will continue to reflect modest reserve releases over the next several quarters.

44

Table of Contents

Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Credit Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for credit losses and general credit quality.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income for 2021 totaled $364.3 million, a $39.9 million, or 12%, increase from 2020, and includes $11.0 million of nonoperating income. Nonoperating income for 2021 is comprised of $4.6 million from the sale of the remaining Hancock Horizon Funds, $3.6 million related to a hurricane-related insurance settlement and $2.8 million related to the sale of Mastercard stock. Excluding nonoperating income, noninterest income was up $28.9 million, or 9%, with increases in most fee categories as economic conditions improved and consumer activity rebounded from the recessionary market conditions present in much of 2020. Increases in card fees, investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, trust fees and service charges on deposit were partially offset by a decrease in secondary mortgage activity, which began to slow during the second half of 2021.

Table 4 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the components of noninterest income, along with the percentage changes between years.

TABLE 4. Noninterest Income

($ in thousands)2021% Change2020% Change2019
Service charges on deposit accounts$81,0326%$76,659(11)%$86,364
Trust fees62,898858,191(6)61,609
Bank card and ATM fees79,0741668,131266,976
Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions29,5022124,330(8)26,574
Secondary mortgage market operations36,694(9)40,24410319,853
Securities transactions333(32)488100
Income from bank-owned life insurance18,330118,1792214,946
Income from derivatives13,477512,814(1)12,958
Credit-related fees11,001(2)11,255(1)11,399
Other miscellaneous income:
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Fund4,576n/m
Gain on sale of Mastercard Class B common stock2,800n/m
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement3,600n/m
Other operating miscellaneous income21,0174914,137(7)15,228
Total noninterest income$364,33412%$324,4283%$315,907

n/m – not meaningful

Service charges on deposit accounts include consumer, business, and corporate deposit account servicing fees, as well as overdraft and insufficient funds fees, overdraft protection fees, and other customer transaction-related fees. Service charges on deposit accounts were $81.0 million, up $4.4 million, or 6%, from 2020. The increase over 2020 was primarily attributable to stronger corporate customer activity as economic activity rebounded, lower earnings credit rate applied to excess deposit balances and business account fee structure changes implemented at the beginning of 2021. Service charges continue to rebound from the impacts of the pandemic but remain lower than pre-pandemic levels, due in part to higher account balances.

Trust fee income represents revenue generated from asset management services provided to individuals, businesses and institutions. Trust fees totaled $62.9 million in 2021, a $4.7 million, or 8%, increase from 2020.  The increase in trust fees is primarily due to both the introduction of a new fee structure during the second quarter of 2021 and the improvement of market conditions in 2021 compared to the volatile market conditions in 2020 caused by the pandemic. Trust assets under management increased to $9.8 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $9.5 billion at December 31, 2020.

Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit and debit card transactions, fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, and fees earned from ATM transactions. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $79.1 million in 2021, up $10.9 million, or 16%, compared to 2020. The growth over 2020 is the result of an increase in debit card activity during 2021 following a decline in 2020 as a result of the economic shutdown caused by the pandemic.

Investment and annuity fees and insurance commissions, which includes both fees earned from sales of annuity and insurance products as well as managed account fees, totaled $29.5 million in 2021, compared to $24.3 million in 2020.  The $5.2 million, or 21%, increase is primarily due to a higher level of investment and annuity sales and insurance fees as this business line was impacted

45

Table of Contents

by pandemic-related disruption of financial center operations and market volatility during 2020, and also favorably impacted by an increase in the number of managed accounts.

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is comprised of income produced from the origination and sales of residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. We offer a full range of mortgage products to our customers and typically sell longer-term fixed rate loans, while retaining the majority of adjustable rate loans and mortgage loans generated through programs to support customer relationships. Income from secondary mortgage market operations totaled $36.7 million in 2021, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 9%, from 2020. Mortgage loan production decreased by approximately 7% in 2021 compared to 2020, and the percentage of loan production sold in the secondary mortgage market was also down year-over-year. Mortgage loan production remained elevated during 2021, although levels began to decline during the second half of 2021 as demand for loan refinancing slowed. Loan production levels for our secondary mortgage market operations will vary based on application volume and loan closure rates. We expect income from the secondary mortgage market to continue to decline as interest rates rise and market conditions stabilize.

Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is generated through insurance benefit proceeds as well as the growth of the cash surrender value of insurance contracts held. BOLI income increased $0.2 million, or 1%, to $18.3 million in 2021. The increase was mainly due to $4.4 million in nonrecurring income received in connection with the purchase of policies in the first quarter of 2021, partially offset by lower mortality benefits, which were down $4.2 million from 2020.

Income from derivatives is largely from our customer interest rate derivative program totaled $13.5 million in 2021, compared to $12.8 million in 2020. The increase in income from derivatives was largely due to a $1.4 million negative valuation adjustment on a company owned derivative in 2020 that was not present in 2021, partially offset by lower interest earned on derivative collateral and a lower level of customer derivative income. Derivative income can be volatile and is dependent upon the composition of the portfolio, customer sales activity and market value adjustments due to market interest rate movement.

Other miscellaneous income is comprised of various items, including income from small business investment companies, FHLB stock dividends; gain/losses from sales of other assets, and syndication fees. Other miscellaneous income includes the previously disclosed $11.0 million of gains considered nonoperating in nature. Other operating miscellaneous income was $21.0 million in 2021, up $6.9 million, or 49%, compared to 2020. The increase from the prior year is primarily due to a $4.1 million increase in net gains on sales of other assets, a $2.1 million increase in teller fees and a $1.4 million increase in syndication fees, partially offset by a $0.9 million decrease in FHLB stock dividends and a $0.3 million decrease in small business investment income.

We expect noninterest income to remain relatively flat in 2022, with improvements in most fee categories being offset by a lower level of secondary mortgage market operations fees.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense for 2021 totaled $807.0 million, up $18.2 million, or 2%, compared to 2020. There were $46.9 million of nonoperating expenses in 2021, of which $38.3 million was related to initiatives put in place to improve overall efficiency and operating performance. Such initiatives included the VERIP, under which approximately 260 associates retired, a reduction in force initiative whereby a net of approximately 150 positions were eliminated, and the consolidation of 18 financial centers. Nonoperating expense also includes $4.2 million related to the redemption of the $150 million 5.95% subordinated notes and $4.4 million in expenses related to Hurricane Ida, which includes damage to facilities, recovery cost, charitable contributions to organizations providing recovery assistance, temporary housing, and distribution of meals, ice, and fuel. There were no nonoperating expenses in 2020. Items identified as nonoperating are those that, when excluded from a reported financial measure, provide management or the reader with a measure that may be more indicative of forward-looking trends in our business. Noninterest expense excluding nonoperating items decreased $28.7 million, or 4%, in 2021. The largest individual components of the decrease in operating expense were other real estate and foreclosed asset expense attributable to write downs of two assets in 2020, personnel expense attributable to efficiency measures, and deposit insurance and regulatory fees due to the impact of excess liquidity and asset quality improvements. Explanations of the variances are discussed below in more detail.

46

Table of Contents

Table 5 presents, for each of the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, noninterest expense, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 6 presents nonoperating expense included in noninterest expense (Table 5) by component for the same periods.

TABLE 5. Noninterest Expense

($ in thousands)2021% Change2020% Change2019
Compensation expense$378,589(0)%$379,7275%$362,083
Employee benefits103,7862384,332877,796
Personnel expense482,3754464,0595439,879
Net occupancy expense49,786(5)52,589350,936
Equipment expense18,167(5)19,212418,393
Data processing expense96,7551087,823682,981
Professional services expense48,678(2)49,5291045,007
Amortization of intangibles16,665(16)19,916(4)20,844
Deposit insurance and regulatory fees13,582(28)18,804(4)19,512
Other real estate and foreclosed assets expense (income)(210)n/m9,555n/m671
Advertising12,441(4)13,011(15)15,251
Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes14,478(13)16,578415,949
Telecommunications and postage12,646(16)14,991314,588
Entertainment and contributions7,867(20)9,865(8)10,777
Printing and supplies3,728(26)5,06324,947
Travel expenses2,697172,297(56)5,278
Tax credit investment amortization4,436153,843(22)4,943
Other retirement expense(27,941)11(25,133)52(16,561)
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation13,8633603,012100
Loss on extinguishment of debt4,165100
Other miscellaneous expense32,8293823,778(28)37,282
Total noninterest expense$807,0072%$788,7922%$770,677

TABLE 6. Nonoperating Expense

(in thousands)202120202019
Compensation expense$4,248$$6,826
Employee benefits20,192680
Personnel expense24,4407,506
Net occupancy expense2789
Equipment expense5675
Data processing expense1,092
Professional services expense7,075
Other real estate (income) expense130
Advertising162,581
Printing and supplies22538
Entertainment and contributions174
Travel expenses5
Loss on facilities and equipment from consolidation13,863
Loss on extinguishment of debt4,165
Other miscellaneous expense4,18112,280
Total nonoperating expense$46,873$$32,666

Personnel expense consists of salaries, incentive compensation, long-term incentives, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits such as 401(k), pension, and medical, life and disability insurance. Total personnel expense was up $18.3 million, or 4%, in 2021 compared to 2020, and includes $24.4 million of nonoperating efficiency initiatives including the VERIP and reduction in force. Excluding the nonoperating items, personnel expense was down $6.1 million, or 1%, mainly due to lower salary expense as full time equivalent headcount decreased by approximately 500 from December 2020 as a result of the efficiency initiatives.

47

Table of Contents

Occupancy and equipment expenses are primarily composed of lease expenses, depreciation, maintenance and repairs, rent, taxes, and other equipment expenses. Total occupancy and equipment expenses decreased $3.8 million, or 5%, in 2021 compared to 2020. The decrease was largely related to expense control measures, including the net reduction of 38 financial centers since the first quarter of 2020.

Data processing expense includes expenses related to third party technology processing and servicing costs, technology project costs and fees associated with bank card and ATM transactions. Data processing expense in 2021 was up $8.9 million, or 10%, from 2020. The increase is primarily related to increases of $5.8 million in costs associated with technology investments and $3.1 million in card transaction processing costs as a result of increased bank card activity.

Professional services expense decreased $0.9 million, or 2%, from 2020, primarily due to approximately $2.2 million of lower legal fees, largely related to lower problem loan expense, partially offset by $1.3 million in higher consulting and other professional fees, which includes costs related to PPP consulting support.

Amortization of intangibles in 2021 totaled $16.7 million, a $3.3 million, or 16%, decrease from 2020 as a result of the accelerated amortization methods used.

Deposit insurance and regulatory fees decreased $5.2 million, or 28%, from 2020 mainly due to a reduction in the risk-based deposit insurance assessment fees that were favorably impacted by our increased liquidity position and improved asset quality metrics, largely attributable to the improving economic environment and the energy loan sale.

Other real estate and foreclosed asset (income) expense was a net income of $0.2 million in 2021, compared to net expense of $9.6 million in 2020.  The decrease is due to a $9.8 million write-down of equity interests in two energy-related companies received in borrower bankruptcy restructurings in 2020.

Business development-related expenses (including advertising, travel, entertainment and contributions) were down $2.2 million, or 9%, from 2020. Excluding nonoperating items, business development-related expenses were down $2.4 million. The decline from 2020 was largely due to the impact of expense control measures on entertainment and donations and advertising, partially offset by an increase in travel, which was limited in 2020 due to the pandemic.

Corporate value, franchise taxes, and other non-income taxes were down $2.1 million, or 13%, to $14.5 million in 2021, largely due to lower bank share tax, which was favorably impacted by the net loss recorded in 2020.

Noninterest expense in both 2021 and 2020 was reduced by a net credit in other retirement expense. The net credit was $2.8 million, or 11%, higher in 2021, based on better performance of pension plan assets.

All other expenses increased $21.0 million, or 41%, from 2020 primarily due to $22.2 million of nonoperating costs incurred in 2021 including $13.9 million of loss on facilities and equipment from consolidating branches, $4.2 million related to the redemption of $150 million of subordinated notes, and $4.2 million related to Hurricane Ida. Excluding these nonoperating expenses, other expense was down $1.3 million, or 2%, primarily due to expense control initiatives.

In 2022, we expect operating expense to be down approximately 2% from $760.1 million in 2021, reflecting our continued focus on expense management. We expect our ongoing expense initiatives, including strategic procurement, combined with the full-year impact of initiatives completed to-date, will support the strategy of using cost control measures to fund revenue enhancements, such as additional investments in technology and additional bankers, and reduce the overall impact of wage inflation.

Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 18.5% in 2021, compared to an income tax benefit at an effective rate of 63.8% in 2020. The comparability of the effective tax rate between 2021 and 2020 is impacted by the pre-tax loss year in 2020. Additionally, our effective tax rate is lower in 2021 because we realized a $4.9 million income tax benefit that increased our 2020 net operating loss (“NOL”).  The aforementioned income tax benefit was generated because our 2020 NOL is being carried back to a 35% statutory tax rate year under the CARES Act.

We expect the effective tax rate to return to a quarterly range of approximately 19% to 20% for 2022, absent any changes in tax laws.

Our effective tax rate has historically varied from the federal statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the bank-owned life insurance contract program are the major components of tax-exempt income.

48

Table of Contents

Table 7 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory tax rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

TABLE 7. Income Taxes

Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Taxes computed at statutory rate$119,292$(26,196)$82,475
Tax credits:
QZAB/QSCB(1,633)(2,289)(2,840)
NMTC - Federal and State(5,487)(5,033)(6,953)
LIHTC and other tax credits(1,936)(750)(500)
LIHTC amortization1,167--
Total tax credits(7,889)(8,072)(10,293)
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit9,048(1,269)7,204
Tax-exempt interest(9,100)(10,444)(10,435)
Life insurance contracts(2,653)(4,857)(3,901)
Employee share-based compensation(1,671)1,351(842)
FDIC assessment disallowance1,6092,0941,895
NOL carryback under CARES Act(4,948)(30,167)
Other, net1,153(2,011)(744)
Income tax expense (benefit)$104,841$(79,571)$65,359

The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantage securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets we serve and directed at tax credits issued under the Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (“NMTC”), Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (“LIHTC”) and pre-2018 Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (“QZAB”) and Qualified School Construction Bonds (“QSCB”) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Additionally, the amortization of the LIHTC investment cost will be recognized as a component of income tax expense in proportion to the tax credits recognized over the 10-year credit period of each project.

We have invested in NMTC projects through investments in our own CDEs, as well as other unrelated CDEs. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years.

Based only on tax credit investments that have been made through 2021, we expect to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $10.1 million, $10.0 million and $10.1 million for 2022, 2023 and 2024, respectively. We intend to continue making investments in tax credit projects.  However, our ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits.

At December 31, 2021, we had a net deferred tax liability of $19 million, which is comprised of $146 million of deferred tax liabilities offset against $127 million in deferred tax assets (net of state valuation allowance). Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax asset components, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on our review of these factors, we have established a $3.6 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2021, short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, totaled $3.8 billion, an increase of $2.5 billion from December 31, 2020. Average short-term investments for 2021 totaled $2.7 billion, a $2.1 billion increase from $583 million in 2020. The increase in short-term investments is a result of excess liquidity due to increased deposits, cash inflows from PPP loan forgiveness and other paydowns, and limited loan demand for much of the year. Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See further discussion in the “Liquidity” section that follows.

49

Table of Contents

Investment Securities

Our investment in securities was $8.6 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $7.4 billion at December 31, 2020. The investment securities portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return. At December 31, 2021, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $7.0 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $1.6 billion, compared to $5.8 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2020.

Our securities portfolio consists mainly of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality investment grade securities and manage the investment portfolio duration generally between two and five and a half years. At December 31, 2021, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.80 years with an effective duration of 4.25 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 1.87%. Under an immediate, parallel rate shock of 100 bps and 200 bps, the effective duration would be 4.55 years and 4.64 years, respectively. At December 31, 2020, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.70 years with an effective duration of 4.14 years and a nominal weighted-average yield of 2.07%. The change in expected maturity, effective duration, and nominal weighted-average yield is primarily attributable to reinvestment of securities portfolio cash flow and growth during 2021.

During 2021, we invested approximately $800 million in fixed rate commercial mortgage backed securities and simultaneously entered into last-of-layer swaps on these assets. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $1.8 billion in notional amount of forward-starting fixed payer swaps that convert the latter portion of the term of certain available for sale securities to a floating rate. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges of interest rate risk. This strategy provides a fixed rate coupon during the front-end unhedged tenor of the bonds and results in a floating rate security during the back-end hedged tenor.

At the end of each reporting period, we evaluate the securities portfolio for credit loss. Based on our assessments, expected credit loss was negligible for all reporting periods in 2021 and 2020, and therefore no allowance for credit loss was recorded.

There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

The following table presents debt securities at amortized cost by type at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

TABLE 8. Debt Securities by Type

December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$420,857$207,365
Municipal obligations304,536309,342
Residential mortgage-backed securities3,056,7632,560,249
Commercial mortgage-backed securities3,064,8282,323,306
Collateralized mortgage obligations119,046354,472
Corporate debt securities18,50011,500
$6,984,530$5,766,234
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$14,857$
Municipal obligations621,405627,019
Residential mortgage-backed securities268,90721,951
Commercial mortgage-backed securities603,156549,686
Collateralized mortgage obligations57,426158,514
$1,565,751$1,357,170

The amortized cost, fair value and yield of debt securities at December 31, 2021, by final contractual maturity, are presented in the table below.  Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the table includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments.

50

Table of Contents

TABLE 9. Debt Securities Maturities by Type

Contractual Maturity
(in thousands)One Year or LessOver One Year Through Five YearsOver Five Years Through Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotalFair ValueWeighted Average Yield (te)Expected Average Maturity Years
Available for sale
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$$196,165$224,692$420,857$419,2981.57%7.2
Municipal obligations112212,54291,882304,536314,1582.73%5.1
Residential mortgage-backed securities77549,161383,2322,623,5953,056,7633,035,7981.58%4.7
Commercial mortgage-backed securities617,9262,179,685267,2173,064,8283,077,8591.93%7.5
Collateralized mortgage obligations8,763110,283119,046120,8832.13%2.0
Other debt securities1,5002,00015,00018,50018,7023.43%3.5
Total debt securities$2,387$669,087$2,995,387$3,317,669$6,984,530$6,986,6981.80%6.1
Fair Value$2,403$696,513$3,002,023$3,285,759$6,986,698
Weighted Average Yield (te)2.93%2.57%1.79%1.64%1.80%
Held to maturity
U.S. Treasury and government agency securities$$$14,857$$14,857$14,8371.40%6.8
Municipal obligations11,225117,691196,482296,007621,405659,1403.08%4.0
Residential mortgage-backed securities31,930236,977268,907268,0901.40%4.7
Commercial mortgage-backed securities241,519361,637603,156631,1662.56%5.6
Collateralized mortgage obligations2,20213,65141,57357,42658,2491.24%2.3
Total debt securities$11,225$361,412$618,557$574,557$1,565,751$1,631,4822.54%4.7
Fair Value$11,311$377,422$650,531$592,218$1,631,482
Weighted Average Yield (te)2.29%2.72%2.58%2.40%2.54%

Loan Portfolio

Total loans at December 31, 2021 were $21.1 billion, compared to $21.8 billion at December 31, 2020. The $0.7 billion, or 3%, decrease is primarily attributable to $1.5 billion of net PPP loan forgiveness, partially offset by $0.8 billion of core loan growth (excluding PPP loans), as demand for traditional loan products increased across most regions and in specialty lines when compared to the prior year.

The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

TABLE 10. Loans Outstanding by Type

December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$9,612,460$9,986,983
Commercial real estate - owner occupied2,821,2462,857,445
Total commercial & industrial12,433,70612,844,428
Commercial real estate - income producing3,464,6263,357,939
Construction and land development1,228,6701,065,057
Residential mortgages2,423,8902,665,212
Consumer1,583,3901,857,295
Total loans$21,134,282$21,789,931

51

Table of Contents

The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans.  C&I loans totaled $12.4 billion, or 59% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $0.4 billion from December 31, 2020. The decrease is largely attributable to net PPP loan forgiveness of $1.5 billion, partially offset by core loan growth of $1.1 billion.

Our commercial and industrial customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, financial and professional services, healthcare services, energy, marine transportation and maritime construction, and agricultural production. We lend mainly to middle-market and smaller commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities generally with businesses/sponsors well known to the relationship officers and operating in our market areas. Shared national credits that are funded at December 31, 2021 totaled approximately $2.1 billion, or 10%, of total loans. Our shared national credit industry concentration at December 31, 2021 includes approximately $429 million of health care-related facilities, $400 million in finance and insurance, $339 million in real estate, rental and leasing, with the remaining to various other industries.

The following table provides detail of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes for all industries, with the exceptions of energy, which is based on the borrower’s source of revenue (i.e. manufacturer whose income is derived from energy-related business is reported as energy), and PPP loans, as those are expected to be 100% SBA guaranteed and therefore have limited credit risk.

TABLE 11.  Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration

December 31,
20212020
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Commercial & industrial loans:
Real estate and rental and leasing$1,311,24111%$1,260,08410%
Health care and social assistance1,284,578101,152,7139
Other1,118,2309725,9486
Retail trade1,086,20491,084,8109
Construction923,0407688,6765
Manufacturing919,8307929,7377
Finance and insurance896,1057690,3545
Wholesale trade823,2957708,6406
Transportation and warehousing780,9346800,0346
Professional, scientific, and technical services621,7395500,2194
Public administration596,3015650,5955
Accommodation and food services595,6985633,8695
Other services (except public administration)424,0904436,6653
Energy266,2352305,8672
Educational services255,1272270,9802
Total commercial & industrial loans$11,902,64796%$10,839,19184%
PPP loans531,05942,005,23716
Total commercial & industrial loans$12,433,706100%$12,844,428100%

Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $3.5 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $107 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2020.  The net increase reflects construction loans converting to permanent financing, as well as organic growth, partially offset by approximately $875 million in paydowns.

Construction and land development loans totaled approximately $1.2 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $164 million, or 15%. The increase was primarily due to increased demand throughout our footprint, with the funding of new and existing loans outpacing loans converting to permanent financing.

The following table details the end-of-period aggregated commercial real estate – income producing and construction loan balances by property type. Loans reflected in 1-4 Family Residential Construction include both loans to construction builders as well as single-family borrowers.

52

Table of Contents

TABLE 12.  Commercial Real Estate– Income Producing and construction by Property Type Concentration

December 31,
20212020
Pct ofPct of
($ in thousands)BalanceTotalBalanceTotal
Commercial real estate - Income Producing and Construction loans
Retail$777,59417%$746,52017%
Healthcare related properties766,33816557,47313
Multifamily647,30014630,39214
Industrial561,02212540,19812
Office501,77111527,57612
1-4 family residential construction469,69010393,5689
Hotel/motel and restaurants437,2419527,39312
Other land loans257,5945273,2856
Other274,7466226,5915
Total commercial real estate - income producing and construction loans$4,693,296100%$4,422,996100%

Residential mortgages totaled $2.4 billion at December 31, 2021, down $241 million, or 9%, from December 31, 2020. The decrease in mortgage loans is due primarily to a lower level of production, which was down 7% from 2020. Consumer loans totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $274 million, or 15%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decline in the consumer loan portfolio is due in part to a decrease of $197 million with the wind down of our indirect auto lending, as well as limited demand as a result of the pandemic.

The following table shows average loans by category, the effective taxable equivalent yield and the percentage of total loans for each of the preceding three years:

TABLE 13. Average Loans

Years Ended December 31,
202120202019
YieldPct ofYieldPct ofYield
($ in thousands)Balance(te)TotalBalance(te)TotalBalance(te)Total
Total loans:
Commercial & real estate loans$17,070,2523.55%80%$17,270,8943.82%78%$15,289,6454.83%75%
Residential mortgages2,445,6023.70122,857,5843.92132,974,0944.0915
Consumer1,692,0884.8282,038,0454.9892,116,2885.7410
Total loans$21,207,9423.92%100%$22,166,5234.13%100%$20,380,0274.81%100%

The following table sets forth the approximate contractual maturity by portfolio segment at December 31, 2021.

TABLE 14. Loan Maturities by Type

Maturity Range
(in thousands)Within One YearAfter One Through Five YearsAfter Five Through Fifteen YearsAfter Fifteen YearsTotal
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$2,061,143$5,749,321$1,670,290$131,706$9,612,460
Commercial real estate - owner occupied187,285820,1851,733,38380,3932,821,246
Total commercial & industrial2,248,4286,569,5063,403,673212,09912,433,706
Commercial real estate - income producing511,2441,964,922954,33934,1213,464,626
Construction and land development251,392505,500210,181261,5971,228,670
Residential mortgages55,13468,399450,6261,849,7312,423,890
Consumer59,619560,16394,216869,3921,583,390
Total loans$3,125,817$9,668,490$5,113,035$3,226,940$21,134,282

53

Table of Contents

The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below.

TABLE 15. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

December 31, 2021
(in thousands)Fixed RateFloating RateTotal
Total loans:
Commercial non-real estate$4,144,956$5,467,504$9,612,460
Commercial real estate - owner occupied1,789,2601,031,9862,821,246
Total commercial & industrial5,934,2166,499,49012,433,706
Commercial real estate - income producing1,092,8342,371,7923,464,626
Construction and land development425,136803,5341,228,670
Residential mortgages1,580,223843,6672,423,890
Consumer414,6931,168,6971,583,390
Total loans$9,447,102$11,687,180$21,134,282

Management expects 6% to 8% end of period core loan growth (excluding PPP loans) for 2022, with quarterly results reflecting normal seasonality. We expect the majority of our remaining PPP loans to be forgiven by the second quarter of 2022.

54

Table of Contents

Asset Quality

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets by type for the periods indicated, consisting of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other real estate owned (ORE) and foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed.

TABLE 16. Nonperforming Assets

December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:
Commercial non-real estate loans$4,058$34,200
Commercial non-real estate loans - restructured2,91518,636
Total commercial non-real estate loans6,97352,836
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,10413,514
Commercial real estate - owner occupied - restructured1,817342
Total commercial real estate - owner occupied loans4,92113,856
Commercial real estate - income producing loans5,3776,650
Commercial real estate - income producing loans - restructured8193
Total commercial real estate - income producing loans5,4586,743
Construction and land development loans8372,475
Construction and land development loans - restructured711
Total construction and land development loans8442,486
Residential mortgage loans23,48338,075
Residential mortgage loans - restructured1,9562,498
Total residential mortgage loans25,43940,573
Consumer loans11,88823,385
Consumer loans -restructured
Total consumer loans11,88823,385
Total nonaccrual loans$55,523$139,879
Restructured loans - still accruing:
Commercial non-real estate loans$515$549
Commercial real estate loans - owner occupied
Commercial real estate loans - income producing349
Construction and land development loans118122
Residential mortgage loans2,1692,217
Consumer loans9861,025
Total restructured loans - still accruing3,7884,262
Total nonperforming loans59,311144,141
ORE and foreclosed assets7,53311,648
Total nonperforming assets (a)$66,844$155,789
Loans 90 days past due still accruing$5,524$3,361
Total restructured loans$10,564$25,842
Ratios:
Nonaccrual loans to total loans0.26%0.64%
Nonperforming assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets0.32%0.71%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans616.08%321.83%
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days past due527.59%305.20%
Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans0.03%0.02%
Column 1Column 2
(a)Includes total nonaccrual loans, total restructured loans—still accruing and ORE and foreclosed assets.

55

Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets were $66.8 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $88.9 million, or 57%, compared to $155.8 million at December 31, 2020. The decrease in nonperforming assets was driven by an $84.8 million decrease in nonperforming loans, which includes nonaccrual loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) still accruing. The decline in nonperforming loans was primarily attributable to repayments, upgrades and charge-offs exceeding downgrades due to improvement in economic activity in 2021 and its positive impact on our asset quality metrics. ORE and foreclosed assets totaled $7.5 million at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $4.1 million from December 31, 2020, as property sales exceeded new additions.

Nonperforming loans totaled $59.3 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $144.1 million at December 31, 2020, and was comprised of $18.8 million of commercial loans, $27.6 million of residential mortgage loans, and $12.9 million of consumer loans. The commercial nonperforming loans are spread across various industries and geographies.

Loans modified in TDRs totaled $10.6 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $25.8 million at December 31, 2020, including $6.8 million and $21.6 million, respectively, of loans reported in nonaccrual loans. The decrease from December 31, 2020 is primarily related to charge-offs taken during the year and loan repayments, partially offset by new TDRs. TDRs arise when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and, consequently, a modification that would otherwise not be considered is granted to the borrower. Certain loans modified in a TDR may continue to accrue interest when the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower indicate that we will collect all amounts due. Accruing TDRs totaled $3.8 million, or 6% of nonperforming loans, at December 31, 2021, down from $4.3 million, or 3%, of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2020.

Our TDR disclosures do not include loans modified under Section 4013 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, which allows financial institutions to exclude eligible modifications from TDR assessment. Eligible modification must be (1) related to COVID-19, (2) executed on a loan that was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019 and (3) executed between March 1, 2020 and the earlier of 60 days after the date of the termination of the national emergency or January 1, 2022, as amended.

Criticized commercial loans totaled $287.2 million at December 31, 2021, down $105.4 million, or 27%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decrease in commercial criticized loans is largely attributable to both paydowns and upgrades, reflecting improved economic activity and the favorable impact of economic stimulus for our borrowers. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Commercial criticized loans comprised 1.73% of that portfolio at December 31, 2021, excluding PPP loans, down from 2.57% at December 31, 2020. Our commercial criticized loans at December 31, 2021 are diverse across many industries. The industries having the largest concentration of criticized loans to total commercial criticized loans at December 31, 2021 are energy support services with 24%; hospitality, including hotels, restaurants and entertainment with 18%; manufacturing with 12%, real estate rental and leasing with 11%, and transportation and warehousing with 10%.

Allowance for Credit Losses

At December 31, 2021, the allowance for credit losses was $371.4 million, consisting of $342.1 million in allowance for loan losses and $29.3 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The allowance for credit losses decreased $108.7 million from the December 31, 2020 balance of $480.1 million, which consisted of $450.2 million in allowance for loan losses and $29.9 million in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.

Compared to December 31, 2020, the decrease in the allowance for credit losses includes reductions of $95.5 million in collectively evaluated reserves and $13.2 million in individually evaluated reserves (generally used for nonperforming loans and loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring), reflecting improvements in asset quality. The Company probability-weighted two Moody’s macroeconomic scenarios in the calculation of our collectively evaluated allowance for credit losses. The slower near-term growth S-2 scenario (anchored on the baseline) was weighted most heavily at 60% and the baseline scenario was weighted 40%, to incorporate reasonably possible alternative economic outcomes. Both economic scenarios utilized reflect continued recovery from the economic downturn in the first half of 2020; however, each scenario has varying degrees of severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, size and timing of additional fiscal stimulus, and resolution of the coronavirus pandemic.

The December 2021 baseline forecast used in our analysis assumes that new cases of COVID-19 will abate in February 2022 with no explicit assumption surrounding the Omicron variant; a $1.75 trillion social safety net and client spending bill implementing in early 2022; consumer prices reaching a peak in December 2021, with the worst of the supply chain issues behind us; and full employment reached by the end of 2022. The slower near-term growth S-2 forecast reflects a slower economic recovery than the baseline forecast, with new cases, hospitalizations and deaths from COVID-19 diminishing more slowly, and as a result, a slower return to spending on air travel, retail and hotels than baseline. The S-2 scenario also assumes less effective stimulus and a slower return to full employment. Additional information on the Moody’s forecast is provided in the “Economic Outlook” section of this document.

Our allowance for credit losses coverage to total loans remains strong at 1.76% at December 31, 2021, or 1.80% when excluding SBA guaranteed PPP loans, compared to 2.20%, or 2.42% when excluding PPP loans, at December 31, 2020, and reflects improvement in economic conditions in our markets.

56

Table of Contents

The allowance for credit losses on the commercial portfolio decreased to $307.9 million, or 1.80% of that portfolio, at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 of $383.5 million, or 2.22%. Our residential mortgage reserve for credit losses decreased to $30.6 million, or 1.26%, at December 31, 2021, compared to $48.9 million, or 1.83%, at December 31, 2020. Our allowance for credit losses on the consumer portfolio was $32.8 million, or 2.07 % at December 31, 2021, compared to $47.8 million, or 2.57% at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the allowance across all portfolios reflects the strong economic recovery during 2021 with improvements in asset quality and the overall economic outlook.

Net charge-offs during 2021 were $31.2 million, or 0.15% of average total loans, down from net charge-offs of $394.8 million, or 1.78% of average total loans, for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net charge-offs in 2020 included a $242.6 million charge related to the sale of a significant portion of our energy loan portfolio as a part of a de-risking strategy. Commercial net charge-offs for 2021 totaled $25.5 million compared to $384.2 million (or $141.6 million when excluding the impact of the energy loan sale). Commercial net charge-offs in 2021 includes $14.1 million of energy-related charge-offs, with $13.3 million associated with a single legacy credit. Commercial net charge-offs in 2020 excluding the impact of the energy loan sale includes additional losses in energy, healthcare and other industries that were financially impacted by the pandemic. The residential mortgage portfolio had a net recovery in 2021 of $0.7 million, compared to a net recovery of $1.1 million in 2020. Consumer net charge-offs were down $5.2 million in 2021 to $6.4 million, with lower losses across most portfolios, including the indirect auto portfolio that is in run-off.

57

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated

TABLE 17. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31,
(in thousands)202120202019
Provision and Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period$450,177$191,251$194,514
Loans charged-off:
Commercial non real estate33,523387,17239,600
Commercial real estate - owner occupied3,1791,828137
Total commercial & industrial36,702389,00039,737
Commercial real estate - income producing4252,51232
Construction and land development2744007
Total Commercial37,401391,91239,776
Residential mortgages713326846
Consumer12,72217,21918,455
Total charge-offs50,836409,45759,077
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial non real estate8,9856,0326,940
Commercial real estate - owner occupied642763306
Total commercial & industrial9,6276,7957,246
Commercial real estate - income producing10546569
Construction and land development2,172846140
Total commercial11,9047,6877,955
Residential mortgages1,4591,400480
Consumer6,2825,5843,645
Total recoveries19,64514,67112,080
Total net charge-offs31,191394,78646,997
Provision for loan losses(76,921)604,30143,734
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle49,411
Allowance for loan losses at end of period$342,065$450,177$191,251
Reserve for Unfunded Lending Commitments:
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at beginning of period$29,907$3,974$
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle27,330
Provision for losses on unfunded lending commitments(573)(1,397)3,974
Reserve for unfunded lending commitments at end of period$29,334$29,907$3,974
Total Allowance for Credit Losses$371,399$480,084$195,225
Total Provision for Credit Losses$(77,494)$602,904$47,708
Coverage ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans1.62%2.07%0.90%
Allowance for credit loss to period end loans1.76%2.20%0.92%
Charge-offs ratios
Gross charge-offs to average loans0.24%1.85%0.29%
Recoveries to average loans0.09%0.07%0.06%
Net charge-offs to average loans0.15%1.78%0.23%
Net Charge-offs to average loans by portfolio:
Commercial non real estate0.25%3.77%0.38%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied0.09%0.04%(0.01)%
Total commercial & industrial0.22%2.97%0.29%
Commercial real estate - income producing0.01%0.08%(0.02)%
Construction and land development(0.16)%(0.04)%(0.01)%
Total Commercial0.15%2.22%0.21%
Residential mortgages(0.03)%(0.04)%0.00%
Consumer0.38%0.57%0.70%

58

Table of Contents

An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table for the periods indicated.

TABLE 18. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category

December 31,
20212020
($ in thousands)Allowance for Loan Losses% of Total AllowanceAllowance for Loan Losses% of Total Allowance
Commercial non-real estate$95,88828%$149,69333%
Commercial real estate - owner occupied53,4331669,13415
Total commercial & industrial149,32144218,82748
Commercial real estate - income producing108,05832109,47424
Construction and land development22,102626,4626
Residential mortgages30,623948,84211
Consumer31,961946,57211
Total$342,065100%$450,177100%

Deposits

Total deposits were $30.5 billion at December 31, 2021, up $2.8 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2020. Average deposits of $29.1 billion for 2021 were up $2.9 billion, or 11%, over 2020. The increases from 2020 for both end of period and average deposits was primarily pandemic-related, including increases from PPP loan proceeds and economic stimulus payments. During the latter half of 2021, deposit levels were also influenced by Hurricane Ida insurance proceeds.

TABLE 19. Deposits

December 31,
(in thousands)20212020
Noninterest-bearing deposits$14,392,808$12,199,750
Interest-bearing retail transaction and savings deposits11,677,33310,435,362
Interest-bearing public fund deposits
Public fund transaction and savings deposits3,216,6513,068,555
Public fund time deposits77,956166,381
Total interest-bearing public fund deposits3,294,6073,234,936
Retail time deposits1,091,9591,813,705
Brokered time deposits9,19014,124
Total interest-bearing deposits16,073,08915,498,127
Total deposits$30,465,897$27,697,877

At December 31, 2021, noninterest-bearing demand deposits were $14.4 billion, up $2.2 billion, or 18%, from December 31, 2020. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits comprised 47% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, up from 44% at December 31, 2020.

Interest-bearing transaction and savings accounts of $11.7 billion at December 31, 2021 increased $1.2 billion, or 12%, from December 31, 2020.

Interest-bearing public fund deposits totaled $3.3 billion at December 31, 2021, up $60 million, or 2%, from December 31, 2020. Year-end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions in the first quarter of the following year.

Time deposits other than public funds totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021, down $727 million, or 40%, from December 31, 2020. The decrease was due in part to maturing retail and jumbo certificates of deposit which were not renewed, likely due to prevailing rates that reflect management’s strategic approach to lowering the cost of funds.

59

Table of Contents

Table 20 sets forth average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2021, as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 21 sets forth the maturities of time certificates of deposit greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2021.

TABLE 20. Average Deposits

202120202019
($ in millions)BalanceRateMixBalanceRateMixBalanceRateMix
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction deposits$2,425.20.09%8.3%$2,166.40.20%8.3%$1,999.50.62%8.6%
Money market deposits6,212.00.1121.45,311.00.3920.34,487.81.0519.3
Savings deposits2,598.20.018.92,092.40.028.01,796.10.027.7
Time deposits1,394.10.474.82,630.81.4110.03,682.02.0015.8
Public Funds3,140.20.3410.83,232.10.7912.33,078.11.7613.2
Total interest-bearing deposits15,769.70.17%54.215,432.70.57%58.915,043.51.25%64.6
Noninterest bearing demand deposits13,324.045.810,779.641.18,255.935.4
Total deposits$29,093.7100.0%$26,212.3100.0%$23,299.4100.0%

TABLE 21. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000*

(in thousands)December 31, 2021
Three months$145,283
Over three months through six months73,658
Over six months through one year117,746
Over one year41,875
Total$378,562

*     Includes public fund time deposits

We have estimated the Bank’s amount of uninsured assessable deposits to be approximately $15.6 billion, using the methodologies and assumptions required for FDIC regulatory reporting.

Management expects the level of end of period total deposits to be relatively flat or slightly down during 2022.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings totaled $1.7 billion at December 31, 2021, virtually flat when compared to December 31, 2020. Average short-term borrowings for 2021 totaled $1.7 billion, down $315 million, or 16%, compared to 2020. The decrease in average short-term borrowings is the result of utilizing excess liquidity on the balance sheet to pay down higher-rate borrowings, mostly during the second quarter of 2020. Short-term borrowings are a core portion of the Company’s funding strategy and can fluctuate depending on our funding needs and the sources utilized.

60

Table of Contents

Table 22 sets forth balances of short-term borrowings for each of the past three years.  Short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a source of customer funding. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time will vary.

TABLE 22. Short-Term Borrowings

Years Ended December 31,
($ in thousands)202120202019
Federal funds purchased:
Amount outstanding at period end$1,850$300$195,450
Average amount outstanding during period3,7629,70849,297
Maximum amount at any month end during period4,400330,330202,933
Weighted-average interest at period end0.15%0.15%1.60%
Weighted-average interest rate during period0.43%1.15%2.30%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Amount outstanding at period end$563,211$567,213$484,422
Average amount outstanding during period559,410600,167493,344
Maximum amount at any month end during period643,403806,645518,042
Weighted-average interest at period end0.05%0.14%0.54%
Weighted-average interest rate during period0.10%0.24%0.52%
FHLB borrowings:
Amount outstanding at period end$1,100,000$1,100,000$2,035,000
Average amount outstanding during period1,100,0001,368,3201,399,503
Maximum amount at any month end during period1,100,0002,110,0001,941,774
Weighted-average interest at period end0.49%0.49%1.17%
Weighted-average interest rate during period0.49%0.62%1.96%

The $1.1 billion of FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2021 consists of five fixed rate notes maturing between 2034 and 2035 that are classified as short-term as the FHLB has the option to put (terminate) the advance prior to maturity.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $244.2 million at December 31, 2021, down $134.1 million compared to $378.3 million at December 31, 2020. On June 15, 2021, the Company utilized excess liquidity to redeem in full its $150 million 5.95% fixed rate subordinated notes due in 2045, driving most of the variance compared to prior year. The notes were redeemed at 100% of principal plus accrued and unpaid interest therein. Loss on extinguishment of debt included in other noninterest expense totaling $4.2 million represents the disposal of unamortized loan costs associated with the original issuance of the notes. The remaining variance is largely due to activity associated with tax credit fund activity.

On June 9, 2020, we completed the issuance of subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060. The notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.25% per annum, with quarterly interest payments that began September 15, 2020. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2025. This debt qualifies as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios and was issued as part of a de-risking strategy.

LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans.

Commitments to extend credit totaled $9.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower.

61

Table of Contents

Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.

Letters of credit totaled $397 million at December 31, 2021. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services.

The contract amounts of these instruments reflect our exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has a reserve for unfunded lending commitments of $29.3 million.

The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2021 and 2020 according to expiration date.

TABLE 23. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

Expiration Date
(in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2021
Commitments to extend credit$9,444,803$4,171,685$2,388,752$2,071,055$813,311
Letters of credit396,956287,23097,94011,786
Total$9,841,759$4,458,915$2,486,692$2,082,841$813,311
Expiration Date
(in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
December 31, 2020
Commitments to extend credit$8,106,223$3,926,618$1,877,640$1,432,019$869,946
Letters of credit365,510272,63280,34812,530
Total$8,471,733$4,199,250$1,957,988$1,444,549$869,946

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

We proactively manage risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. We balance revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of our business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. Our risk management culture integrates a board-approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. We make changes to our enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in strategic, business, and operational environments.

Risk Categories and Definitions

Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. We have adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. Oversight responsibility for these categories is assigned within our risk committee governance structure:

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”).

62

Table of Contents

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk, the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards, as a subcategory of operational risk.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates is an important factor of reputational risk.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape of banking and financial services industries and operating environment.

Risk Committee Governance Structure

Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned risk committees. Following is a summary of our risk governance structure and related responsibilities:

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director. The Board has designated Ms. Joan Teofilo and Ms. Suzette Kent, independent directors who serve on the Board Risk Committee, as risk management experts.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of capital stress testing within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. CAPCO provides oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity through asset/liability management (ALCO), and operational, legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO.

Risk Leadership and Organization

The risk management function of the Company, which includes the Chief Risk Officer, is led by the President of Hancock Whitney Bank. The Chief Risk Officer provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, data governance, regulatory relations, corporate insurance, credit review (administrative only) and the enterprise-wide compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Other risk management functions reporting to the President include the Chief Credit Officer and Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) Officer.

63

Table of Contents

Credit Risk

The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities.

Our commercial and industrial portfolio, which includes commercial non-real estate and owner occupied commercial real estate lending is diverse across various industries. We continuously manage our exposure to improve our cross industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings.

Real estate loan levels are monitored throughout the year and the bank currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration as defined by interagency guidelines.

Managing collateral is also an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-and non-real estate related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department. When deemed necessary, third party valuations may also be obtained for non-real estate collateral based on the same criteria as real estate secured loans. Such valuations, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation.

The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a subcommittee of the Board Risk Committee, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status.

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management consists of quantifying, analyzing and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable risk limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income.

IRR on the Company’s balance sheet consists of reprice, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Reprice risk results from differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently result in changes to the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

ALCO manages our IRR exposures through pro-active measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors through a risk management policy that is designed to promote a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by its ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity, Monte Carlo, and gap analyses. The model quantifies the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and net income over the next twelve-month and 24-month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario of hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. These simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix, pricing and the repricing and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis and option risk are also considered.

64

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income at Risk

Our primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to the absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to promote a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments.

The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in rates at December 31, 2021. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments in a range from -500 to +500 basis points from base case, with +100 through +300 basis points presented in Table 24. Our interest rate sensitivity modeling incorporates a number of assumptions including loan and deposit repricing characteristics, the rate of loan prepayments and other factors. The base scenario assumes that the current interest rate environment is held constant over a 24-month forecast period and is the scenario to which all others are compared in order to measure the change in net interest income. Policy limits on the change in net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios are approved by the Board of Directors.  All policy scenarios assume a static volume forecast where the balance sheet is held constant, although other scenarios are modeled.

TABLE 24. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk

Estimated Increase in NII
Change in Interest RatesYear 1Year 2
(basis points)
+1007.31%10.89%
+20015.67%22.66%
+30024.13%34.61%

The results indicate a general asset sensitivity across most scenarios driven primarily by repricing in variable rate loans, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank and a funding mix which is composed of material volumes of non-interest bearing and lower rate sensitive deposits. Elevated levels of short-term investments driven by deposit inflows are contributing to an increase in asset sensitivity over the past year. When deemed prudent, management has taken actions to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk with on-or off-balance sheet financial instruments and intends to do so in the future. Possible actions include, but are not limited to, changes in the pricing of loan and deposit products, modifying the composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and adding to, modifying or terminating existing interest rate swap agreements or other financial instruments used for interest rate risk management purposes.

Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. All of these factors are considered in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk.

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In November 2020, the administrator of LIBOR announced it will consult on its intention to extend the retirement date of certain offered rates whereby the publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered rates will cease after December 31, 2021; but, the publication of the remaining LIBOR offered rates will continue until June 30, 2023. Given consumer protection, litigation, and reputation risks, the bank regulatory agencies have indicated that entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021, would create safety and soundness risks and that they will examine bank practices accordingly. Therefore, the agencies encouraged banks to cease entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate as soon as practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021.

Uncertainty remains over what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, or what the effect of any such changes in views or alternatives may be on the markets for LIBOR-indexed financial instruments. In particular, regulators, industry groups and certain committees (e.g., the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC)) have, among other things, published recommended fallback language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for certain LIBOR rates (e.g., AMERIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as the recommended alternative to U.S. Dollar LIBOR), and proposed implementations of the recommended alternatives in floating rate instruments.

65

Table of Contents

We have a significant number of loans, derivative contracts, borrowings and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR has resulted in and could continue to result in added costs and employee efforts and could present additional risk. Since proposed alternative rates are calculated differently, payments under contracts referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change our market risk profiles, requiring changes to risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies.

Management has established a LIBOR Transition Working Group (the “Group”) whose purpose is to direct the overall transition process for the Company. The Group is an internal, cross-functional team with representatives from business lines, support and control functions and legal counsel. Beginning in the third quarter of 2019, key provisions in our loan documents were modified to ensure new and renewed loans include appropriate pre-cessation trigger language and LIBOR fallback language for transition from LIBOR to the new benchmark when such transition occurs. All direct exposures resulting from existing financial contracts that mature after 2021 have been inventoried and are monitored on an ongoing basis. Remediation of these exposures will be consistent with industry timing. The Group has also inventoried indirect LIBOR exposures within the Company's systems, models and processes. The results of this assessment will drive development and prioritization of remediation plans, and the Group is continuing to monitor developments and taking steps to ensure readiness when the LIBOR benchmark rate is discontinued. Although we are currently unable to assess what the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR will be, failure to adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Bank has adopted several replacement benchmarks to use in place of LIBOR benchmark rates, with AMERIBOR along with FRB-NY SOFR as the primary rates. The replacement benchmarks rates adopted by the Bank have been affirmed to comply with the 19 principles set forth by the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) for Financial Benchmarks, and it further provides the Bank confidence these replacement benchmarks are based on transparent, market-based transactions. The Bank began using these replacement benchmarks towards the end of the third quarter of 2021.

At December 31, 2021, approximately 34% of our loan portfolio consisted of variable rate loans tied to LIBOR, along with related derivatives and other financial instruments.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal controls and processes, people and systems, or from external events, including fraud, litigation and breaches in data security. We depend on the ability of our employees and systems to process, record and monitor a large number of transactions on an on-going basis.  As operational risk remains elevated and as customer and regulatory expectations regarding information security have increased, the Company continues to enhance its controls, processes and systems in order to protect the Company’s networks, computers, software and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access.

Cybersecurity is a significant operational risk for financial institutions as a result of increases in the number of incidents and the sophistication of cyber-attacks.  Cyber-attacks include computer hacking, acts of vandalism or theft, ransomware and other forms of malware, credential theft, denial of service, phishing, and employee malfeasance, each utilized to disrupt the operations of a financial institution, which in certain instances have resulted in unauthorized access to confidential, proprietary or other information, including customer account information.

The Board Risk Committee has primary responsibility for the oversight of operational risk.  In this capacity, the Board Risk Committee oversees the Company’s processes for identifying, assessing, monitoring and managing cybersecurity risk. The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), a member of management, supports the information security risk oversight responsibilities of the Board and its committees and involves the appropriate personnel in information risk management.  The CISO regularly attends Board Risk Committee meetings and sits in executive session with the Board Risk Committee members at least once annually.  The CISO annually provides an Information Security Program Summary report to the Board, outlining the overall status of our Information Security Program and the Company’s compliance with regulatory guidelines.  In addition, individual business lines have direct and primary responsibility and accountability for identifying, controlling, and monitoring operational risks embedded in their business activities.

The CISO is also responsible for managing the day-to-day cybersecurity operations and leads the IT Risk Governance Subcommittee, a management level committee, whose objective is to protect the integrity, security, safety and resiliency of our corporate information systems and assets.  This committee meets regularly to review the development of our Information Security Program.  Our Information Security Program is comprised of a collection of policies, guidelines and procedures, which are regularly updated and approved by appropriate management committees. As part of our Information Security Program, we have adopted a Comprehensive Information Security Policy and an Incident Response Plan.  The Incident Response Plan is intended to proceed on parallel paths in the event of an incident, including implementation of (i) a forensic and containment, eradication and remediation plan, and (ii) a line of business response plan (including legal, compliance, business, insurance and communications).

66

Table of Contents

We contract with outside vendors on an annual basis to conduct vulnerability/penetration tests against the Company’s network.  We have also contracted with third parties to assist in cyber incident response, forensics and communications.  Any third party service provider or vendor utilized as part of the Company’s cybersecurity framework is required to comply with the Company’s policies regarding non-public personal information and information security.  In addition, information security training programs are in place for all new associates, as well as required annual training for all associates.  Internal policies and procedures have been adopted to encourage the reporting of potential security attacks or risks.

To date, the Company has not experienced an attack that has significantly impacted its results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Addressing cybersecurity risks is a priority for the Company, and the Company is committed to enhancing its systems of internal controls and business continuity and disaster recovery plans.  See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of the risks associated with an interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. As part of the overall asset and liability management process, liquidity management strategies and measurements have been developed to manage and monitor liquidity risk. At December 31, 2021, we had $21.4 billion in net available sources of funds, summarized as follows:

TABLE 25. Net Available Sources of Funds

December 31, 2021
($ in thousands)Total AvailableAmount UsedNet Availability
Internal Sources
Free securities, cash and other$8,475,515$$8,475,515
External Sources
Federal Home Loan Bank5,817,0812,058,5513,758,530
Federal Reserve Bank3,300,5883,300,588
Brokered time deposits4,569,8859,1904,560,695
Other1,294,0001,294,000
Total Liquidity$23,457,069$2,067,741$21,389,328

TABLE 26. Liquidity Metrics

202120202019
Free securities / total securities53.95%54.21%47.27%
Core deposits / total deposits98.66%97.14%93.54%
Wholesale funds / core deposits6.45%7.85%13.99%
Average loans / average deposits72.90%84.57%87.47%

The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities and repayments of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities that can be sold or used as collateral for borrowings, and include unpledged securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities to be 20% or greater. As shown in Table 26 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 53.95% and 54.21%, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Securities and FHLB letters of credit are pledged as collateral related to public funds and repurchase agreements. The total pledged securities of $4.0 billion at December 31, 2021 were up $545.8 million compared to December 31, 2020. The increase in pledged securities, as well as the decrease in the ratio of free securities to total securities, was the result of utilizing securities to replace $550 million in maturing FHLB letters of credit as pledged collateral.

The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity mainly through the ability to use cash sourced from various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts and sweep accounts. At December 31, 2021, deposits totaled $30.5 billion, an increase of $2.8 billion, or 10%, from December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily attributable to pandemic-related conditions, such as overall slowdown in consumer and business spending; coupled with government stimulus, as well as increased hurricane-related deposits generally from insurance proceeds. Core deposits represent total deposits excluding certificates of deposits (“CDs”) of

67

Table of Contents

$250,000 or more and brokered deposits. The ratio of core deposits to total deposits was 98.66% at December 31, 2021, compared to 97.14% at December 31, 2020. Core deposits totaled $30.1 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $3.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Brokered deposits totaled $30 million as of December 31, 2021 compared to $66 million at December 31, 2020. Brokered deposits declined as brokered certificates that matured were not reissued as part of our effort to utilize excess liquidity.  The use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to certain policies regarding the amount, term and interest rate.

Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings from customers provide additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. In addition to funding from customer sources, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2021, the Bank had borrowed $1.1 billion from the FHLB and had approximately $3.8 billion remaining available under this line.  The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of approximately $3.3 billion.  There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, or at any point during the years then ended.

Wholesale funds, comprised of short-term borrowings, long-term debt and brokered deposits were 6.45% of core deposits at December 31, 2021 and 7.85% at December 31, 2020. Wholesale funds totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $173 million from December 31, 2020. The decrease was primarily due to redemption of our 2015 subordinated debt in the second quarter of 2021. The Company has established an internal target for wholesale funds to be less than 25% of core deposits.

Another key measure the Company uses to monitor its liquidity position is the loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding during the reporting period divided by average deposits outstanding).  The loan-to-deposit ratio measures the amount of funds the Company lends for each dollar of deposits on hand. Our average loan-to-deposit ratio was 72.90% for 2021 compared to 84.57% in 2020. Management has established a target range for the loan to deposit ratio of 87% to 89%, but may operate outside that range under certain circumstances. The average loan to deposit ratio began to decline during the second quarter of 2020, and continued throughout 2021, as growth of average deposits continued to outpace average loans, largely due to pandemic-related economic conditions.  Average loans outstanding for 2021 and 2020, included approximately $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively of low-risk SBA guaranteed PPP loans that are expected to be largely repaid through the forgiveness process by the end of the second quarter of 2022.

Dividends received from the Bank have been the primary source of funds available to the Parent Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing its debt. The liquidity management process takes into account the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Parent Company, as described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, “Stockholders’ Equity.” The Parent targets cash and other liquid assets to provide liquidity in an amount sufficient to fund approximately four quarters of ongoing cash or liquid asset needs, consisting primarily of common stockholder dividends, debt service requirements, and any expected share repurchase or early extinguishment of debt. The Parent may temporarily operate below that level if a return to the target can be achieved in the near-term, generally not to exceed four quarters.

On June 9, 2020, the Parent completed the issuance of subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million, providing additional liquidity that can be used by the Parent or to provide capital to the Bank, if deemed appropriate. On June 15, 2021, the Parent utilized excess liquidity to redeem all of its issued and outstanding 5.95% Subordinated Notes due with an aggregate principal amount of $150 million.

Material Cash Requirements

The company has sufficient access to liquidity for operations. The following table summarizes select significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021, according to payments due by period. The table excludes obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings discussed previously in this analysis. The maturities of time deposits in amounts greater than $250,000 are presented in Table 20. Purchase obligations represent material legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts.

TABLE 27. Contractual Cash Obligations

Payment due by period
(in thousands)TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than 5 Years
Long-term debt obligations$670,245$19,731$30,051$64,596$555,867
Operating lease obligations153,88916,72628,38923,84584,929
Purchase obligations124,52985,93128,8159,783
Commitments to fund low income housing and small business investment company18,24418,244
Total$966,907$140,632$87,255$98,224$640,796

68

Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence, and provides a solid foundation for economic downturns, future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $3.7 billion at December 31, 2021 compared to $3.4 billion at December 31, 2020. The $231.3 million increase is attributable to 2021 earnings of $463.2 million and $19.8 million of long-term incentive and dividend reinvestment activity, partially offset by a loss of $134.0 million in accumulated other comprehensive income largely related to the market adjustment on the available for sale securities portfolio and cash flow hedges, $95.9 million of dividends, and $21.8 million of stock repurchase activity.

At December 31, 2021, the Company’s tangible common equity ratio was 7.71%, compared to 7.64% at December 31, 2020. The increase from 2020 is primarily attributable to a $248 million increase in tangible equity offset by the impact of a $2.9 billion growth in tangible assets, which was largely driven by a $2.5 billion increase in low-risk short term investments (primarily Federal Funds) resulting from the excess liquidity due to the increase in deposits.

The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (Leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related changes per the Dodd-Frank Act established the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios equal to 8.00%, 6.00%, and 4.5%, respectively, as well as set a conservation buffer of 2.5% and a Leverage ratio of 4.0%. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2021 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of the rule. The Company and the Bank have established internal target ranges for Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios and the leverage ratio. At December 31, 2021, each of these capital ratios fell within, or above, their respective target range.

At December 31, 2021, our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements, including the conservatism buffers, by at least $475 million. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. Note 11 – Stockholders’ Equity to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.

The following table shows the Company’s regulatory capital ratios as calculated under current rules for the indicated periods.  The capital ratios at December 31, 2021 reflect the election to use the interim final five-year transition rule issued on March 27, 2020 available for institutions required to adopt CECL as of January 1, 2020. The CECL transition rule allows for the option to delay for two years the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital (0%), followed by a three-year transition (25% in 2022, 50% in 2023, 75% in 2024, and 100% thereafter). In addition, the two-year delay also includes the full impact of January 1, 2020 cumulative effect impact plus an estimated impact of CECL calculated quarterly as 25% of the current ACL over the January 1, balance (modified transition amount). The modified transition amount is recalculated quarterly, with the December 31, 2021 impact of $24.9 million plus the day one impact of $44.1 million carrying through remaining three-year transition. The election to use the revised final CECL transition rules favorably impacted our leverage ratio upon adoption by 19 bps and our Total, Tier 1 and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios by 22 bps.

TABLE 28.  Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios

(in thousands)20212020
Common equity tier 1 capital$2,890,770$2,534,049
Additional tier 1 capital
Tier 1 capital2,890,7702,534,049
Tier 2 capital454,617621,643
Total capital$3,345,387$3,155,692
Risk-weighted assets$26,056,958$23,872,707
Ratios
Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets)8.25%7.88%
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets *11.09%10.61%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets11.09%10.61%
Total capital to risk-weighted assets12.84%13.22%
Common stockholders' equity to total assets10.05%10.22%
Tangible common equity to total assets7.71%7.64%

*applies to Bank only

69

Table of Contents

Total capital to risk weighted assets ratios at December 31, 2021 reflects the impact of the June 15, 2021 redemption of $150 million of subordinated notes of the Parent that qualified as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios, reducing total capital to risk weighted assets ratio by approximately 58 bps. Our regulatory ratios also reflect the impact of changing levels of PPP loans, which are guaranteed by the SBA and, when meeting certain criteria, are subject to forgiveness to the debtor by the SBA. These loans carry a 0% risk-weighting in the tier 1 and total capital regulatory ratios due to the full guarantee by the SBA. However, these loans are reflected in average assets used to compute tier 1 leverage. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, PPP loans totaled $531 million and 2.0 billion, respectively.

On June 9, 2020, the Parent completed the issuance of subordinated notes with an aggregate principal amount of $172.5 million and a stated maturity of June 15, 2060, that qualify as tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios.

Throughout both 2021 and 2020, the Company paid quarterly dividends of $0.27 per share, for an annual cash dividend rate of $1.08 per share. The Company has paid uninterrupted quarterly dividends to shareholders since 1967.

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

On April 22, 2021, the Company’s board of directors approved a stock buyback program whereby the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 4.3 million shares of its common stock through the program’s expiration date of December 31, 2022. The program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares in the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise, in one or more transactions. The Company is not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors has the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased 449,876 shares of its common stock at an average cost of $48.45 per share, inclusive of commissions.

Prior to its expiration date of December 31, 2020, the Company had in place a stock buyback program that authorized the repurchase of up to 5.5 million shares of its common stock. The program, as amended, allowed the Company to repurchase its common shares on the open market, by block purchase, through accelerated share repurchase programs, in privately negotiated transactions, or as otherwise determined by the Company, in one or more transactions. The Company was not obligated to purchase any shares under this program, and the board of directors had the ability to terminate or amend the program at any time prior to the expiration date. In total, the Company repurchased 4.9 million of the 5.5 million authorized shares under this buyback program at an average cost of $37.65 per share, inclusive of commissions, with 4.6 million shares acquired through an accelerated share repurchase agreement and 0.3 million acquired in a privately negotiated transaction.

70

Table of Contents

FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS

Net income for the fourth quarter of 2021 was $137.7 million, or $1.55 per diluted common share, compared to $129.6 million, or $1.46, in the third quarter of 2021 and $103.6 million, or $1.17, in the fourth quarter of 2020. The fourth quarter of 2021 included $4.9 million ($.04 per share after-tax impact) of net nonoperating income items, mostly attributable to hurricane-related insurance proceeds. The third quarter of 2021 included $1.4 million, or $0.01 per share after-tax of net nonoperating income items related to a gain from the sale of the remaining Hancock Horizon Funds and a severance reversal, partially offset by Hurricane Ida expenses. There were no nonoperating items in the fourth quarter of 2020.

Highlights of our fourth quarter of 2021 results (compared to third quarter of 2021):

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Net income of $137.7 million, or $1.55 per diluted share, was up $8.2 million, or $0.10 per diluted share; excluding the impact of nonoperating items, earnings per diluted share was up $0.06
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Pre-tax pre-provision net revenue of $134.2 million was down slightly from the prior quarter
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Core loan growth of $652.5 million, more than offset the impact of $404.3 million in PPP loan forgiveness, leading to an overall increase in total loans of $248.3 million
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Deposits increased $1.3 billion, with noninterest-bearing demand deposits up $739.4 million and interest-bearing accounts up $518.3 million
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Negative provision for credit losses of $28.4 million, comprised of a $29.1 million reserve release and $0.7 million in net charge-offs
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Allowance for credit losses coverage remained strong at 1.76%, or 1.80% excluding PPP loans
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Continued improvement in asset quality with nonperforming loans down 6%, and criticized commercial loans down 2%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
The impact of excess liquidity, driven mainly by PPP loan forgiveness and Hurricane Ida related deposits, led to a 14 bps compression in the net interest margin
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Tangible common equity ratio of 7.71% was down 14 bps, impacted by accumulated other comprehensive income and excess liquidity

Total loans at December 31, 2021 were $21.1 billion, an increase of $248 million, or 1%, from September 30, 2021. Core loans increased $653 million, offsetting the impact of $404 million in PPP loan forgiveness. Loan growth was reflected in markets across the footprint and in specialty lines.

Total deposits at December 31, 2021 were $30.5 billion, up $1.3 billion, or 4%, from September 30, 2021. The increase was driven by seasonality, excess liquidity related to stimulus and other pandemic-related client funds, and hurricane-related proceeds.

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $14.4 billion at December 31, 2021, up $739 million, or 5%, from September 30, 2021 and comprised 47% of total deposits at December 31, 2021. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $11.6 billion at December 31, 2021, up $358.0 million, or 3%, compared to September 30, 2021. Interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $239.2 million, or 8%, to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in public funds is seasonal and primarily related to year-end tax collections by local municipalities. Typically, these balances begin to runoff in the first quarter of each year. Time deposits of $1.1 billion decreased $78.9 million, or 7%, from September 30, 2021.

Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2021 was $231.9 million, down $5.5 million, or 2% from the third quarter of 2021, primarily driven by the decline in PPP loans and the impact of excess liquidity on our earning assets. The net interest margin declined 14 bps to 2.80%, in the fourth quarter due to the impact of additional excess liquidity (-10 bps), a change in the earning asset yield (-4 bps), and over $400 million of PPP loan forgiveness (-2 bps), partially offset by lower deposit costs (+1 bp) and other (+1 bp).

The provision for loan losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2021 was a negative $28.4 million, compared to a negative provision of $27.0 million in the third quarter of 2021. Net charge-offs were $0.7 million, or 0.01% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2021, down from $1.8 million, or 0.03% of average total loans, for the third quarter of 2021. Our allowance for credit loss reserves were $371.4 million at December 31, 2021, down $29.1 million from the prior quarter.

Noninterest income totaled $89.6 million for the fourth quarter of 2021, down $3.7 million, or 4%, from the third quarter of 2021. The fourth quarter of 2021 included a $3.6 million gain from storm-related insurance proceeds, and the third quarter of 2021 included a $4.6 million gain from the sale of the remaining Hancock Horizon Funds, both of which are considered nonoperating. Excluding these nonoperating items, noninterest income for the fourth quarter totaled $86.0 million, down $2.8 million, or 3%, from the third quarter. Improvement compared to prior quarter was noted in many fee categories with increased economic activity and consumer spending. Service charges were up $0.2 million, or 1%. Bank card and ATM fees were up $0.8 million or 4%. Investment and annuity income and insurance fees were up $0.4 million, or 5%. Trust fees were down $0.5 million, or 3%. Income from secondary mortgage

71

Table of Contents

operations totaled $5.5 million, down $1.5 million as refinancing activity slowed. Other operating noninterest income was down $2.1 million primarily due to lower specialty income.

Noninterest expense of $182.5 million, declined $12.2 million, or 6%, from the third quarter of 2021, and included a net credit of $1.3 million of nonoperating items, primarily related to partial reversals of accruals for both Hurricane Ida expense and closed branch writedowns. The third quarter of 2021 included $3.2 million of nonoperating expense primarily related to Hurricane Ida. Excluding these items, operating expense totaled $183.8 million, down $7.7 million, or 4%, from the third quarter of 2021. The primary driver of the decrease was personnel expense, which was down $6.7 million, or 6%, related to recent efficiency initiatives. Also contributing to the decrease was lower occupancy and equipment expense, down $0.8 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2021.

The effective income tax rate for fourth quarter 2021 was 16.4%. The lower than normal rate was related to the Company revising its tax elections in anticipation of potential tax reform to a higher statutory rate. The company expects the effective tax rate to return to a normal quarterly range of 19-20% in 2022, absent any changes in tax laws. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate primarily due to tax-exempt income and income tax credits.

72

Table of Contents

The following table provides selected comparative financial information for the five quarters ending with December 31, 2021.

TABLE 29. Quarterly Consolidated Financial Results

Three Months Ended
(in thousands, except per share data)December 31, 2021September 30, 2021June 30, 2021March 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Income Statement Data:
Interest income$238,756$244,417$248,300$250,785$257,253
Interest income (te) (a)241,391247,185251,154253,707260,368
Interest expense9,4609,70813,65716,19818,967
Net interest income (te)231,931237,477237,497237,509241,401
Provision for credit losses(28,399)(26,955)(17,229)(4,911)24,214
Noninterest income89,61293,36194,27287,08982,350
Noninterest expense182,462194,703236,770193,072193,144
Income (loss) before income taxes164,845160,322109,374133,515103,278
Income tax expense (benefit)27,10230,74020,65626,343(297)
Net income (loss)$137,743$129,582$88,718$107,172$103,575
For informational purposes - included above, pre-tax
Nonoperating item included in noninterest income:
Gain on hurricane-related insurance settlement$3,600$$$$
Gain on sale of Hancock Horizon Funds4,576
Gain on sale of Mastercard Class B common stock2,800
Nonoperating items included in noninterest expense:
Efficiency initiatives(649)(1,867)40,812
Hurricane related expenses(680)5,092
Loss on redemption of subordinated notes4,165
Balance Sheet Data:
Period end balance sheet data
Loans$21,134,282$20,886,015$21,148,530$21,664,859$21,789,931
Earning assets33,610,43532,348,03632,075,45032,134,63730,616,277
Total assets36,531,20535,318,30835,098,70935,072,64333,638,602
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,392,80813,653,37613,406,38513,174,91112,199,750
Total deposits30,465,89729,208,15729,273,10729,210,52027,697,877
Stockholders' equity3,670,3523,629,7663,562,9013,416,9033,439,025
Average balance sheet data
Loans$20,770,130$20,941,173$21,388,814$21,745,298$22,065,672
Earning assets32,913,65932,097,38132,195,51531,015,63729,875,531
Total assets35,829,02735,207,96035,165,68434,078,20033,067,462
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,126,33513,535,96113,237,79612,374,23511,759,755
Total deposits29,750,66529,237,30629,228,80928,138,76327,040,447
Stockholders' equity3,642,0033,606,0873,488,5923,441,4663,406,646
Common Shares Data:
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic$1.56$1.46$1.00$1.21$1.17
Diluted1.551.461.001.211.17
Cash dividends per common share0.270.270.270.270.27
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets1.53%1.46%1.01%1.28%1.25%
Return on average common equity15.00%14.26%10.20%12.63%12.10%
Efficiency (b)56.57%57.44%57.01%58.12%58.23%
Net interest margin (te)2.80%2.94%2.96%3.09%3.22%
Reconciliation of operating revenue and operating pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP measure) (te) (c)
Net interest income$229,296$234,709$234,643$234,587$238,286
Noninterest income89,61293,36194,27287,08982,350
Total revenue318,908328,070328,915321,676320,636
Taxable equivalent adjustment2,6352,7682,8542,9223,115
Nonoperating revenue(3,600)(4,576)(2,800)
Total revenue (te)$317,943$326,262$328,969$324,598$323,751
Noninterest expense(182,462)(194,703)(236,770)(193,072)(193,144)
Nonoperating expense(1,329)3,22544,977
Operating pre-provision net revenue (te)$134,152$134,784$137,176$131,526$130,607

(a) Taxable equivalent basis (te). For analytical purposes, management adjusts interest income and net interest income for tax-exempt items to a taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%

(b) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating items.

(c) Refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section of this analysis for a discussion of these measures.

73

Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES

The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Allowance for Credit Losses

On January 1, 2020, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses,” commonly referred to as Current Expected Credit Losses or CECL, on a modified retrospective basis. The provisions of this guidance required a material change to the manner in which the Company estimates and reports losses on financial instruments, including loans and unfunded lending commitments, select investment securities, and other assets carried at amortized cost. For reporting periods beginning on or subsequent to January 1, 2020, accounting for credit losses and related disclosures are presented under ASC 326, while prior period results continue to be reported in accordance with previously effective guidance under ASC 310 - Receivables.

The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is comprised of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans and leases held for investment, and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments, a liability established to absorb credit losses for the expected life of the contractual term of on and off-balance sheet exposures as of the date of the determination. The standard requires that management incorporate an economic forecast for a reasonable and supportable period, which is two years based on our current policy. We utilize third party forecasts that consist of multiple economic scenarios, including a baseline, with a probability distribution of 50% better or worse economic performance and various upside and downside scenarios utilized at an aggregated state (or regional) levels across our footprint or national level, depending on the portfolio. The economic forecasts are generally lagging and may not incorporate all events and circumstances through the financial statement date. The Company’s management considers available forecasts, current events not captured and our specific portfolio characteristics and applies weights to the scenario output based on a best estimate of likely outcomes. Since 2020, the United States and global financial markets experienced unprecedented volatility, with significant uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic. Changing economic conditions and resulting government response in the form of interest rate adjustments and stimulus packages have introduced enhanced estimation uncertainty in the forecasts used to estimate expected credit loss. Our credit loss models were built using historical data that may not correlate to economic conditions stemming from the pandemic. The estimate of the life of a loan considers both contractual cash flows as well as estimated prepayments and forecasted draws on unfunded loan commitments that were also built on historical data that may react differently given the current environment. Such forecasted information is inherently uncertain, particularly in the environment resulting from the pandemic. Forecast uncertainty includes the severity of the impact to local and global economic conditions as well as the timing of recovery, among other things. Therefore, actual results may differ significantly from management’s estimates.

Management applies significant judgment when weighting the macroeconomic scenarios for the reasonable and supportable period. Our assessment considers the scenario description compared to our portfolio performance and benchmarking select variables to other third party forecasts. At December 31, 2021, the Company weighted the Moody’s baseline scenario at 40% and the slower growth S-2 scenario at 60%. Results by scenario can vary significantly from period to period as both the scenario assumptions and the portfolio composition are changing, therefore comparison of scenario weighting from period to period may not be meaningful. For example, holding all other assumptions constant, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced expected credit losses 21% higher than utilization of the baseline scenario at December 31, 2021. In contrast, for the year ended December 31, 2020, the slower growth S-2 scenario produced results only 8% greater than the baseline scenario. In addition, these quantitative results are adjusted, sometimes materially, by the qualitative assessment described below.

The quantitative loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether conditions differ from those existing during the historical periods used in the development of the credit loss models. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current or expected economic trends, business conditions, credit concentrations, model limitations and other relevant factors not captured by our models. While quantitative data for these factors is used where available, there is significant judgment applied in these processes.

For credits that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the credit’s value and the bank’s exposure. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Collateral on impaired loans includes, but is not limited to, commercial and residential real estate, accounts receivable and other corporate assets. Values for impaired credits are highly subjective and based on information available at the time of

74

Table of Contents

valuation and the current resolution strategy. These values are difficult to assess and have heightened uncertainty resulting from the impact of the pandemic on market conditions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review and believes the ACL level is appropriate based on information available through the financial statement date. Refer to Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses for further discussion of significant assumptions used in the current allowance calculation.

Accounting for Retirement Benefits

Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. Note 17 – Retirement Plans. provides further discussion on the accounting for retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”